Home » Posts tagged 'Computers and Internet' (Page 4)

Tag Archives: Computers and Internet

Intel’s SoC strategy strengthened by 22nm Tri-Gate technology

Asustek may have difficulties achieving 2011 notebook shipment goal See also: Intel: accelerated Atom SoC roadmap down to 22nm in 2 years and a “new netbook experience” for tablet/mobile PC market [April 17, 2011]

Update 5 [Ivy-Bridge related]

Intel Schedules Core i 3000 “Ivy Bridge” Desktop Processors Launch to Q2 2012 [Nov 30, 2011]

Intel Corp. has notified its partners about its decision to introduce of its next-generation code-named Ivy Bridge processors in the second quarter of 2012. Previously the company planned to release the Core i 3000-series central processing units (CPUs) for desktops in March – April timeframe, which left a possibility to unveil the chips in the first quarter.

Intel has also disclosed specifications of its next-gen Ivy Bridge chips for desktops to its partners. The initial family to be released in Q2 2012 will not include Core i3-3200-series chips and will consist of Core i7-3700 and Core i5-3500/3400 families.

Ivy Bridge will generally inherit Sandy Bridge micro-architecture and will sport a rather significant number of improvements. Firstly, it will have certain improvements that will boost its performance in general applications by around 20% compared to Core i “Sandy Bridge” chips (e.g., enhanced AVX acceleration). Secondly, the forthcoming chip will have a new graphics core with DirectX 11 and OpenCL 1.1 support, 30% higher performance compared to the predecessor as well as new video processor and display controllers. Thirdly, Ivy Bridge will feature PCI Express 3.0 x16 interconnection as well as PCIe 2.0 x4 controller. In fourth, the processor will support a number of power management innovations.

Update 4 [Cedar Trail-M related]:

Intel to ship new netbook platform in November [18 Aug, 2011]

Intel recently adjusted the launch schedule of its next-generation
netbook platform, Cedar Trail-M, from September to November because the platform has encountered some graphics driver issues and has not yet passed certification for Windows 7, according to sources from notebook players.

The Cedar Trail-M platform will include two new CPUs, 32nm-based Atom N2800 (1.86GHz) and N2600 (1.6GHz), priced at US$47 and US$42, and will replace the existing Atom N475 and N455. The CPUs will also feature an integrated GPU that supports DirectX 10.1 technology. The platform will also adopt the existing NM10 chipsets for southbridge capability.

Since netbooks are no longer a mainstream product in the IT market, while AMD also has a similar-level solution, Intel’s delay of Cedar Trail-M will not affect notebook players much, the sources added.

In addition to the netbook platform, Intel’s new CPUs, Atom D2700 (US$52) and D2500 (US$42), for nettops will also be delayed to November.

Update 3 [CULV related]:

Intel’s CEO Discusses Q2 2011 Results – Earnings Call Transcript Q&A [July 20, 2011]

Uche Orji – UBS Investment Bank

Let me just ask you about Ultrabooks. Sean was quoted at the Computex as saying that this should be about 40% of the consumer mix by the end of next year. If one were to go back and compare this to CULV from a couple of years ago, what makes you more confident that this will achieve this level of success? Do you enjoy the form factor? I think CULV also had performance issues. So if you can talk about the level of confidence you have with Ultrabooks, and how you see that ramping from now until next year to get to that 40%?

Paul Otellini

Well, as I look at this, I don’t think that the Ultrabook strategy is anywhere near equal to the CULV strategy as you call it. That was really a kind of a point product. It was focused on form factor. We didn’t really put a lot of engineering into it with our customers, and we didn’t look at other features. If you will, it’s kind of a trial run in hindsight is the way I would look at it. The Ultrabook project is much more akin to Centrino. It’s a very holistic approach to moving the entire market to a different kind of form factor, not just in terms of its thinness, but in terms of the feature set. I talked about always on, always connected. So the machine is always aware of the networks around it. I talk about instant on, instant boot capability. We talked about building in integral touch into it, another feature set. So this is as much about the features around the skin, or inside the skin, as the shape of the skin. And as we look at this with our customers, we also see that there’s a great deal of engineering that has to be done. Because one thing we know is that today, these feature sets cost more money. But we don’t think that PC prices are going to go up over time. So what we have to do is work with the ecosystem to cost engineer these features for high-volume price point displacement. And that’s the only way you can achieve sort of a 40% number as Shawn predicted in that timeframe is by doing price point replacements. And then looking forward a year later, into the next generation, silicon, it gets cheaper to do it so we could penetrate more of the market.

Update 2 [MacBook Air related]:
Asustek expects better business performance in 2H11 [Aug 17, 2011]

Asustek Computer expects its performance in the second half of 2011 to be better than that of fellow Taiwan-based companies, according to CFO David Chang.

Asustek is likely to hit record quarterly revenues in the third  quarter and is optimistic about business operation in the fourth mainly due to the launch of second-generation Eee Pad Transformer tablets and ultrabook notebooks, Chang said.

Asustek aims at a 14% market share for notebooks in China, and
became the largest vendor in Eastern Europe’s notebook market in the second quarter. In addition, Asustek is poised to make forays into Latin America, especially Brazil and Mexico.

Asustek expects to ship 14 million notebooks and 4.5-5 million Eee PCs in 2011, Chang indicated. Asustek shipped 11.4 million motherboards in the first half and expects to ship 22.5-23 million for the year.

HP to pioneer launching Ultrabook-concept notebooks, say sources [July 11, 2011] “even ahead of the planned release of the UX21 Ultrabook by Asustek Computer slated for September
Asustek may have difficulties achieving 2011 notebook shipment goal [July 26, 2011] “of 20 million notebooks and netbooks combined … the shipments may only reach 18.5-19 million units
Notebook players to mass produce ultrabooks in September [July 26, 2011]

First-tier notebook players including Hewlett-Packard (HP), Acer, Asustek Computer, Dell and Lenovo are all set to launch ultrabooks in the second half of 2011 with mass production scheduled for September.

However, due to most players still suffering from low yield rates over panel production, Asustek, which already finished developing its ultrabook, is expected to become the fastest to mass produce the ultrabook, according to sources from the upstream supply chain.

For the second half of 2011, Asustek placed orders for 400,000-450,000 ultra-thin notebooks each month to its upstream component suppliers with 100,000 units being ultrabooks.

As for Acer and Dell, due to both players suffering from low panel yield rate at their partners, though the two firms plan to mass produce their ultrabook in September, the production volume and schedule may be delayed.

As for HP, although its ultrabook is rumored to be launched in August and produced by Foxconn Electronics (Hon Hai Precision Industry), the actual release time is estimated to be in the fourth quarter or early 2012.

Update: – Acer Ultrabook pushing for September launch, says paper [Aug 19, 2011]

Acer reportedly is aiming to launch its Ultrabook in September to compete against Asustek’s UX21, which is also set to appear in the month, and has been pushing its development schedule; however, because the Ultrabook has not yet entered mass production, the plan may still be changed, according to a Chinese-language Commercial Times report.

An Acer executive also pointed out that the company has already revised the internal design of its Ultrabook twice and the company will only launch 13-inch models initially, the paper added.

Asus: Super-Thin ‘Ultrabooks’ Can Capture 50% Of Notebook Market [July 29, 2011]

Ultrabooks may have a better market than people thought,” said Asus Chairman Jonney Shih in an interview during a rare trip to New York. Shih, who was Chief Executive of the Taiwan-based electronics giant until 2008, cites internal studies as support. The research indicates consumers are willing to pay “a little higher price” than Asus’ other laptops for ultrabooks, he said.

Shih declined to comment on the UX21′s price. But he was optimistic that ultrabooks would catch on — in fact, even more optimistic than Intel. When the chip giant introduced the ultrabook concept at the Taipei Computex trade show in June, its executives said the new devices could capture 40% of the global notebook market in 18 months. Shih believes that number could reach 50% though he didn’t specify a timeframe for reaching that goal beyond “eventually”.

Shih’s enthusiasm stems, in part, from Asus’ plan to expand its ultrabook selection to include other designs and prices. Future Asus ultrabooks need not be as super-thin as the UX21, Shih explained. Perhaps they will be 18 millimeters thick and come with different — likely, cheaper — processors, said Shih.

Consumers should get more information in a few weeks. Asus is targeting an on-sale date sometime this fall. Though recent reports have pointed to HP as the frontrunner to introduce an ultrabook, Shih said he believed Asus would be first. Asus, he noted, had already designed the UX21 when Intel began approaching manufacturers about making ultrabooks. That head start helped Asus land the distinction of being the first company to show an ultrabook prototype, at Computex.

Asustek rebuts Intel forecast on low cost of Ultrabooks series [July 26, 2011]

Asustek Computer Inc (華碩), the world’s No. 5 PC brand, yesterday said its upcoming UX series Ultrabook platform would fail to carry price tags of less than US$1,000, as claimed by Intel Corp.

“Unless we use Intel Core i3 chips [the Ultrabooks will not be less than US$1,000]. The price tags will have to go beyond US$1,000 if [more advanced] i5 and i7 chips go into the notebooks,” a person familiar with UX development said.

Daiwa Capital Market’s analyst Calvin Huang (黃文堯) said on July 13 that Intel was merely cutting prices for its low-voltage processors to help thin and light notebooks make a comeback.

However, in Huang’s view, Intel’s help might not be enough because to make an Ultrabook, other more advanced and expensive components — such as ultrathin panels, solid-state hard drives, metal casings, high-density interconnect and polymer batteries — are required to make it comparable to the MacBook Air.

Don’t count on ‘ultrabook,’ says Daiwa analyst [July 15, 2011]

“While some believe ultrabooks could revive notebook growth and Asustek [Computer Inc (華碩)], the first to introduce the ultrabook, should benefit, we think the ultrabook is killing notebook contract makers’ premium lines and may dilute their profit margins,” Daiwa Capital Market analyst Calvin Huang (黃文堯) said.

We forecast zero growth for global notebook shipments for 2011 and believe the ultrabook alone may not be enough to revive notebook growth in 2012,” he said in a report dated Wednesday.

These ultrabook notebooks are intended to compete with Apple Inc’s MacBook Air, whose worldwide shipments could easily top 600,000 units per month, the report said.

Daiwa said Intel was lowering the price of its low-voltage processors to make thin and light notebooks mainstream.

“In other words, Intel is cutting prices to stimulate notebook demand,” Huang wrote.

Intel’s subsidy is not enough because to make an ultrabook, other advanced and expensive components, like ultra-thin panels, solid state drives, metal casings and polymer batteries, are required to make it comparable to the MacBook Air.

Huang said these advanced components generally cost 50 to 100 percent more than mainstream components used in notebooks.

Because of this, to match the MacBook Air’s price tag, Taiwanese notebook contract makers may have to compromise and use second-grade components in the ultrabooks, which could compromise performance, he said.

The other deciding factor is that Microsoft Corp’s Windows 8 may or may not add to the overall user experience of ultrabooks, and consumers would only be able to tell when the operating system finally comes on the market late next year, Daiwa said.

Apple Updates MacBook Air With Next Generation Processors, Thunderbolt I/O & Backlit Keyboard [press release, July 20, 2011]

Apple® today updated the MacBook Air® with next generation processors, high-speed Thunderbolt I/O technology, a backlit keyboard and Mac OS® X Lion, the world’s most advanced operating system. With up to twice the performance of the previous generation, flash storage for instant-on responsiveness and a compact design so portable you can take it everywhere,* the MacBook Air starts at $999 (US) and is available for order today and in stores tomorrow.

… The 11-inch model weighs 2.38 pounds and provides up to 5 hours of battery life, while the 13-inch weighs 2.96 pounds and provides up to 7 hours of battery life. … latest Intel Core i5 and Core i7 dual-core processors … Thunderbolt I/O technology provides expansion possibilities never before available to MacBook Air users. Through a single cable, users can connect to high performance peripherals and the new Apple Thunderbolt Display, the ultimate docking station for your Mac® notebook. Thunderbolt can easily be adapted to support legacy connections such as FireWire® and Gigabit Ethernet. … an innovative glass Multi-Touch™ trackpad … supports Lion’s new Multi-Touch gestures such as momentum scrolling, tapping or pinching your fingers to zoom in on a web page or image, and swiping left or right to turn a page or switch between full screen apps. … also features a brilliant, high resolution LED backlit display that is amazingly thin yet has the resolution of a much larger, bulkier screen.

The 1.6 GHz 11-inch MacBook Air is available in two models, one with 2GB of memory and 64GB of flash storage for a suggested retail price of $999 (US), and one with 4GB of memory and 128GB of flash storage for $1,199 (US). The 1.7 GHz 13-inch MacBook Air comes in two configurations, one with 4GB of memory and 128GB of flash storage for a suggested retail price of $1,299 (US), and one with 4GB of memory and 256GB of flash storage for $1,599 (US). Configure-to-order options and accessories include a 1.8 GHz Core i7 processor, additional flash storage, MacBook Air SuperDrive® and a USB Ethernet Adapter.

Additional technical specifications and configure-to-order options and accessories are available online at www.apple.com/macbookair.

Mac OS X Lion Available Today From the Mac App Store [July 20, 2011]

Some of the amazing features in Lion include: new Multi-Touch® gestures; system-wide support for full screen apps; Mission Control, an innovative view of everything running on your Mac; the Mac App Store, the best place to find and explore great software, built right into the OS; Launchpad, a new home for all your apps; and a completely redesigned Mail app.

Additional new features in Lion include:

  • Resume, which conveniently brings your apps back exactly how you left them when you restart your Mac or quit and relaunch an app;
  • Auto Save, which automatically and continuously saves your documents as you work;
  • Versions, which automatically records the history of your document as you create it, and gives you an easy way to browse, revert and even copy and paste from previous versions; and
  • AirDrop, which finds nearby Macs and automatically sets up a peer-to-peer wireless connection to make transferring files quick and easy.

Mac OS X Lion is available as an upgrade to Mac OS X version 10.6.6 Snow Leopard® from the Mac App Store for $29.99 (US). Lion is the easiest OS X upgrade and at around 4GB, it is about the size of an HD movie from the iTunes Store®. Users who do not have broadband access at home, work or school can download Lion at Apple retail stores and later this August, Lion will be made available on a USB thumb drive through the Apple Store® (www.apple.com) for $69 (US). Mac OS X Lion Server requires Lion and is available from the Mac App Store for $49.99 (US).

The web weighs in on iOS-like Mac OS X Lion [July 21, 2011]

iOS-inspired Multi-Touch gestures, full screen apps, Mission Control, Launchpad, autosave and a brand new Mail application are just a few of the most lauded features in the eighth major release of the Mac OS X platform.

Reviews ranged from one-line tweets from early adopters to in-depth, book-length reports covering every facet of the OS.

“Apple’s Lion Brings PCs Into Tablet Era,” said Walter S. Mossberg writing for AllThingsD. His enthusiastic tone was echoed throughout the blogosphere with only minor complaints getting any airtime.

Microbloggers praised Lion’s low price, “One perk about Lion, you buy it once, you can put it on all your machines (as long as you use the same App Store login),” and posted their initial thoughts.

8 Features Mac OS X Lion Borrowed from its Little Brother, iOS [July 25, 2011]

‎Apple is slowly but surely, making the transition from iOS or the mobile world as a whole, over to the Mac. We already know that Apple is selling more iPads than Macs, but what we did not know is that Apple is replicating the iOS experience on its Mac lineup, but that is clearly the case. Much has been said about the “post PC era” and we have seen many new features over the past few months making their way to mobile first and only Web or desktop second.

The following 8 features, or should we call them functionalities, that are built into Lion are clearly taken from the iOS experience and ported over to the Mac:

1: Multitouch Gestures

… In Lion, you can swipe between desktops using three fingers, go Back or Forward in Safari using two, and activate Mission Control using three fingers. … I am now using the Trackpad on my Macbook Air exclusively.

2: Multiple Home Screens

… the new Mission Control system behaves exactly like many mobile devices do in that you can easily swipe between active applications and work in parallel on different projects. …

3: Scrolling Method

… Basically, just like on iOS, in Lion you are dragging the content and not the scroll bar. … Personally, it has completely grown on me and now my PC is what seems foreign to me.

4: The Mail UI

… the UI, which is pretty much identical to the iPad Mail app, which is one of the best email UIs I have ever used. The new Lion Mail resembles the iPad Mail app in so many ways including the simple setup, the side by side user interface, and much more.

5: Jiggling Icons and Folders

I totally missed these features until someone on Twitter pointed them out to me. When you are in your LaunchPad in Lion, a long press on an icon will cause all the icons to jiggle (out of lack of a better word) and you can then move them around or delete them from Launchpad. You don’t need a good imagination to see that this is identical to iOS. Of course, you can also drag one icon on top of another and create a folder, again, exactly like in iOS.

6: Air Drop

Of course transferring files is not something new to computers, but Airdrop enables you to share a file with another Mac in your nearby vicinity. This is of course something we were able to do for years on mobile devices with some old school devices using Infrared and the newer phones using Bluetooth to share files. Yes, computers also have Bluetooth and can share files, but if you have used Airdrop, you must have felt that the experience very much resembled that of a mobile device sharing with another one in its proximity.

7: Full Screen Apps

I have been running Safari in full screen mode for the past few days and I can safely say, I cannot go back to the non-full screen mode. This new option of running Mac apps in full screen and certain options appearing as you hover over a certain location on the screen is yet another feature borrowed from iOS. Just think about the Photos app on your iPhone and how the pictures appear in full screen until you want the navigation options to appear and bring you back to the album or onto the next picture. Not convinced? Check out the Reader option in Safari on iOS5. That is exactly the same as full screen on Lion minus the removal of ads, which is not something included in Lion’s full screen mode.

8: No Wire Download

Maybe this one should be first on the list, but when have we ever seen a computer’s operating system that the user can download from an app store on the current operating system? Just trying to wrap my head around the concept is starting to give me a headache. How can I download the OS as an app within the current OS and then install it over the current OS without an external disk or USB drive? Yet, Apple pulled it off and made the whole upgrade process as seamless as any upgrade I have ever done. The whole experience of the app store and downloading updates over the air is so mobile-like, and just a few days ago, Apple enabled OTA updates for iOS with iOS5 beta 4.

Update 1 (Computex-related):

Intel paying handsomely to attract downstream vendors into launching Ultrabooks [July 4] (emphasis is mine)

Intel has recently started planning a new marketing strategy for its Ultrabook concept and has invested heavily into the related budget and resources hoping to attract first-tier notebook vendors into developing Ultrabooks, according to sources from downstream notebook players.

Due to the failure of Intel’s Consumer Ultra Low Voltage-based (CULV-based) ultra-thin notebooks in 2009, while the notebook market has been severely impacted by tablet PCs, most notebook vendors are taking a conservative attitude toward Intel’s Ultrabook concept and Intel is hoping its heavy investment will be able to attract these vendors to launch Ultrabook products, the sources noted.

Intel announced its Ultrabook concept in June with a goal of having 40% of the global consumers notebooks using its Ultrabook concept at the end of 2012. Asustek is already set to launch its first Ultrabook concept-based notebook, UX21, in September.

Although Intel is providing a significant budget to support its partners launching Ultrabooks, the Ultrabook CPUs’ rather high prices are currently still affecting downstream vendors’ willingness to adopt as vendors are still concerned whether the Ultrabook product’s prices can reach as low as US$1,000 as claimed by Intel. Although the vendors have already started testing Ultrabooks, most of them are still conservative about opening projects for production.

Currently, most of the vendors are monitoring Asustek’s performance with its UX21 and will cut into the market when the timing is appropriate.

For the Ultrabook product line, Intel has recently launched four dual-core CPUs and is set to launch a single-core Celeron 787 CPU in September and Celeron 857 in the fourth quarter to replace Celeron 847, the sources added.

The “Ultrabook™”
(part of Intel’s Maloney Talks Mobile Growth, Industry Opportunities at Computex [May 30, 2011], emphasis is mine)

Intel’s vision is to enable a new user experience by accelerating a new class of mobile computers. These computers will marry the performance and capabilities of today’s laptops with tablet-like features and deliver a highly responsive and secure experience, in a thin, light and elegant design. The Ultrabook™ will be shaped by Moore’s Law and silicon technology in the same way they have shaped the traditional PC for the past 40 years.


[Sandy Bridge / Ivy Bridge relevance is only from 00:48 on.]

Maloney described three key phases in the company’s strategy to accelerate this vision, which begins to unfold today with the company’s latest 2nd Generation Intel® Core™ processors. This family of products will enable thin, light and beautiful designs that are less than 20mm (0.8 inch) thick, and mainstream price points under US$1,000. Systems based on these chips will be available for the 2011 winter holiday shopping season and include the UX21, ASUS* Ultrabook™. ASUS Chairman Jonney Shih joined Maloney on stage to showcase the company’s new ultra-thin laptop based on the latest 2nd Generation Intel Core processor.

“At ASUS, we are very much aligned with Intel’s vision of Ultrabook™,” said Shih. “Our customers are demanding an uncompromised computing experience in a lightweight, highly portable design that responds to their needs quickly. Transforming the PC into an ultra thin, ultra responsive device will change the way people interact with their PC.”

Building on the latest 2nd Generation Intel Core technology, Maloney outlined the next generation Intel processor family codenamed “Ivy Bridge,” which is scheduled for availability in systems in the first half of 2012. Laptops based on “Ivy Bridge” will bring improved power efficiency, smart visual performance, increased responsiveness and enhanced security. “Ivy Bridge” is the first high-volume chip based on Intel’s 22 nanometer (nm) manufacturing technology that uses a revolutionary 3-D transistor design called Tri-Gate announced in May. Maloney also highlighted complementary USB 3.0 and Thunderbolt™ technologies which are part of Intel’s ongoing work to drive the PC platform forward.

Following “Ivy Bridge,” planned 2013 products codenamed “Haswell” are the third step toward achieving the Ultrabook™ and reinventing the capabilities of the laptop in ultra thin and light, responsive and more secure designs. With “Haswell,” Intel will change the mainstream laptop thermal design point by reducing the microprocessor power to half of today’s design point.

End of the updates

Intel Reinvents Transistors Using New 3-D Structure [May 4, 2011] (emphasis in red is mine)

For the first time since the invention of silicon transistors over 50 years ago, transistors using a three-dimensional structure will be put into high-volume manufacturing. Intel will introduce a revolutionary 3-D transistor design called Tri-Gate, first disclosed by Intel in 2002, into high-volume manufacturing at the 22-nanometer (nm) node in an Intel chip codenamed “Ivy Bridge.” A nanometer is one-billionth of a meter.

The 22nm 3-D Tri-Gate transistors provide up to 37 percent performance increase at low voltage versus Intel’s 32nm planar transistors. This incredible gain means that they are ideal for use in small handheld devices, which operate using less energy to “switch” back and forth. Alternatively, the new transistors consume less than half the power when at the same performance as 2-D planar transistors on 32nm chips.

Just as skyscrapers let urban planners optimize available space by building upward, Intel’s 3-D Tri-Gate transistor structure provides a way to manage density. Since these fins are vertical in nature, transistors can be packed closer together, a critical component to the technological and economic benefits of Moore’s Law. For future generations, designers also have the ability to continue growing the height of the fins to get even more performance and energy-efficiency gains.

“For years we have seen limits to how small transistors can get,” said Moore. “This change in the basic structure is a truly revolutionary approach, and one that should allow Moore’s Law, and the historic pace of innovation, to continue.”

World’s First Demonstration of 22nm 3-D Tri-Gate Transistors

The 3-D Tri-Gate transistor will be implemented in the company’s upcoming manufacturing process, called the 22nm node, in reference to the size of individual transistor features. More than 6 million 22nm Tri-Gate transistors could fit in the period at the end of this sentence.

Today, Intel demonstrated the world’s first 22nm microprocessor, codenamed “Ivy Bridge,” working in a laptop, server and desktop computer. Ivy Bridge-based Intel® Core™ family processors will be the first high-volume chips to use 3-D Tri-Gate transistors. Ivy Bridge is slated for high-volume production readiness by the end of this year.

This silicon technology breakthrough will also aid in the delivery of more highly integrated Intel® Atom™ processor-based products that scale the performance, functionality and software compatibility of Intel® architecture while meeting the overall power, cost and size requirements for a range of market segment needs.

Newsroom: Intel 22nm 3-D Tri-Gate Transistor Technology, Version 29 [May 2-5, 2011]

Fact Sheets & Backgrounders

Event Replay

Photography

Related Information on Intel.com

Video Animation: Mark Bohr Gets Small: 22nm Explained [May 4, 2011]

First Demonstrations of Intel’s 22nm 3-D Tri-Gate Transistors [May 3, 2011]

This video was shot inside the Intel headquarters demo labs during preparation for the first public demonstration of a laptop, desktop and server running microprocessors built with Intel’s reinvented transistors. These new, smaller 22-nanometer transistors have been built with a novel 3-D design that significantly increases each transitor’s current flow. The better the flow, the better the performance.

FinFETs Extend Intel’s Technology Lead [Tom R. Halfhill of the Linley Gwennap Group, May 6, 2011] (emphasis in red is mine)

Cadillac introduced tailfins to evoke high-tech style in the 1950s, but Intel’s new finned transistors are far from cosmetic. Purely functional, highly efficient, yet equally brash, these fin-shaped field-effect transistors (finFETs) are sure to be copied as widely as Cadillac’s useless appendages—and they will play a similar role in defining an era.

Intel calls finFETs “tri-gate” transistors, touting them as the first true three-dimensional devices built on planar integrated circuits. A tri-gate transistor folds a conventional planar gate into an inverted U-shaped fin that protrudes above the silicon substrate. By coating all three sides of the fin with metal, Intel builds a 3-D gate structure that has much more volume than a planar gate while still squeezing into the same horizontal space.

Tri-gate transistors can handle greater drive currents, allowing higher clock frequencies. They can switch states at a lower threshold voltage without sacrificing as much switching speed, which reduces dynamic power consumption. In addition, the thicker gate leaks less current, reducing static power. As always, chip designers can trade off these factors in various ways to achieve the best balance of performance and power consumption for the target application.

Intel will use the new transistors for both logic circuits and memory arrays in all its microprocessors built in the next-generation 22nm process, which debuts later this year. The company has demonstrated PC and server processors built with the new technology and is already shipping samples to OEMs for system design. Volume production is scheduled to begin in the fourth quarter and ramp quickly next year. And Intel isn’t hedging its bets: contrary to rumors, the new chips will use tri-gate transistors universally, abandoning planar transistors forever.

FinFETs reinforce Intel’s significant lead in chip fabrication. In addition to using new transistors, Intel is moving to the 22nm mode about two years ahead of the rest of the industry, which is only now beginning the transition to 32/28nm technology. The independent foundries serving virtually all of Intel’s competitors have no plans to use finFETs before the 14nm node—and adoption may be tentative even then. It appears that Intel has gained a head start of at least four years, much as the company achieved in 2007 by introducing high-k metal-gate (HKMG) transistors at the 45nm node. FinFETs could boost Intel’s position in the mobile and consumer markets, where it needs an edge to overcome entrenched competitors. —Tom

Multigate device – Varieties – FinFETS [wikipedia excerpt on May 10, 2011]

The term FinFET was coined by University of California, Berkeley researchers (Profs. Chenming Hu, Tsu-Jae King-Liu and Jeffrey Bokor) to describe a nonplanar, double-gate transistor built on an SOI substrate,[6] based on the earlier DELTA (single-gate) transistor design.[7]The distinguishing characteristic of the FinFET is that the conducting channel is wrapped by a thin silicon “fin”, which forms the gate of the device. The thickness of the fin (measured in the direction from source to drain) determines the effective channel length of the device.

In current usage the term FinFET has a less precise definition. Among microprocessor manufacturers, AMD, IBM, and Motorola describe their double-gate development efforts as FinFET development whereas Intel avoids using the term to describe their closely related tri-gate [1]architecture. In the technical literature, FinFET is used somewhat generically to describe any fin-based, multigate transistor architecture regardless of number of gates.

A 25-nm transistor operating on just 0.7 Volt was demonstrated in December 2002 by Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company. The “Omega FinFET” design, named after the similarity between the Greek letter “Omega” and the shape in which the gate wraps around the source/drain structure, has a gate delay of just 0.39 picosecond (ps) for the N-type transistor and 0.88 ps for the P-type.

Multigate device – Varieties – Tri-gate transistors (Intel) [wikipedia excerpt on May 10, 2011]

Tri-gate or 3-D are terms used by Intel Corporation to describe their nonplanar transistor architecture planned for use in future microprocessors. These transistors employ a single gate stacked on top of two vertical gates allowing for essentially three times the surface area for electrons to travel. Intel reports that their tri-gate transistors reduce leakage and consume far less power than current transistors. This allows up to 37% higher speed, and a power consumption at under 50% of the previous type of transistors used by Intel.[8]

Intel currently plans to release a new line of CPUs, termed Ivy Bridge, which feature tri-gate transistors. [9] Intel has been working on its tri-gate architecture since 2002, but it took until 2011 to work out mass production issues. The new style of transistor was described on May 5, 2011, in San Francisco.[10] Intel factories are expected to make upgrades over 2011 and 2012 to be able to manufacture the Ivy Bridge CPUs.[11] As well as being used in Intel’s Ivy Bridge chips for desktop PCs the new transistors will also be used in Intel’s Atom chips for low powered devices.[10]

In the technical literature, the term tri-gate is sometimes used generically to denote any multigate FET with three effective gates or channels.

Intel(‘s) Take(s) On Tablets & Other Mobility Devices [May 6, 2011]

Part of being an Intel Advisor is getting insights and information directly from inside Intel. This month’s conference call with Intel and other Intel Advisors was no different and we learned about a hot topic in the Tech industry – the tablet race. Leading our discussion was Mark Miller, director of outbound marketing from Intel’s Netbook and Tablet team. Not only did we learn Mark’s take on tablets and other mobility devices, but also he explained Intel’s vision to take ON tablets and these devices and move the space forward.

image

Miller breaks down the “Mobility” category into 3 segments: Netbooks, Tablets and a new third category which they are simply calling a “Hybrid Device.”

Exploring the Categories

What’s below is obviously not an exhaustive discussion of these categories, as the specs, features, ideas and concepts are still being decided on and written. But the Advisor briefing definitely got the gears spinning.

Netbooks

… there still is demand, especially for an even lower price point…the magic number of $199 for a netbook targeted towards emerging markets, schools & education or even as a second PC. But users might not be waiting simply for a lower price, they want better performance from the CPU and more powerful graphics capabilities. To accomplish this, Intel will be introducing a new Atom processor, code named “Cedar Trail” which is expected to be released in the second half of 2011. Core to this updated netbook infrastructure will be the addition of more PC-like features like Wi-Di or PC sync. I saw Wi-Di (“Wireless Display”) in action at a couple of shows; it’s an impressive way to share multimedia content from a computer to a big screen TV. Simply start playing a movie, for example, on a Wi-Di enabled computer and then with an appropriately configured TV, your media starts streaming. It’s very similar to Apple’s AirPlay.

Tablets

… In April of this year, Intel introduced a new Atom processor for tablets, code name “Oak Trail” which should start hitting tablets in May. Most of Intel’s efforts has been around Windows 7-based tablets but there are definitely efforts underway to handle other mobile OSes like Android.

… Miller acknowledges that Intel is a bit behind the game in the tablet race. However, they do seem to also have a differentiating vision, in my opinion. With Apple, it’s pretty much one size fits all, meaning the experience is focused more around the device and less around a particular user’s use case. I think that this is fine for Apple, as this is where they want to be, providing an elegant and easy to use, but controlled environment. Intel believes, however, that tablets should be as individual as you are, meaning that you should be able to customize and tailor a tablet to better fit a given user. With the iPad, IT is the center as opposed to the person using it being the center. This concept actually is even more appropriate for the 3rd category below.

Intel will be working to make the processor technology within tablets faster, while designing their chipsets to use less power and be smaller, thus allowing for thinner tablets. Some benchmarks outlined by Miller was getting below 8mm in thickness (e.g., “thinness”) and having 10 hours active battery life with 30 days of standby – pretty much a good standard. If they can pull this off running a mobility version of Windows 7, that would be impressive.

“Hybrid Device”

This next category is really the intriguing one and represents a merging of the best features and technology available to netbooks and tablets. There are already devices like this in the market, in fact, Microsoft had supported this type of computer many years before the iPad even came out. We have seen swivel-display computer from Fujitsu, for example, that had a screen that pivots to cover a keyboard. This “hybrid” style is exactly something that Intel believes is worth investing in. Think about coupling a touch screen display (e.g., a tablet) with a keyboard (e.g., a clamshell or netbook) and you have this hybrid device. The Dell Inspiron Duois a current example of this type of form-factor.

However, Miller believes that there is much more to be done with this form-factor and the underlying OS and software driving it. Without offering many details, he did say they will be ultra thin with low power consumption, which seems to be a common thread on all new consumer electronics devices coming out these days. But what was presented was the idea of this device really meeting multiple yet individual needs. For example, you could have it so that if when you are using the keyboard and are at work, you would use Windows 7 as the OS, but when you went home and move more to a tablet-appropriate environment, the OS might shift to Android. Also, as kids are growing up using these devices much the same way we used pen and paper, there could be appropriate “user environments” within this hybrid device to satisfy their needs.

So What’s Next?

12 to 18 months ago, tablets didn’t exist (although there are plenty of people who will disagree with this statement). So, to qualify that a bit more, I would say the modern, consumer-friendly tablet didn’t exist. In another 12-18 months, the tablets (like the iPad) that we know and love currently will be long gone and replaced with devices that are more powerful, thinner, multi-function with batteries that last 20 hours of active use, and capable of powering full entertainment systems and replace computers. Well, I could be dreaming a bit.

Oh, and one more thing…on Wednesday, Intel introduced a new design to their transistor chip. Called “Tri-Gate,” this revolutionary 3-D designclearly shows Intel’s innovation at work. While the concept of this design has been discussed for several years, Intel is the first manufacturer to move this design into production. It provides not only performance improvements, but also allows for power reduction within 22nm-based devices that include the categories mentioned above.

image

Above you can see an illustration of the 32nm transistor (on the left) compared to the new 22nm (on the right). The yellow dots represent how the current flows. The 32nm illustrates current flowing along a plane while the 22nm shows it flowing on 3 sides of a vertical fin.

But back to the tablet race, Apple seems to have the lead…for now. But as companies regroup and look to improve, I’m expecting some pretty innovative products coming out. I think with Intel working to drive the innovation from within, providing more powerful and smaller chipsets to power these emerging tablets, we are just beginning to see a really exciting market develop and emerge.

Amazon Tablet PC with E Ink Holdings’ Hydis FFS screen

Follow-up: $199 Kindle Fire: Android 2.3 with specific UI layer and cloud services [Sept 29, 2011]

See also:
Hydis
E Ink Holdings (8069.TWO) Initiate at Buy: Dual Growth Engines to Propel Earnings [comprehensive 32 pages evaluation by Citi Investment Research & Analysis, a division of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Aug 4, 2011] HIGHLY RECOMMENDED READ and NOT ONLY FROM PURE SHARES AND FINANACIALS
POINT OF VIEW

Updates: E Ink suspending FFS panel production cooperation agreement with LG display [Nov 25, 2011]

E Ink Holdings (EIH) will suspend a cooperation agreement it signed with LG Display for the production of FFS (fringe field switching) LCD panels and will buy back a sum of corporate bonds (CBs) issued by its Korea-based subsidiary Hydis Technologies from LG Display, according to EIH.

EIH’s production of FFS wide viewing angle panels will not be affected by the suspension of cooperation as EIH has teamed up with Taiwan-based Chunghwa Picture Tubes (CPT), utilizing the panel maker’s 6G production line to produce FFS panels, said industry sources.

Hydis will also continue to hold the patents pertaining to the production of FFS panels although it may lose some orders from clients in Korea, indicated the sources.

The book value of Hydis’ CBs held by LG Display totals KRW34.257 billion (US$30.5 million), EIH revealed. EIH’s board of directors has approved the company’s plan to invest US$30.5 million for the purchase of Hydis CBs, according to a Chinese-language Commercial Times report.

CPT sees small-size flat panels increase in July [Aug 11, 2011]

CPT will begin volume production of 10.1-inchFFS LCD panels soon, with 7-inchFFS models to follow in September, the company said.

Amazon 10-inch tablet PC to start mass production in 1Q12 [Aug 31, 2011]

Mass production of Amazon’s 10.1-inch tablet PC reportedly will be conducted in the first quarter of 2012 with Foxconn Electronics (Hon Hai Precision Industry) to handle the orders, according to sources from upstream component suppliers.

In addition to the tablet PC, Amazon also outsources its Kindle e-book reader to Foxconn with an estimated volume of 15-18 million units, accounting for 60-70% of global e-book reader shipments of 25-30 million units in 2011.

Amazon’s 7-inch tablet PC, which is supplied by Quanta Computer, is expected to start shipping in October, the sources added.

Amazon Tablet rumour round-up [Aug 31, 2011]

Specification details for the tablet PC are sketchy. The Boy Genius Report claims there will be an entry-level tablet (presumably the 7in device), codenamed ‘Coyote’ that will feature a dual-core Nvidia Tegra 2 chip, while the ‘Hollywood’ will be the larger higher-end tablet PC and will sport the new ‘Kal-El’ quad-core mobile chip.

First announced in February during Mobile World Congress in
Barcelona, the new Kal-El quad-core chip is capable of displaying 1440p video on a 2,560×1,600 pixel display. Nvidia also claimed the chips can help deliver up to 12 hours of battery life.

Researcher at Forrester, Sarah Epps, speculated that the Amazon tablet could come with a $299 price tag in the US, that nearly half the price of many existing Android tablets, and while the price would initially result in a loss for Amazon, it could help to send sales soaring. There’s no doubt that a cheaper price point can cause a surge in sales. After all, HP recently revealed it will manufacture another batch of its TouchPad tablet PC,  following “unfulfilled demand” after it slashed the price to $99 in the  US and £89 in the UK on announcing it was to discontinue the device.  Epps says the $299 (£183) price tag closer to what most consumers want  to pay for a tablet, based on a Forrester survey. However, some rumours  on the web suggest the tablet PC might be a little higher in price.

E INK HOLDINGS AND CPT COOPERATE TO EXPAND EREADER AND TABLET MARKETS[July 19, 2011]

Chunghwa Picture Tubes, Ltd. (TAIEX: 2475; “CPT”) and E Ink Holdings Inc. (TAIEX: 8069; “E Ink”) jointly announced today that each of their board of directors had passed a resolution, enabling E Ink to make an investment into CPT with a view to strengthen their collaboration in technology and in production capacity. Through this investment and cooperation, both companies expect to further expand electronic paper and FFS (Fringe Field Switching) panel business. The strategic alliance will further solidify their existing leadership position in eReader, tablets and other mobile devices markets.

The investment will be a total of NT$1.5 billion [US$ 52M] in the form of unsecured convertible bonds issued through private placement in Taiwan. The conversion price will be at NT$3.25 per share. This issue, expected to be completed by the end of July this year, is for a period of 3 years.

This investment enables the expansion of panel production capacity and exchange of related technological information between the two companies. This investment is also aimed at improving the utilization of CPT’s production lines and enabling them to focus on higher-end value-added products.

“This cooperation will strengthen E Ink’s capacity to meet the demand of the fast-growing eReader market while CPT can better utilize their 6th-gen fab,” says E Ink’s Chairman Scott Liu. “More importantly this strategic alliance will expand the relevant markets for both companies”.

The co-operation is expected to result in an integrated supply chain. CPT will also manufacture FFS LCD displays, thereby expanding Hydis’ FFS manufacturing capacity. FFS technology based LCD are the market share leaders in displays for tablets and other mobile devices, just as E Ink’s dual pigment ePaper technology is the market share leader for eReader displays. E Ink’s investment will secure a steady supply of display panels for both its EPD and FFS business.

How Amazon Could Disrupt the Android Tablet Market [Aug 8, 2011]

… the center of its design would be on reading books. That appears to be true, as multiple sources tell me that it will have the best reading experience of any tablet on the market. … Apparently, the company’s key goal is to make the tablet very inexpensive and then use a new business model to own the Android tablet market.

… while its tablet could marginally compete against Apple, this is not the company Amazon is going after with its tablet offering. It is smarter than that. Rather, I believe Amazon’s goal is to be the market leader in Android and be the top seller of tablets with this mobile OS.

… Amazon may actually sell it for as much as 20 to 25 percent below cost. In this situation, think of the tablet as a razor and the Android Appstore, UnBox movie service, and music service as the blades, which can be sold to users over and over again.

Now imagine how this could affect the other Android vendors that are making tablets. If Amazon provides a product that is sold under cost with the goal of making up the rest of the cost and profit from apps, services, and even advertising, it could give all of the other Android vendors a serious run for their money. And, given Amazon’s deep ecosystem, other Android vendors would find it very difficult to compete against it. When measuring by units shipped, this method could make Amazon the king of Android tablets very quickly. In fact, I would go as far as to say that it could “own” the Android tablet market.

Amazon to launch tablet PCs in August-September, say Taiwan component makers [June 22, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Amazon is poised to step into tablet PCs and will launch models as son as August-September, with targeted global sales of four million units for 2011, according to Taiwan-based component makers.

The timing of launch is to meet the peak sales period prior to Thanksgiving in the US and the year-end holidays in the US and Europe, the sources pointed out.

Amazon adopts processors developed by Texas Instruments, with Taiwan-based Wintek to supply touch panels, ILI Technology to supply LCD driver ICs and Quanta Computer responsible for assembly, the sources indicated. Monthly shipments are expected to be 700,000-800,000 units.

Amazon will provide streaming movie services for users of its tablet PCs, the sources noted.

End of Updates

Quanta receives tablet PC orders from Amazon, say upstream sources [May 3, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Taiwan-based notebook maker Quanta Computer has recently received OEM orders from Amazon for its reported tablet PC and the device will also receive full support from Taiwan-based electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings (EIH) for supplying touch panel as well as providing its Fringe Field Switching (FFS) technology, according to sources from upstream component makers.

The device’s monthly orders during the peak season are expected to reach about 700,000-800,000 units and Quanta is expected to start shipping as soon as the second half of 2011 with the orders to contribute more than NT$100 billion (US$3.5 billion) to Quanta’s annual revenues in 2011, the sources noted. In response to the report, Quanta declined to comment on its clients.

In addition to Amazon, Quanta is currently also the tablet PC OEM partner of RIM and Sony, while the company has also been aggressive in contact with Lenovo in hoping to land orders from the company for its second-generation LePad.

The sources pointed out that Amazon’s Kindle still has strong sales, but the e-book reader is currently still unable to successfully cut into the markets outside of North America and Europe; therefore, Amazon internally plans to reduce Kindle’s market price to attract consumer demand from the education and consumer market, while will push tablet PC using its advantage in software and content resources to challenge iPad2.

EIH has also recently been in contact with a Taiwan-based small- to medium-size panel maker [presumably CPT, see below] and is aiming to book up the maker’s full capacity through a private investment and will fully supply the capacity to Quanta and such strategy will allow EIH to gain more profit from the patents of its FFS technology.

Update: Amazon Turns to Taiwanese Manufacturers for Tablet Rollout  [June 1, 2011]

Planning to roll out own-brand tablet PCs in September this year, online store Amazon.com has reportedly contracted Taiwan`s manufacturers to supply components and assemble the computing devices.

E-Ink Holdings Corp.`s Hydis Technologies Co., Ltd. will supply the unique Fringe Field Switching (FFS) display technology; TPK Holding Co., Ltd. and HannsTouch Solution Inc. will supply touch panels; and Quanta Computer Inc. will assemble the computers.

Informed sources pointed out that Amazon.com will ship around 800,000 tablets a month as the first step of its plan to snatch up over 20% of global market for non-iPad tablets, which numbers around 15-20 million systems a year.

Industry executives estimated Amazon.com`s tablet contracts would bring in Quanta revenue of NT$24-30 billion (US$827.5 million-US$1 billion at US$1: NT$29) and boost its earnings this year alone. They said Amazon.com purposely contracts Quanta instead of Foxconn Electronics Inc. because Apple Inc. has signed up the No.1 contract electronics manufacturer to assemble its iPad and iPhone.

Industry executives estimated Amazon.com`s tablets would be more attractive than Motorola`s Xoom and Samsung`s Galaxy for their lower prices.

Update: Why Amazon Will Enter the Overcrowded Tablet Market [May 23, 2011]

In a recent interview with Consumer Reports, Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos was asked if Amazon would make a tablet. He coyly responded with the comment “stay tuned” but gave no other specific details about a product of this nature. He basically confirmed, however, that something like this was in the works. He also pointed out that if Amazon made a tablet device, the reading experience would be at the center of its design.

My sources in Taipei say that the actual product is set to debut in time for the holidays and that the device will use a display similar to the one in the Nook and the Galaxy Tab. They also tell me that the original RFQ wanted a screen that could switch between an easy-to-read black and white E Ink-like display and a color LCD, but that this type of screen, which is already in the works by at least two vendors, will not be ready for the market until at least 2012 or early 2013. So Amazon was forced to use a 10-inch screen that was available now, which is LCD-based. It will also reportedly have a 7-inch model. And I am hearing it will sport a new version of Nvidia’s Tegra quad-core chip and will be using Android as its OS.

E Ink April revenues down sequentially [May 9, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Taiwan-based electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings saw April consolidated revenues of NT$2.465 billion (US$84 million) decreasing 26.59% on month but increase 45.41% on year. January-April revenues of NT$12.551 billion rose 87.11% on year, according to the company.

The sequential drop was because Hydis Technologies, its subsidiary in South Korea, delayed shipments of FFS panels to the third quarter of 2011, E Ink indicated.

So manufacturing capability seems to be under significant overhaul to prepare for the H2 CY11 en masse delivery (higher yield) of FFS panels and/or higher quality versions (see below ex. AFFS V, AFFS+).

CPT develops FFS panel and aims to cooperate with E Ink [Jan 21, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Chunghwa Picture Tubes (CPT) has started development of FFS (Fringe Field Switching) panels and expects to cooperate with E Ink Holding (EIH) and support EIH’s Korea-based subsidiary Hydis’ production capacity to fulfill demand.

Panel makers noted that IPS and FFS panels are not easy to produce, hence CPT will not be able to start mass production immediately. Furthermore, capacity for wide viewing angle panels such as IPS is limited, and panel makers will need some learning time before going into mass production.

E Ink`s Subsidiary Hydis Wins Big Order from International Customer [August 16, 2010]

Hydis has ramped up production of FFS products to 75% and lowered that of e-paper products to 25%, compared to 50:50 before.

Hydis to supply IPS panel for Samsung tablet PC, says Digitimes Research [Sept 8, 2010]

LG Display Inks E-Paper Deal [Dec 29, 2009] (emphasis is mine)

The agreement will allow LG Display to tap Hydis’ fringe-field switching technology, which enables liquid crystal displays to be viewed under sunlight and improves their viewing angle.

In return, LG Display will provide consulting to Hydis on production efficiency and quality. Both companies will also work together to source for materials.

Apple’s iPhone 4: Thoroughly Reviewed [June 30, 2010] (emphasis is mine)

The display panel itself uses a subset of IPS (In Plane Switching) display technology called Fringe Field Switching (FFS). Where IPS switches the crystal polarization in the plane of the display with two opposing electrical substrates composed of semi opaque metals (which decreases transmission and viewing angles), FFS uses considerably less metal by arranging the electrodes in a comb [fésű] like structure.

The result is that there’s considerably less metal in back and in front of the pixel, resulting in much higher transmission of light through the display, and higher brightness for a given backlight level. Using FFS to drive pixel switching is critical here because of the high dot pitch in the iPhone 4’s display.

http://www.tftcentral.co.uk/speccontent.htm

IPS (In Plane Switching) was introduced to try and improve on some of the drawbacks of TN Film. It was developed by Hitachi and was dubbed “super TFT”. They improved on viewing angles up to about 170H. This was done by controlling liquid crystal alignment slightly differently, but unfortunately, can affect response rate of the pixels. As such they are not as good for gaming as TN panels. IPS panels were later developed into Super-IPS (S-IPS) panels by their main manufaturer now, LG.Display (formerly LG.Philips). Production costs were lowered which has meant they have become more widely used. S-IPS offer perhaps the most accurate colour reproduction available in the TFT panel market, and the widest viewing angles as well. They are also free of the off-centre contrast shift which is evident on VA matrices, and as such are commonly the choice of graphics and colour professional displays. Response times were traditionally behind those of TN Film and VA panel variants, but modern IPS panels using response time compensation (RTC) including the new generation of Horizontal IPS (H-IPS),Enhanced S-IPS and Advanced Super IPS (AS-IPS) panels can offer responsiveness to rival both. For more information, see our detailed panel technologies guide.

Hydis website: Greater Outdoor Readability ¦ Tablet Applications

The AFFS technology applied in VIEWIZ tablet applications ensures perfect readability in any environment, even under bright sunlight, and allows you to enjoy the entertainment longer with low power consumption, high brightness, and a fast response time. AFFS’ outdoor readability is significantly improved through lowering the reflectance level of the panel surface. (<1% at white and <0.5% at black)

Hydis website: Low Power Consumption ¦ Mobile Applications

For portable applications, the lower the amount of power needed; the better. Commonly mobile LCD manufacturers must sacrifice transmittance for cost-effectiveness, or reduce the viewing angle to lower power consumption. However, due to its effectiveness in transmittance technology, AFFS manages to reduce power consumption by 30 percent than that of TN for mobile phone applications without sacrificing any of the visible benefits. 

More AFFS information from the Hydis website: AFFS Technology, AFFS Progression, AFFS Concept, Technological Benefits, Sunlight Visibility ¦ Mobile Applications, Fast Response Time ¦ Tablet Applications, Scratch Prevention ¦ Tablet Applications, Low Power Consumption ¦ Notebook Applications, Increased Color Reproduction ¦ Notebook Applications, Increased Transmittance ¦ Notebook Applications, AFFS+: True Evolutionary Progress, AFFS+ Concept: True Mobile Lifestyle Technology, Technological Benefits: True Viewing Pleasure

Motion Computing F5 [review] — Superior display technology [Sept 15, 2009]

While the original Hydis AFFS was not an outdoor display, AFFS+ adds reflective areas to what is essentially a transmissive design, and also adds special polarizers and cell design optimized to reduce surface reflectance. As a result, AFFS+ screens are bright and vibrant indoors while being amazingly vibrant and readable outdoors, combining the best of both worlds better than any of the older transflective displays can.

One problem we faced when reviewing this latest version of the Motion F5 was that the original was already so good. The Hydis AFFS display with Motion’s View Anywhere technology on our “old” F5 was already excellent, and so the difference between it and the latest AFFS+ with all the trimmings was not as large as it would have been comparing the new F5 with a standard display.

That said, below are some comparison shots. The first picture shows the new (black housing) and the older F5 (gray housing) side by side outdoors, facing away from the sun. The first thing you notice is that, at full brightness, the new display is considerably brighter. That can make a difference in readability.

Motion Computing J3500 [review] — Fantastic display [June 22, 2010]

The LCD in the J3500 uses AFFS+, an evolutionary advance to AFFS that lowers power consumption and increases outdoor readability. It has a resolution of 1280 x 800 pixel and uses an LED backlight. Brightness is about 320 nits, but thanks to the AFFS+ technology you’d swear it was a lot more than that. Since the display essentially uses transmissive technology with certain transflective features, the screen is bright and crisp indoors while being amazingly vibrant and readable outdoors.

In everyday use, the J3500 display’s outdoor performance is excellent. The perfect viewing angle from all directions means you never have to tilt and angle the tablet to see what’s on the screen. The display itself excels in eliminating unwanted reflection or diffusion. Where other displays appear matte or milky or are overcome with reflections, the J3500’s stays perfectly readable. In head-on, direct sunlight the display is still readable, here thanks to the inner reflectance of the Hydis LCD.

How does it all work? Hydis claims that the reflective polarizer used in AFFS+ displays lowers surface reflectance and minimizes screen scattering. They claim a screen reflectance of under 0.3% (and here I assume the value supplied by Hydis means total reflectance of all surfaces). Given that the effective contrast ratio of an LCD used outdoors is computed as 1 + (emitted light / reflected light) and that average sunlight is about 10,000 nits, the J3500 screen has an effective contrast ratio of 1 + (320 / >.003 x 10,000) = 1 + >10.66 = >11.66. On our scale that means “definitely readable in sunlight” and subjective viewing tests confirm that.

Gartner has already indicated Amazon’s Android/tablet strategy 6 weeks ago: Curated App Stores, Security, And Why The Next Kindle Will Be An Android Device [March 23, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

There has been some serious rhetoric against Apple’s “walled garden” approach in recent months but, like it or not from a philosophical standpoint, it certainly provides more protection for users than the Android Market.

… from the point of view of the user – particularly the non-computer savvy user – all of this just works. Couple of clicks to search for your app. One click to purchase, download and install. And – most important of all – Trojan-free once it arrives. Curated app stores are essential to the well-being of the ecosystem.

Google needs to emulate that experience with its Market, though its very credo seems to suggest that will never happen. Yet without it the store will descend into anarchy, with users scared to purchase for fear of what new and terrible piece of malware they might be introducing to their phone or tablet.

So along comes Amazon from nowhere, and in one fell swoop it might have beaten Google at its own game. Amazon has the position of trust. It has the customer review infrastructure in place. It already has our credit card details (who hasn’t bought anything from Amazon?) And now it has an Android Appstore (TM) to go with it. Now all it has to do is make sure that the stuff it sells is safe.

It has promised to do that, by applying both quality control and security vetting to the app review process. So why wouldn’t you buy from there rather than the Google Android Market? Well, I would – I already have. But my Auntie Edna probably wouldn’t. It is way more difficult than the Apple process, and right now requires a multi-step process just to get the Appstore app on your phone. It is not that difficult, but it is certainly a sub-optimal user experience compared with the “It Just Works” approach of Apple.

So what needs to happen for the Amazon Appstore (TM) to succeed? Simple – it needs to arrive pre-installed on Android devices. Lots of them.And while I am sure Amazon is probably in discussions with a bunch of carriers to achieve that objective, what better way to make sure it happens than to ship it in huge numbers on Amazon’s very own Android tablet – The Kindle IV?

Give us that great Kindle experience with Android flexibility at a super-low price point, and you might just have your iPad-killer… I certainly haven’t seen one among the devices announced so far.

Introducing Amazon Appstore for Android [Amazon press release, March 22, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Amazon.com, Inc. (NASDAQ:AMZN) today announced the launch of the Amazon Appstore for Android at www.amazon.com/appstore. Customers can now find, discover – test! – and buy Android apps using the convenient shopping experience that Amazon customers know and love. An innovative new feature called “Test Drive” will enable customers to test apps on a simulated Android phone. Customers control the app through their computer using a mouse.

“Test Drive lets customers truly experience an app before they commit to buying. It is a unique, new way to shop for apps,” says Paul Ryder, vice president of electronics for Amazon.com. “Our customers have told us that the sheer number of apps available can make it hard to find apps that are high quality and relevant to them. We’ve spent years developing innovative features that help customers discover relevant products. By applying these features – plus new ones like Test Drive – we’re aiming to give customers a refreshing app shopping experience.”

In addition, the highly anticipated Angry Birds Rio for Android debuts today, exclusively in the Amazon Appstore. For a limited time, customers have the opportunity to download it for free. In fact, the Amazon Appstore will offer customers a paid app for free every day.

Customers can shop in the Amazon Appstore from any computer using a Web browser. They can also access the Amazon Appstore directly on their Android phones or tablets, once they’ve installed the Amazon Appstore application. When customers purchase an Android app from the Amazon Appstore they can use the app on any of their Android devices.

The Amazon Appstore will include popular Amazon features like personalized recommendations, customer reviews, and 1-Click payment options. There will also be detailed product descriptions, including screenshots and video content that shows apps in action. In order to ensure customers have the best possible experience with the apps they purchase, all apps are Amazon-tested before they’re made available in the Amazon Appstore.

For the first time ever on the Android platform, ad-free versions of Angry Birds and Angry Birds Seasons will launch today exclusively in the Amazon Appstore. The Amazon Appstore also features a selection of bestselling and new apps from top developers, including Pac-Man, Doodle Jump Deluxe, Evernote, WeatherBug Elite, Zagat to Go, TweetCaster Pro and more.

“The Android platform’s openness provides a great opportunity to reach new customers,” said Mikael Hed, CEO of Rovio, the maker of Angry Birds. “We are thrilled to offer the Angry Birds suite of Android games using the easy and trusted shopping experience that Amazon is known for.”

Developed in conjunction with Twentieth Century Fox, Angry Birds Rio features the animated stars of the studio’s upcoming motion picture, RIO, debuting in theaters worldwide on April 15. Angry Birds Rio will launch with 60 dedicated levels, with more content to follow via app updates.

Visit www.amazon.com/appstore today to get Angry Birds Rio for free and browse thousands of apps at great prices.

Note: all apps are Amazon-tested before they’re made available in the Amazon Appstore

Amazon Introduces New Kindle Family Member: Kindle with Special Offers for $114 [Amazon press release, April 11, 2011]

Millions of people are reading on Kindle, Kindle has more 5-star reviews than any other product on Amazon, and in just five months the latest-generation Kindle became the bestselling product in the 16-year history of Amazon.com. Today, Amazon introduced a new member of the Kindle family – Kindle with Special Offers for only $114. Kindle with Special Offers is the same #1 bestselling Kindle, plus special offers and sponsored screensavers. Kindle special offers and sponsored screensavers display on the Kindle screensaver and on the bottom of the home screen. Learn more about all three latest-generation Kindle family members–$114 Kindle with Special Offers, $139 Kindle, and $189 Kindle 3G–at www.amazon.com/kindle. Kindle with Special Offers is now available for pre-order to customers in the U.S. and will ship on May 3.

“We’re working hard to make sure that anyone who wants a Kindle can afford one,” said Jeff Bezos, Amazon.com Founder and CEO. “Kindle with Special Offers is the same #1 bestselling Kindle – and it’s only $114. Kindle is the best deal in consumer electronics anywhere in the world.”

Buick, Olay (Procter & Gamble), Visa, and Amazon.com Reward Visa Card (Chase) are sponsoring the first series of screensavers specially-designed for Kindle’s high-contrast, no glare electronic ink display (for screensaver examples, visit www.amazon.com/aboutkindlespecialoffers). Examples of deals that will be delivered directly to Kindle with Special Offers devices in the initial weeks include:

  • $10 for $20 Amazon.com Gift Card
  • $6 for 6 Audible Books (normally $68)
  • $1 for an album in the Amazon MP3 Store (choose from over 1 million albums)
  • $10 for $30 of products in the Amazon Denim Shop or Amazon Swim Shop
  • Free $100 Amazon.com Gift Card when you get an Amazon Rewards Visa Card (normally $30)
  • Buy one of 30 Kindle bestsellers with your Visa card and get $10 Amazon.com credit
  • 50% off Roku Streaming Player (normally $99)

To make sure customers don’t miss any of the offers, a full list of active offers will be available from the menu of Kindle with Special Offers at any time.

Amazon is also introducing “AdMash” – the free Kindle app and website where customers choose the most attractive and engaging display advertisements that will become Kindle sponsored screensavers. Kindle’s sponsored screensavers are specially-designed display advertisements that take advantage of Kindle’s high-contrast, no-glare electronic-ink display. Before these advertisements can be presented to Kindle customers, they are first previewed by customers using AdMash. Users are presented with pairs of sponsored screensaver candidates and asked to select which one they prefer. Screensavers with the most preferred votes qualify to become sponsored screensavers. The AdMash Kindle app will launch in the coming weeks – for a preview, visit www.amazon.com/aboutkindlespecialoffers.

In addition, Kindle with Special Offers customers can give Amazon hints on the style and types of sponsored screensavers they would like to see. From the Manage Your Kindle page on Amazon.com, customers can use Kindle Screensaver Preferences to indicate whether they like to see more or less screensavers that include elements such as landscapes and scenery, architecture, travel images, photography, and illustrations. Together, AdMash voting and Kindle Screensaver Preferences help Amazon present sponsored screensavers that customers find attractive and engaging. For screenshots of Kindle screensavers, AdMash and Kindle Screensaver Preferences, visit www.amazon.com/aboutkindlespecialoffers.

“The opportunity to offer custom-designed Kindle screensavers was a natural fit for Buick because Kindle is such a unique device surrounded by a community of intelligent, passionate people,” said Craig Bierley, Director of Advertising and Promotions, Buick. “Kindle’s high contrast e-ink display eliminates glare and is perfect for emotionally engaging and impactful brand imagery, allowing us to connect with Kindle readers wherever and whenever.”

Kindle with Special Offers includes all the same features that helped make the third-generation Kindle the #1 bestselling product in the history of Amazon.com:

  • Paper-like Pearl electronic-ink display, no glare even in bright sunlight
  • 8.5 ounce body for hours of comfortable reading with one hand
  • Up to one month of battery life with wireless off eliminates battery anxiety
  • Kindle Store with over 900,000 books – largest selection of the most popular books
  • Seamless integration with free “Buy Once, Read Everywhere” Kindle apps for iPad, iPod touch, iPhone, PC, Mac, BlackBerry, Windows Phone and Android-based devices

Learn more about all three latest-generation Kindle family members–$114 Kindle with Special Offers, $139 Kindle, and $189 Kindle 3G–at www.amazon.com/kindle. Advertisers and agencies interested in learning more about Kindle sponsorship opportunities can contact kindle-sponsorships@amazon.com.

Amazon to Sell the Kindle Reader at a Lower Price, but With Advertising Added [The New York Times, April 11, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Amazon is shaving another $25 off the price of its Kindlee-reader, this time with the help of advertisers.

The newest Kindle is $114. Amazon will sell its e-book reader at the lower price by showing ads as screen savers and at the bottom of the home screen, and by selling special offers, similar to Groupon and other daily deal sites.

The ads are the latest step in Amazon’s transition from e-commerce retailer to full-fledged digital media company. By selling ads that will show up next to digital content, Amazon is laying further groundwork that could enable it to someday sell tablet computers that would compete with Apple and Google Android tablets.

The ads and offers appear to be another significant step toward Amazon building its own tablet and competing more directly with the iPad, said James L. McQuivey, an analyst at Forrester Research who studies digital media and consumer electronics. Amazon opened an Android app store last month and has been hiring Android software developers.

An Amazon tablet could tie together the seemingly disparate parts of the company’s business, Mr. McQuivey said, including e-commerce, e-books, video and audio.

I can so easily see them selling a tablet in the future at a dramatically reduced price,” he said. “To me, this is a way for them to test that out and to start talking to advertisers.”

Kindle Wireless Reading Device, Wi-Fi, Graphite, 6″ Display with New E Ink Pearl Technology – includes Special Offers & Sponsored Screensavers

Details [as of May 3, 2011]

New, Lower Price
Get the same bestselling Kindle for $25 less—only $114.
Special Offers & Sponsored Screensavers
Receive special offers directly on your Kindle. Examples include:

  • $10 for $20 Amazon.com Gift Card
  • $6 for 6 Audible Books (normally $68)
  • $1 for an album in the Amazon MP3 Store (choose from over 1 million albums)
  • $10 for $30 of products in the Amazon Denim Shop or Amazon Swim Shop

Special offers and sponsored screensavers display on the Kindle screensaver and on the bottom of the home screen—they don’t interrupt reading.

Kindle for Android Now Tailored for Tablet Computers [Amazon press release, April 21, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Today, Amazon announced an update to Kindle for Android that brings new features and adds support for tablet computers running Android’s Honeycomb, including the Motorola Xoom. The latest version of Kindle for Android includes an integrated immersive shopping experience tailored for tablets, a new layout for newspapers and magazines designed for the unique interface of Honeycomb, and dozens of other new enhancements that take advantage of the larger screens. Like all Kindle apps, Kindle for Android includes Amazon’s Whispersync technology, which saves and synchronizes a customer’s books and bookmarks across their Kindle, iPad, iPod touch, iPhone, Mac, PC, BlackBerry, Windows Phone and Android-based phones and tablets. Customers can learn more about Kindle for Android at www.amazon.com/kindleforandroid and download the app from the Amazon Appstore for Android or Android Market.

“We’ve taken all the features customers love about Kindle for Android, and created a beautiful new user interface and a seamless shopping experience tailored to the look and feel of Honeycomb tablets,” said Dorothy Nicholls, Director, Amazon Kindle. “As always, Kindle customers ‘Buy Once, Read Everywhere,’ so Kindle for Android is the perfect companion for the millions of customers who own a Kindle and a way for customers around the world to download and enjoy books on their Android phone or tablet even if they don’t yet own a Kindle.”

New features of Kindle for Android include:

  • Seamless integrated shopping experience tailored for tablets gives you quick access to personalized recommendations, customer reviews, and more
  • Refined newspaper and magazine layout including full color images
  • Ability to pause, resume download at any time
  • Enhanced word look-up capability (for Android-based phones and tablets) with built-in dictionary with over 250,000 entries and definitions.

The Kindle Store offers the largest selection of books people want to read, including 110 of 111 New York Times Bestsellers and New Releases from $9.99. Millions of older, out-of-copyright, pre-1923 books are also available to read. Kindle for Android offers customers many features that are unique to the Kindle and Kindle App experience, including:

  • “Buy Once, Read Everywhere” – sync and read your books, last page read, bookmarks, notes and highlights across Kindle devices and the most popular devices and platforms
  • Worry-Free Archive – Amazon automatically backs up your books and highlights online in your Kindle library where they can be re-downloaded wirelessly anytime on any Kindle device or app
  • Unparalleled shopping experience – Get all of the features you love about shopping on Amazon.com, including customer reviews, personalized recommendations, and instant 1-click buying using your Amazon account information

For over two years, Amazon has been building and introducing a wide selection of free “Buy Once, Read Everywhere” Kindle apps for iPad, iPod touch, iPhone, Mac, PC, BlackBerry, Windows Phone and Android-based devices that let customers read and sync their reading library, bookmarks, notes, and highlights with the device or platform of their choice. Learn more about Kindle apps at www.amazon.com/kindleapps. Customers can download Kindle for Android from the Amazon Appstore for Android or Android Market.

E Ink Holdings EPD prospects are good

See also:
Hydis
E Ink Holdings (8069.TWO) Initiate at Buy: Dual Growth Engines to Propel Earnings [comprehensive  32 pages evaluation by Citi Investment Research & Analysis, a
division of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Aug 4, 2011] HIGHLY RECOMMENDED READ and NOT ONLY FROM PURE SHARES AND FINANACIALS POINT OF VIEW

Updates:
EIH posts sharp revenue declines in December [Jan 9, 2012]

E Ink Holdings (EIH) has announced consolidated revenues of NT$1.59 billion (US$52.57 million) for December, 2011, a sharp decline of 55% sequentially and 57% on year. For all of 2011, revenues totaled NT$38.43 billion [US$1.27B], increasing 53% from a year earlier, according to a company filing with the Taiwan Stock Exchange.

Affected by seasonal factors, EIH is expected to see its revenue continue to drop by a double-digit rate in the first quarter of 2012, the Chinese-language Commercial Times quoted industry watchers as indicating.

EIH looks to reach its shipment goal for 2011 [Dec 23, 2011]

Despite a decline in revenues in November, E Ink Holdings (EIH) will still be able to reach its goal of shipping 25-30 million EPD (electrophoretic display) products in 2011 with a gross margin of 30%, according to the company.

EIH posted revenues of NT$3.57 billion (US$117.88 million) for November, up 9% on year but sown 33% on month.

While shipments of FFS (fringe field switching) panels have started generating revenues for the company, high-margin EPD products still account for the majority of EIH’s total sales, allowing the company to maintain a gross margin of over 30%, indicated industry sources.

E-book reader sales are tripling every year [Aug 17, 2011]

Display Search,  a market research firm that is putting on the onference, estimates that e-book display emand could hit around 27 million units this year. That’s about three times the number sold in 2010. It shows that e-book reader sales are holding on to a slice of the portable market, despite
challenges from Apple’s iPad tablet computer.

This technology has already merged and it is in the mass market,” [chief marketing officer Sriram] Peruvemba said.

The competition between e-book readers and Apple’s tablet is a familiar one. It’s like using a specific-purpose device, or using something like a Swiss Army knife. So far, the e-book reader has survived because it has done a better job of providing an electronic reading experience to consumers.

Due to the popularity of the Kindle, e-book reader sales have tripled every year since 2006. That’s a lot of progress for a new kind of display, dubbed an ePaper display, that debuted with the sale of about 100,000 units in 2006. Last year, E Ink Holdings generated $650 million in sales, and this year it expects to surpass $1 billion in revenue, Peruvemba … said.

In its history, E Ink raised $150 million and it will exceed $1 billion in revenue. By comparison, makers of organic light emitting displays have spent perhaps $30 billion and have yet to make a return on that investment. That’s the nature of the display business. E Ink estimates it is the most profitable company in displays. It helps to have a novel idea.

A 6″ E Ink Pearl panel running on the Freescale i.MX50 EVK, showing the quick refresh rate possible with such a setup:

E Ink Holdings hikes 2011 EPD shipments to 25-30 million units [July 29, 2011]
E INK HOLDINGS AND CPT COOPERATE TO EXPAND EREADER AND TABLET MARKETS [July 19, 2011]

Chunghwa Picture Tubes, Ltd. (TAIEX: 2475; “CPT”) and E Ink Holdings Inc. (TAIEX: 8069; “E Ink”) jointly announced today that each of their board of directors had passed a resolution, enabling E Ink to make an investment into CPT with a view to strengthen their collaboration in technology and in production capacity. Through this investment and cooperation, both companies expect to further expand electronic paper and FFS (Fringe Field Switching) panel business. The strategic alliance will further solidify their existing leadership position in eReader, tablets and other mobile devices markets.

The investment will be a total of NT$1.5 billion [US$ 52M] in the form of unsecured convertible bonds issued through private placement in Taiwan. The conversion price will be at NT$3.25 per share. This issue, expected to be completed by the end of July this year, is for a period of 3 years.

This investment enables the expansion of panel production capacity and exchange of related technological information between the two companies. This investment is also aimed at improving the utilization of CPT’s production lines and enabling them to focus on higher-end value-added products.

“This cooperation will strengthen E Ink’s capacity to meet the demand of the fast-growing eReader market while CPT can better utilize their 6th-gen fab,” says E Ink’s Chairman Scott Liu. “More importantly this strategic alliance will expand the relevant markets for both companies”.

The co-operation is expected to result in an integrated supply chain. CPT will also manufacture FFS LCD displays, thereby expanding Hydis’ FFS manufacturing capacity. FFS technology based LCD are the market share leaders in displays for tablets and other mobile devices, just as E Ink’s dual pigment ePaper technology is the market share leader for eReader displays. E Ink’s investment will secure a steady supply of display panels for both its EPD and FFS business.

Hanvon first to adopt E Ink-developed color e-paper display [June 15, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Hanvon Technology, the largest China-based vendor of e-book readers, is the first client adopting a color e-paper display developed by Taiwan-based E Ink Holdings (EIH) and will launch 9.68-inch color e-book readers in the China market in July, according to EIH chairman Scott Liu.

Booming sales of tablet PCs have not impacted global demand for e-book readers, with both market segments growing fast, Liu said, adding global shipments of e-paper display products in 2011 will double or even triple those of 2010.

The average production cost of e-paper displays will drop by 15-20% every year in the near future, approximately offsetting annual decrease of 15-20% in average selling price (ASP) of e-book readers, Liu noted.

Touch e-book readers tend to become a trend, with touchscreens mainly based on infrared and electromagnetic technologies.

End of Updates

EIH sees EPS more than double on year in 1Q11 [April 28, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings (EIH) has reported net profits of NT$1.67 billion (US$57.71 million) on revenues of NT$10.09 billion for the first quarter of 2011. The earnings translated into an EPS of NT$1.56 for the quarter, which were more than double the NT$0.70 a year earlier but down from NT$1.80 recorded in the previous quarter.

Shipments of EPD products will stay flat in the second quarter due to conservative buying from the LCD segment, and therefore second-quarter revenues will be down slightly from the levels recorded in the first, according to company chairman Scott Lin.

Sales of EPD products contributed 60-70% to EIH’s total revenues in the first quarter and LCD products made up the remaining 30%, the company noted.

With demand for e-book readers expected to continue growing, the global market for EPD products is likely to expand 2-3 fold on year in 2011, EIH estimated.

Amazon’s recent move to cut the price of Kindle e-book readers from US$139 to US$114 in the US market will help drive up EIH’s shipments of e-paper, EIH asserted.

Global sales of EPD products increased 300% in 2010 after the launch of iPad, and so the launch of iPad 2 will have a limited impact on the e-paper industry, EIH commented.

See also the latest update:  E Ink and Epson achieve world-leading ePaper resolution [May 23, 2011]

Digitimes Insight: 2011 global e-book reader shipments to reach 27 million units [April 28, 2011]

Demand for e-book readers remained strong in first-quarter 2011, with global shipments soaring 236% on year to 4.8 million units. Digitimes Research believes global e-book reader shipments will reach 27 million units in 2011.

Among the brand-name vendors, Amazon will continue to be the market leader with an 60% share of global shipments in 2011. Barnes & Noble may hold on to second place, but its gap with third-place Sony will narrow.

North America will remain the biggest market for e-book readers, accounting for 72% of global shipments, but growth in the area is slowing down. E-book reader vendors are now aggresively expanding their presence in the Europe market, which is registering higher-than-average growths.

Monotone e-book readers will remain the mainstream in the next three years, during which no breakthrough in developing color devices can be expected. Global e-book reader shipments will reach 63 million units by 2014.

Source: Digitimes Research, April 2011

E Ink posts strong revenue gains in 1Q11 [April 8, 2011]

Electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings (EIH) has posted consolidated revenues of NT$3.36 billion (US$115.94 million) for March, up 18.3% sequentially and 79.6% on year.

For the first quarter of 2011, revenues reached NT$10.09 billion, increasing 101.2% from a year earlier. Both the monthly and quarterly figures were the company’s highest records.

Strong marketing for the Kindle e-book readers by Amazon in Europe helped boost EIH’s shipments of EPD products in March, according to a Chinese-language Commercial Times report.

E Ink to add investment in China subsidiary [March 31]

Electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings (EIH) has decided to add investment of US$8.0 million in its China-based subsidiary, Transcend Optronics (Yangzhou), which makes tablet PC-use LCD modules (LCMs).

EIH also has plans to take out a 5-year syndicated bank loan of NT$5 billion (US$170 million) for its own, and another US$100 million for its four subsidiaries, E Ink Corporation, Tech Smart Logistics, Transcend Optronics (Yangzhou) and Rich Optronics (Yangzhou).

EIH’s board also decided to buy back 11 million shares of its stock, equivalent to a 1.02% stake, at NT$35-55 per share from March 31-May 30, with the stock to be transferred to employees.

EIH enters EPD-based signage segment [March 16, 2011]

Electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings (EIH) has ventured into advertising signage in the US, Korea, Taiwan and other markets, leveraging its Ink-In-Motion technology, according to the company.

The EPD signage business will be developed by its Surf business unit, said the company, noting that the business unit has teamed up with Neolux to promote the new business in Korea, and has also cooperated Sinopac bank to launch signage boards in Taiwan.

Supply of e-paper products remains smooth, says EIH [March 15, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings (EIH) has stated that its production and shipments of EPD products have remained steady as only a small portion of components is coming Japan.

EIH purchases TFT backboards used in EPD production from Taiwan-based Chimei Innolux (CMI) and Chunghwa Picture Tubes (CPT), explained the company, noting that shipments of FFS panels from its Korea subsidiary Hydis have not been disrupted.

The company expects its March revenues to bounce back to its historical high of NT$3.88 billion (US$131.66 million) recorded in January after the revenues dropped to NT$2.84 billion in February.

E Ink to triple EPD capacity in 2011 [Feb 16, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Amid increasing demand for e-paper, as well as FFS panels for tablet PCs and smartphones, electrophoretic display (EPD) maker E Ink Holdings (EIH) plans to expand its EPD capacity by 2-3 times in 2011, and will also expand its FFS panel capacity, as well as its component suppliers and OEM proportion, according to company president YS Fu.

Market sources expect EIH’s revenues for 2010 to reach NT$25.18 billion (US$856.47 million), on a net profit of NT$4.03 billion for the year. With expanding market demand and capacity, EIH’s revenues may double to NT$40-50 billion in 2011, the sources added.

In terms of EPDs, Fu indicated that the e-book reader market will continue to increase as research firm data showed that 40% of current iPad owners also own an e-book reader, and 23% of the iPad users showed willingness to purchase an e-book reader in the next year. The data also indicated that e-book readers and tablet PCs are individual products with no conflict in the market, Fu added, saying that the paper like characteristics of EPD is the major reason the e-book reader market will continue to grow.

Fu noted that e-book readers currently still focus on the commercial market and it will take time to develop the education market. With increasing content and dropping prices, the global e-book reader market is expected to reach 10 million units in 2010 and increase to 20-30 million units in 2011, of which the US market will generate the largest demand, while Europe will rapidly increase.

The tablet PC market is gaining attention, and the global market is expected to exceed 50 million units in 2011. Along with surging demand from the smartphone market, EIH’s shipments for FFS panels are expected to increase significantly, and the company plans to expand its capacity as well as looking for new OEM partners in China, in addition to its existing OEM partners Chimei Innolux (CMI) and Chunghwa Picture Tubes (CPT)

Intel: accelerated Atom SoC roadmap down to 22nm in 2 years and a “new netbook experience” for tablet/mobile PC market

Update: Intel will be able to maintain the original 22nm timetable with delivery of Haswell and next-gen Atom products on 22nm in Q2 2013 (see: Intel Haswell: “Mobile computing is not limited to tiny, low-performing devices” [Nov 15, 2012]). This progress, however, will not be enough against the 28nm ARM SoCs of that time, so it is proceding further as fast as only could to 14nm. Expect products from this in H2 CY2014: Intel progressing in development of 14nm technology, says CTO [DIGITIMES, Dec 5, 2012]

Intel CTO Justin Rattner on December 4 said that Intel’s development of 14nm technology is on schedule with volume production to kick off in one to two years and development of 18-inch wafers is under way through cooperation with partners.

Rattner also noted that Intel’s aggressiveness over technology advancement will allow Moore’s Law to extend for another 10 years.

At the end of 2013, Intel will enter the generation of 14nm CPUs (P1272 [process: a shrink from the previous P1270 22-nm process as well as a reduction in power consumption]) and SoCs (1273), while expanding its investments at its D1X Fab in Oregon, and Fab 42 in Arizona, the US and Fab 24 in Ireland, and will gradually enter 10nm, 7nm and 5nm process generations starting 2015.

As for Intel’s competitors, Samsung is already set to enter 20nm in 2013 and is already working on its 14nm node, while Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company’s (TSMC) 20nm process will enter small volume production in the second half of 2013 with the first 3D-based FPGA chips to also start.
Globalfoundries has previously announced its 14nm FinFET process will start pilot production at the end of 2013 and enter mass production in 2014.
As for 18-inch wafers, Intel has invested in Holland-based ASML for its EUV technology, and related technologies are expected to start entering production in 2017.

See also: Intel’s industry position and prospects for years ahead [Dec 9, 2010]
Follow-up:
Intel’s SoC strategy strengthened by 22nm Tri-Gate technology [May 10, 2011]
Netbook prices starting $50 less at $200 via Intel MeeGo strategy [July 29, 2011]

Intel adjusts netbook strategy [April 14, 2011]

Intel has recently adjusted its netbook strategy and is set to cooperate with its partners including Asustek Computer and Acer to launch netbook devices priced below US$199 in regions such as the Middle-East, Latin America and Eastern Europe, according to sources from notebook players.

As for markets such as Europe, the US and China, Intel will continue to push netbook models using the new Cedar Trail-M platform and will add new technologies such as Wireless Display (WiDi) and wireless audio into these devices, for a price of US$299-599 depending on specifications and operating system.

Netbook models priced at US$199 will adopt Intel’s own MeeGo operating system and Intel is currently working on developing content and applications that suit each region and has already demonstrated engineering samples to its partners. Asustek, Acer and several China-based second-tier white-box netbook players have already prepared to launch machines with Intel’s US$199 platform in the second half of 2011.

Updates from Computex 2011:
Chip Shot: Intel Unveils Innovative New Concept Design, “Keeley Lake” [May 31, 2011]

At Computex, Intel unveiled “Keeley Lake ” an innovative, newly-developed convertible design based on the upcoming Intel® Atom™ netbook platform, codenamed “Cedar Trail.” Whether creating with a keyboard or browsing with touch, “Keeley Lake” will offer customers the best of both worlds with stylish designs, sleek form factors, new capacitive multi-touch displays and thinness from 17mm-20mm. Designs like “Keeley Lake” based on “Cedar Trail” will provide the most flexible platform of choice by enabling operating systems including Chrome OS, MeeGo and Windows.  Intel has enabled ODMs with the “Keeley Lake” design and already started to see the demand.

Chip Shot: Medfield – The Next Generation of Tablets from Intel [May 31, 2011]

At Computex, Intel reiterated its Atom System on a Chip (SoC) roadmap, highlighting “Medfield,” which will be built using Intel’s 32nm high-k metal gate process technology. The purpose-built solution will provide lower power, a smaller footprint and more integration of features and performance for the tablet market. “Medfield” will enable sub-9mm tablets that weigh less than 1.5 pounds and provide all day battery life. The processors will be in production later this year for tablet designs in market the first half of 2012 and support a range of operating systems including Google Android (“Honeycomb”), Windows and MeeGo.

Chip Shot: MeeGo Netbooks Based on Intel Atom Arrive at Computex [May 31, 2011]

The ecosystem around MeeGo-based netbooks expands with the introduction of devices including the Acer Aspire One Happy 2, Asus Eee PC X101, Samsung N100 and Lenovo IdeaPad S100 at Computex. These systems are based on the new, 1.33 GHz single-core Intel® Atom™ processor N435. These netbooks will provide new levels of affordability for market expansion. Acer and Asus netbooks will come pre-loaded with the Intel AppUpSM center in select countries. Also at Computex, Acer demonstrated a MeeGo-based tablet on stage at the Intel netbook, tablet and software focused satellite event.

A Brief Interview with Intel’s Sean Maloney [May 27, 2011]

Sean (11).JPGEditor’s Note: A few days before traveling to Taipei, Taiwan, where he is slated to deliver a keynote address at Computex 2011, Intel Free Press had a chance to sit down for a brief conversation with Intel Executive Vice President Sean Maloney, the newly named chairman of Intel China. Maloney returned to work in January after suffering a stroke last year.

IFP: How do you challenge the critics who are saying that some of this is too little, too late — that the ARM ecosystem is too firmly established now, particularly in tablets and phones?

Maloney: The ARM ecosystem is really well established, but I don’t think that anyone is in the position that Intel is in to get all the way from the bottom to the top. In process technology, we are still 2 years or more in front. I think it will be a good 4 or 5 years.

IFP: Intel has talked a lot about accelerating the SoC (System-on-a-Chip) roadmap, which according to some pundits can’t happen fast enough. Why is it taking so long for the company to accelerate Atom SoCs and is there anything you can do to make it go faster?

Maloney: Well, unfortunately 2 years ago we thought that the market was not moving as fast as it has moved. Now we’ve announced that we will be doing one new process generation every year for the next 3 or 4 years. That’s pretty fast. It’s a big acceleration from where we are now.

IFP: Intel CEO and President Paul Otellini mentioned during the recent investors meeting that China is poised to be No. 1 in the PC market next year. What does that mean for Intel?

Maloney: It means everything, right? The U.S. was the first and foremost market for 43 years at Intel. Now it’s going to be China, No. 1. That’s amazing. Really, I am excited about China. It’s the first market for Intel next year. There are so many things we can do in China, and we’re going to do them.

Accelerating the Intel® Atom™ Processor Roadmap (part of Intel’s Maloney Talks Mobile Growth, Industry Opportunities at Computex [May 30, 2011], emphasis is mine)

Maloney highlighted key milestones and additional details on upcoming generations of Intel Atom processor-based platforms for tablets, netbooks and smartphones. The Atom processor will outpace Moore’s Law, accelerating from 32nm through 22nm to 14nm within 3 successive years. Having a cadence of a new-process-generation every year will result in significant reduction in transistor leakage, lower active power and an increase of transistor density to enable more powerful smartphones, tablets, and netbooks with more features and longer battery life.

Reaching its 100 million-unit milestone this month, Intel is preparing its next-generation netbook platform, codenamed “Cedar Trail.” “Cedar Trail” is the first netbook platform based on Intel’s 32nm technology, and will enable ultra-thin, fanless designs with new capabilities such as Intel® Rapid Start technology which provides fast resume, Intel® Smart Connect Technology which enables an always updated experience even during standby, Intel® Wireless Display and PC Synch, which let users wirelessly update and synchronize documents, content and media across multiple devices. In addition, the new platform is expected to enable more than 10 hours of battery life and weeks of standby. “Cedar Trail” will support leading operating systems, such as Microsoft Windows*, Google Chrome* and MeeGo*.

In addition, Maloney showcased more than 10 tablets, running on three different operating systems, that are available today based on the Intel Atom processor Z670. The platform already has more than 35 design wins since its launch in April, with several convertibles, sliders and other innovative designs on shelves now and more coming through the rest of the year.


[Medfield relevance is only upto 00:48.
Please note at 00:27: “… initially on Android, later on MeeGo …”]

Maloney also discussed “Medfield,” Intel’s first purpose-built 32nm platform for smartphones and tablets.  “Medfield” has been optimized for both low power and high performance and will deliver long use-time, rich media and gaming, and advanced imaging capabilities. To illustrate this point in tablets, Intel showcased a “Medfield” design running Google Android* 3.0 (“Honeycomb”) for the first time. In production later this year, the platform will enable sub-9mm designs that weigh less than 1.5 pounds for tablet designs in market the first half of 2012. It will support a range of operating systems including Android and MeeGo.

According to Maloney, “The work Intel is doing with the Intel® Atom™ processor roadmap, coupled with the significant changes we are making to our Intel® Core™ processor roadmaps, will continue to enhance Intel’s ability to deliver complete hardware solutions with a choice of software platforms across a full spectrum of computing — from back-end servers that power the cloud to the billions of devices that access the cloud.”

Computing Becomes More Personal at Computex [June 7, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Reflecting on Computex last week, I’m once again in awe of all the time and energy across the company (and around the world!) goes into pulling off this event. For Intel, it was a great show. We highlighted several technologies and innovations that will push the envelope when it comes to enhancing what we’re calling “companion computing.” As Intel Executive Vice President Sean Maloney pointed out in his keynote, “computing is taking many forms” and Intel innovation is the “catalyst” for exciting new technologies that will empower our mobile lifestyles.

I hope you heard our big news around the introduction of a brand new category of ultra-slim laptops called “Ultrabooks,” targeted to penetrate 40 percent of the market by end of 2012.

Along that same vein, the Netbook and Tablet Group at Intel, made some exciting disclosures to help meet the varied expectations of the companion device market. One of those was “Keeley Lake,” a brand new, convertible design based on the upcoming Atom netbook platform, “Cedar Trail.”  With its swivel and fold monitor design, “Keeley Lake” packs in the power and performance of a netbook and the functionality of a tablet.

It will have more than 10 hours of battery life and will include Rapid Start, Smart Connect and Intel Wireless Display for displaying content on TVs and PC Synch.

Intel also highlighted “Medfield,” its first purpose-built 32nm platform for smartphones and tablets. Optimized for low power, high performance and longer use-time, these processors will be in production later this year and you can see “Medfield”-based tablets out in the market in the first half of 2012.

Both “Keeley Lake” and “Medfield” will support a range of operating systems including Windows, Google Android and MeeGo.

Speaking of MeeGo, the ecosystem around MeeGo-based netbooks is expanding. At Computex devices such as the Acer Aspire One Happy series, the Asus Eee PC X101, the Lenovo IdeaPad S100 and Samsung N100 were introduced. These systems are based on the new 1.33 GHz single-core Intel® Atom™ processor N435 and will provide new levels of affordability for market expansion.

At the show, we demonstrated the traction our formerly codenamed “Oak Trail” platform, now the Intel Atom processor Z670, has received since it began shipping in April. “Oak Trail” has garnered huge market acceptance and already has more than 35 design wins, 10 of which were showcased on the Computex stage. In addition, several convertibles and sliders are on shelves now, with more coming through the end of the year.

Mobile computing is indeed taking many new forms and I’m looking forward to the future to see how these shapes evolve. Computex 2011 has definitely set the tone for the exciting times ahead!

End of updates from Computex 2011

Intel pushes Android plans [April 14, 2011]

Intel, in the third quarter of 2011, is set to announce a new plan for tablet PCs – PRC Plus, pushing an Intel/Android 3.0 platform, after nearly half of year of negotiations with Google, according to sources from notebook players. However, Intel declined to comment on market rumors.

The sources pointed out that the PRC Plus plan is to use Intel processor’s advantage of stronger performance than ARM-based processors and improve on the operating system’s user interface and user experience. The new plan is also expected to save costs from Windows licensing fees for downstream vendors.

In addition to pushing an Intel/Android 3.0 platform, Intel is also set to adopt a similar strategy as in the PC industry and pay a subsidy of US$10 for each Intel CPU-based tablet PC to attract first-tier notebook vendors.

Asia-based Acer, Lenovo and Asustek Computer have all agreed to start up new netbook projects in the second half of 2011, while Cisco is also set to launch devices adopting Oak Trail/Android 3.0 targeting the enterprise market, the sources added.

As Android for tablets falters, opportunity for Intel [CNET, April 15, 2011]

Intel has been criticized here and in other venues for being late to the tabletparty. But Android’s slow start in tablets may mean latecomers aren’t necessarily losers.

Intel was demoing an Atom-based tablet at its developer conference in Beijing this week

Intel was demoing an Atom-based tablet at its developer conference in Beijing this week (Credit: Intel)

A stroke of serendipity has arrived in the form of a tepid consumer reception so far for tablets beyond Apple’s iPad. Sales of the Motorola Xoom are, to date, anemic, while the sell-through to consumers of Samsung’s Android tablet has also been underwhelming.

And Digitimes reported todaythat tablet suppliers Asus and HTC are delaying Android tablet rollouts.

Meanwhile, RIM’s BlackBerry PlayBook–which is more like an appendage to a BlackBerry phonethan a standalone tablet–is not targeted at the high-volume consumer space.

So, with tablets based on chips from companies like Nvidia (Xoom, Samsung Galaxy Tab) and Texas Instruments (PlayBook) not likely flying off the shelf, are Intel’s chances any better now?

“The door to this market is open. The longer it takes for these other products to get rolling, the more opportunity there is for Intel,” said Richard Shim, an analyst at DisplaySearch.

But:
No hope: Intel’s new Oak Trail chip headed for tablet limbo [Ars Technica, April 13, 2011]

Everything about the Android tablet experience, from the hardware and software to the price point, is inferior to the iPad. So what hope is there for Intel’s Oak Trail to swoop in and change the game?

There is no hope, but that’s not really the point of Oak Trail. Intel’s latest stab at an MID/tablet-oriented hardware platform is just one more step on its long march to the smartphone, a destination it’s unlikely to reach until it gets a future Oak Trail successor down to 22nm. Until then, Intel will keep producing these “tablet” chips, which will find their way into designs from a number of OEMs, some of which are neat in a gimmicky sort of way, and none of which are likely to sell well.

If netbooks were still selling like hotcakes, this could significantly improve Oak Trail’s prospects, because it will be a solid netbook part. But they aren’t, so we’re left to watch Intel mark time in this fashion for another year or so until it finally catches up to the ARM ecosystem.

Intel does fondleslabs with Atom ‘Oak Trail’ [The Register, April 11, 2011]

Monday’s announcement of the Oak Trail rollout, while welcome news to Intel fans, may not be “longer-term” enough to make significant inroads into a market now dominated by ARM variants. Although it’s too soon to tell, those same fans may have more reason to hope that the soon-to-follow Cedar Trail might have the chops to move the Intel architecture into a critical mass of “Companion Computing” devices.

Doug Davis: Devices and the Future of Personal Computing [Keynote webcast, April 12, 2011] (some parts transcribed here with their corresponding slides)

Intel Doug Davis about the Moore's law at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 12-April-2011Intel Doug Davis Faster - in 3 years fm 45nm to 22nm at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 12-April-2011.jpg
[8:20] According to the Moore’s law every two year we delivered a new generation of process technology. … Our 32 nm technology – for example – deliveres 25% increase in performance at the same power level, at the same leakage, OR we can deliver 10X lower leakage at the same performance level [8:41]

[8:59] Now Intel is accelerating the Atom SoC road map. Over the next several years we’re going to move faster than Moore’s law. … Our 45 nm volume products are shipping today. 32 nm will ship in volume over the next 6 months, and 22 nm will be in volume within 24 months. [9:25]

Intel Doug Davis on Atom proc evolution at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 12-April-2011
[9:38] The 1st generation of Atom processor was built on 45 nm technology. That product line brought about 10X thermal power reduction vs. our lowest power Celeron products. The 2nd generation Atom added a new set of power management capabilities and features. The focus there was to drive idle power at platform level down by 50X and we beat our own goals.

Our 3d generation Atom will continue to bring new architectural innovations to improve performance and power. With 10X lower leakage on the 32 nm SoC process enables longer standby and idle power improvements as well.

Our 4th generation of Atom will again continue to drive new architectural innovations , and performance and power. It will be built on 22 nm process technology. The most important benefit of 22 nm process technology is to continue to provide very low leakage, and [it] also will provide about 2X reduction in active power along with about 2X improvement in transistor density as well. All this compared to our 32 nm process technology. [10:55]

Intel Doug Davis on Features for the New Netbook Experience at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 12-April-2011
[14:00] … [New] features [on the upcoming 32 nm Cedar Trail] we are bringing to these new netbook experiences:

We will have things like Intel Wireless Display that allows to project what is on the screen of your netbook onto a larger system like the television in your home.

Intel Wireless Music which allows you to take a playlist on your netbook and to be able to stream it to almost any power speakers in your home. You can listen to that music while you are looking at those pictures from your last vacation.

Always Updated is the technology that keeps tweets and RSS feeds, and e-mail, all of those types of things updated on your netbook even when it is in standby. So when you open up the system and you want to do something all of your information is up to date.

The Intel App Up allows you to have applications from thousands of different developers.

PC Sync is a great technology that allows you to seamlessly connect all the devices in your home so that they stay in sync automatically.

And my personal favorite is Fast Flash Standby. This allows you to be able to come up and use the device instantly. It is really [the case that] the device is ready for a new meeting. [15:24]

Netbook Nation: IDF Beijing 2011 Round Up [April 15, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

If you want the inside scoop on what went on at IDF Beijing 2011 you’ve come to the right place. Netbook News was the only English speaking blog at the Chinese conference. So what went on? We’ll we’ve got a video showing you our favorite products and announcements below, but if you perfer reading, I’ll spell it out for you. Cedartrail Intel’s latest Netbook platform was launched. No details on performance gains, but three new features were added: Intel Wireless Streaming [rather: Wireless Display], Intel [Wireless] Music and Wireless file sharing [rather: PC Sync]. During the Day 1 Keynote we were able to grab a video of the on stage demo in case you’re curious. [the demo of those 3 features is from [4:44] to [6:08] of the below video]

Oak Trail was officially announced with tablets hitting the streets in May. So far all the tablets are 10.1 inches and about 10mm thick. Nothing to get too excited about as we have yet to see what kind of battery life we might be getting. Some tablet manufactures like Evolve Three came out with a unique design integrating a kick stand and keyboard into the hard cover. We’ve included a hands on in the Netbook Nation video if you’re keen to grab a look. [see between 2:40 and 3:45]

Evolve III Convertible with a stand at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 13-April-2011Evolve III Convertible with keyboard integrated into the hard cover at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 13-April-2011

Evolve III Convertible with keyboard integrated into the hard cover #2 at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 13-April-2011Evolve III Convertible with keyboard integrated into the hard cover #3 at IDF Beijing 2011 -- 13-April-2011

Taking a look at gaming hardware there was only one notable announcement and that was by Razer who is bringing the Switchblade, the most innovative Oak Trail device to date to the Chinese market first. And Tencent, China’s largest ISV is going to be providing the installed gaming user base! Razer and Tencent are bring four immensely popular online games with roughly 600 million monthly gamers to mobile. Razer is going to focus optimization of the Switchblade on League of Legends as well as Dungeon & Fighter, Crossfire and QQ Speed. Tencent sees 130 million active monthly users between the four games and views Oak Trail as the mobile computing platform able to deliver a powerful gaming experience. Though the Switchblade is currently running Windows 7, both Tencent and Razer concluded that they were interesting in the possibility of delivering MeeGo on the device.

So check out the video below that also shows off a special PRC skin of the MeeGo tablet UI! [see between 6:16 and 8:24]

http://www.netbooknews.com

Intel Developer Forum: Executives Talk Evolution of Computing with Devices that Touch People’s Daily Lives [April 11, 2011]

Doug Davis: Reinventing Personal Computing for Devices
During his keynote presentation, Davis discussed how companion computing devices, including netbooks, tablets and other devices are tranforming the world we live in through personal, mobile and connected experiences. He described how Intel, over the next 3 years, is accelerating the Intel Atom product line on a pace faster than Moore’s Lawto deliver increased battery life, enhanced performance and new features for amazing user experiences.

Davis also unveiled the highly anticipated Intel® AtomTM Z670 processor and Intel® SM35 Express Chipset platform, formerly codenamed “Oak Trail,” with a range of innovative tablets and form factors. These devices are available from leading customers with operating system of choice including Android*, Windows 7* and MeeGo* starting in May.

Highlighting the evolution of netbooks, Davis also disclosed “Cedar Trail,” Intel’s next-generation netbook and entry-level desktop platform. Based on Intel’s leading-edge 32nm process technology, “Cedar Trail” will include more than 10 new features that will improve media, graphics and power consumption in upcoming netbooks. The chip’s design, efficiencies and latest manufacturing process technology will enable fan-less, fully enclosed and thus ultra-sleek devices. Davis said other new features will be disclosed in the coming months, with the processor due in the second half of the year.

Renée James: Creating the Ultimate User Experience
During her keynote, James discussed Intel’s transition from a semiconductor company to a personal computing company, and emphasized the importance of delivering compelling user experiences across a range of personal computing devices. To develop and enable the best experiences, James announced a strategic relationship with Tencent*, China’s largest Internet company, to create a joint innovation center dedicated to delivering best-in-class mobile Internet experiences. Engineers from both companies will work together to further the mobile computing platforms and other technologies.

James also announced new collaborations for the Intel AppUpSM center and the Intel AppUp Developer Program in China to help assist in the creation of innovative applications for Intel Atom processor-based devices. Chinese partners supporting this effort include Neusoft*, Haier* and Hasee* and Shenzhen Software Park*.

Oak Trail Press Deck [April 8, 2011] slide #12:

Intel Atom Z6xx Oak Trail processor with SM35 Express Chipset -- 8-April-2011

Intel® Atom™ Processor Z670 (512K Cache, 1.50 GHz) (some extracted specification)

# of Cores         1
# of Threads    2

Max TDP          3 W

Tray 1ku Budgetary Price    $75.00

Max Memory Size                     2 GB
(dependent on memory type)

Integrated Graphics                 Yes
Graphics Base Frequency        400 MHz

Intel® Hyper-Threading Technology        Yes

Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Technology  Yes

Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Technology is an advanced means of enabling very high performance while also meeting the power-conservation needs of mobile systems. Conventional Intel SpeedStep Technology switches both voltage and frequency in tandem between high and low levels in response to processor load.

More information:
Oak_Trail_Atom_Processor_Factsheet [April 8, 2011]
Embedded_Oak_Trail_Factsheet [April 8, 2011]
Oak_Trail_Press_Deck [April 8, 2011]
Oak_Trail_Press_Presentation [April 8, 2011], from which one slide is worth to show here:

Intel IDF Beijing 2011 Netbook -- Tablet relationship in terms of tasks

Intel® Atom™ Processor Z650 (512K Cache, 1.20 GHz)

The same specifications except the clock speed and there is no price given.

Intel® SM35 Express Chipset (some extracted specification)

Product Name                Intel® 82SM35 PCH
Code Name                     Formerly Whitney Point

Max TDP                         0.75 Watts

Integrated Graphics     Yes

Graphics Output            HDMI

More information: Intel® SM35 Express ChipsetOverview

Intel, on the go [April 16, 2011]

Intel has finally taken an important step in its shift toward making chips for mobile devices, ending a year of speculation.

The processor manufacturing giant on Monday launched a new processor, a low-power version of Intel chips slated for tablets, notebooks and smartphones.

The next-generation Intel Atom processor platform, formerly code-named “Oak Trail,” will appear in 35 tablet computers and other mobile devices, including those made by Lenovo and Fujitsu, in May and throughout 2011, California-based Intel announced.

Other device makers using the new Atom Z670 include Motion Computing, Razer and Viliv. The new chip, like other processors from the line, supports Google Android, MeeGo and Windows operating systems.

With the launch of the new Intel Atom processor platform, Intel is finally making progress in the world of chip manufacturing for mobile devices, which has been predominantly occupied by the Cambridge-based ARM.

During the Intel Developer Forum (IDF) in Beijing, which opened on Tuesday and ended on Wednesday, Intel also announced that its AppUp center, currently optimized for netbooks and laptops, will be extended to support mobile devices, including tablets and smartphones, in the near future.

The localized Intel AppUp center and Intel developer program for the Chinese market, in cooperation with some local partners, is also expected to debut at the end of the year, Intel said during the IDF. The chip giant also announced at the forum the launch of a joint innovation center with Tencent to focus on mobile computing platforms.

Steering away from purely serving as a technology provider to creating a more user-friendly experienceis a tough job which cannot be done overnight, Yang Xu, president of Intel China, told reporters during the IDF.

Razer Switchblade


San Diego, California-based gaming hardware producer Razer showcased at the forum its gaming handheld concept device Switchblade, powered by the new Intel Atom processor. Running on Windows 7, the handheld, with a size of 172mm x 115mm x 25 mm, supports both WiFi and 3G. The gadget combines a new dynamic tactile keyboard and a multi-touch-screen, and, if required, a mobile gaming mouse.

As a concept for now, the device is expected to be available soon in the market, but its exact availability and pricing remains uncertain.

Evolve III Maestro C tablet
[A stand can be kicked off as well as a wireless keyboard has been integrated into the hard cover so the cover is freely detachable. See the excerpts from the video hands-on in the “Netbook Nation” article seen before. A truely innovative design.]

Sydney-based tablet maker Evolve III will join the likes of Lenovo and Fujitsu to become the first batch of manufacturers to use the new Intel Atom Z670 processor. The firm unveiled at the IDF its Maestro Convertible tablet, based on a 1.5-gigahertz Intel Z670 processor. The tablet, featuring a 10.1-inch capacitive touch display, is convertible and will be offering a triple booting of Windows 7, Android and MeeGo.

The weight of the device is 910g. The device, which mainly targets a business clientele, will first go on sale in the US and Europe around June, retailing for $729, according to Warrick Dainter, executive director of the Australian tablet maker. The device is also expected to hit the Chinese market in July or August, which will be the first launch of the firm’s products in China, Dainter said.

More information:

From Intel Newsroom:

Intel IDF Beijing 2011 fujitsu-stylistic_tablet Fujitsu stylistic tablet

The Fujitsu Stylistic Q550 is a business-class slate PC designed for the high-security requirements of mobile enterprise computing, and with the Intel® Atom™ processor Z670 inside, the device provides all-day battery life.

Intel IDF Beijing 2011 lenovo-ideapad_slate_frontbackIntel IDF Beijing 2011 lenovo-ideapad_slate_stylus

Lenovo Ideapad Slate

The new Intel® Atom™ processor Z670 inside Lenovo’s IdeaPad Slate enables reduced power consumption, extended battery life and full 1080p HD video support. The Lenovo IdeaPad Slate is powered by the new Intel® Atom™ processor Z670, as well as 2GB of RAM and a 30GB SSD for storage with a form function offering both finger and stylus input.

Intel IDF Bejing 2010 motion-cl900tablet_pc_stylusIntel IDF Beijing 2011 motion-cl900tablet_pc_case

Motion CL900 Tablet PC

The Motion CL900 tablet is the first 10-inch, rugged tablet that enables both touch and stylus input on the display along with a full day of battery life using Intel’s next generation Intel® Atom™ processor Z670. The CL900 incorporates the new Intel® Atom™ processor Z670 to provide the ideal balance between power and battery consumption while running multiple enterprise applications. The new Intel® Atom™ processor Z670 inside the Motion CL900 enables lighter devices, allowing users to work faster and more effectively in today’s decentralized work environments.

Intel IDF Beijing 2011 viliv-X70  Viliv X70

The slimmest Windows 7 tablet yet, the Viliv X70 Slate offers a custom-split keyboard to ease thumb typing, Clear Type LCD screen and an Intel® Atom™ processor Z670 to provide the ideal balance between power and battery consumption.

New Intel® Atom™ Processor for Tablets Spurs Companion Computing Device Innovation [April 11, 2011]

Company Outlines Plans to Accelerate Intel Manufacturing Lead with Intel® Atom™ Processor Family and Move Faster than Moore’s Law
Intel Corporation today announced that the Intel® Atom™ platform, formerly codenamed “Oak Trail,” is now available and will be in devices starting in May and throughout 2011. Over 35 innovative tablet and hybrid designs from companies including Evolve III*, Fujitsu Limited*, Lenovo*, Motion Computing*, Razer*, and Viliv* are based on “Oak Trail” and running a variety of operating systems.

In addition, at the Intel Developer Forum in Beijing, the company will give a sneak peak of its next-generation, 32nm Intel Atom platform, currently codenamed “Cedar Trail.” This solution will help to enable a new wave of fanless, cool and quiet, sleek and innovative netbooks, entry-level desktops and all-in-one designs.

“The new Intel Atom ‘Oak Trail’ platform, with ‘Cedar Trail’ to follow, are examples of our continued commitment to bring amazing personal and mobile experiences to netbook and tablet devices, delivering architectural enhancements for longer battery life and greater performance,” said Doug Davis, vice president and general manager of the Netbook and Tablet Group at Intel. “We are accelerating the Intel Atom product line to now move faster than Moore’s law, bringing new products to market on three process technologies in the next 3 years.”

The new Intel® Atom™ processor Z670, part of the “Oak Trail” platform, delivers improved video playback, fast Internet browsing and longer battery life, without sacrificing performance. The rich media experience available with “Oak Trail” includes support for 1080p video decode, as well as HDMI. The platform also supports Adobe* Flash, enabling rich content and Flash-based gaming.

With these significant improvements in power-efficient performance, the Intel Atom processor Z670 allows applications to run on various operating systems, including Google* Android*, MeeGo* and Windows*. This unique flexibilitydelivers both new experiences and more choice when it comes to tablets and hybrid designs that combine the best features of the netbook and tablet together.

The platform also helps deliver smaller, thinner and more efficient devices by packing integrated graphics and the memory controller directly onto the processor die. The processor is 60 percent smaller than previous generations with a lower-power design for fanless devices as well as up to all-day battery life1. Additional features include Intel® Enhanced Deeper Sleep that saves more power during periods of inactivity as well as optimized Intel SpeedStep® technology. An integrated HD decode engine enables smooth 1080p HD video playback at a fraction of the power consumption.

In addition, Intel Atom Z670 processors come with the Intel® SM35 Express Chipset, delivering a lead-free2, halogen-free3 design with high-speed USB 2.0 for greater performance and Intel® High-Definition Audioto enable premium home theater sound.

Also ideal for small form-factor and portable embedded designs, the platform provides an excellent solution for a range of tablets in retail, medical and industrial applications. Solutions such as mobile clinical assistantsallow medical staff to directly input data into patients’ electronic files and avoid paper charting. This can result in a reduction in errors, better workflow, higher productivity and reduced paper handling and overhead costs. In addition to the Intel Atom Z670, Intel is offering the Intel® Atom™ processor Z650 for embedded devices with 7-year lifecycle support on Windows and MeeGo operating systems.

Based on Intel’s leading-edge 32nm process technology, the next-generation “Cedar Trail” platform will feature improvements in graphics capabilities including Blu-ray 2.0 support, a dedicated media engine for full 1080p playback and additional digital display options including HDMI output and DisplayPort. New features will include Intel® Wireless Music, Intel® Wireless Display, PC Synch and Fast Boot. In addition, the enhancements made in power consumption and TDP will enable fanless designs with longer battery life. This means great acoustics without the hum of a fan and improved ruggedness and aesthetics of the design. Intel is currently sampling “Cedar Trail” to all major OEMs and ODMs. Users can look forward to a new generation of innovative mobile and desktop designs based on the “Cedar Trail” platform in the second half of 2011.

More information:

Maestro Tablet Runs Three Operating Systems [Jan 18, 2011]

IFP: Is this the first tablet that can switch between Android, MeeGo and Windows operating systems?

Warrick: Yes, we believe we will be the first to offer a triple boot OS for customers.  We have been working on the dual boot tablets for a long time, working to get the boot interface to run nice and smoothly. Now the hard part is over. We can offer MeeGo over to the dual boot tablet making it a triple boot really because of the in-depth work that we are going with Intel directly.

We would like to work with Honeycomb, however we are devoting most of our efforts to make sure that MeeGo and Windows 7 is 100 percent supported, as we feel that the new MeeGo platform alongside Windows 7 is a more stable platform over the android platform.

Also, using the devices myself, I can’t live without Microsoft’s PowerPoint and Excel and Outlook while on the go. You can’t beat a company dedicated to creating OS platforms as a main market share product (Microsoft/Win 7). These guys have helped us get through the hard parts of moving an OS ecosystem revolving around keyboard and mouse, over to complete touch integration.

We’re getting 7 percent support on Android, compared to nearly 100 percent support from Microsoft and Intel for the MeeGo and Win 7 platforms.

IFP: How has it been working with MeeGo – what makes it different than Windows and Android?

Warrick:MeeGo has been fantastic. It feels great to me, as it’s on the forefront of the platform. We also felt very proud to showcase the new MeeGo platform (at CES), as a lot of internal people – even the guys working at the MeeGo stand had never seen our version of MeeGo. This was the very latest, genuine version of the MeeGo platform. It is so flexible to work with, and the fact that Intel gives us a world of support to move ahead, is a giant difference to developing on the Android platform, where we’re getting very little support.

IFP: What are some of the technologies or features you like most, ones that help set you apart from other new tablets?

Warrick: Some of the things we have been have been working on with Intel is to try to create the slimmest hard drive. To create a 4mm thick external hard drive, we have had to go through some serious R&D thinking to get around some of the issues associated with developing a product like this. For example, do we sacrifice speed for thickness (SATA port is 6mm thick, as opposed to a 1mm thick Micro USB port)? But in all, we want to deliver the best balance between speed and portability.

Once you get down to the nitty-gritty of things …. it’s the ability to access the hard drive remotely via WiFi. I mean, let’s face it, does everybody always want to be accessing their hard drive by plugging a USB into their SSD? Not really, so why not make it accessible via WiFi and USB? A WiFi-accessible hard drive is kind-of cool, but it’s also something people will find useful.

Intel’s support has allowed us to implant the Intel memory wafer directly into our own transistor with our own driver in the chip rather than an external chip, allowing us to create smaller packaged devices, revolving around a completely customized product, rather than taking an existing product and modifying it.

IFP: Why create a custom hard drive?

Warrick: Business is tough in the hard drive market, so we are in tune to be different, and this has evolved from a need for these devices to exist. Memory constraints for devices such as tablets and mobile phones are getting smaller and smaller because everything is getting held on the cloud. We see the need to still be able to store our data locally, but we want this data to be available to all of our devices, not just the one you plugged into.

on App Up:
From Intel Developer Forum (IDF) Beijing: New Industry Collaborations in China [April 12, 2011]
How to build an AppUp app from a web page using AppUp encapsulator [April 15, 2011]
Calling all web app developers…we’ve got something for you! [April 11, 2011]

The Intel AppUp℠ developer program is excited to announce a new opportunity for web app developers to transform web apps into Intel AppUp℠ center apps. This opportunity, called Intel AppUp™ encapsulator, allows web app developers to expand their customer base and revenue potential by making an app from their existing web code that is compatible and available for the Intel AppUp℠ center.

How does this work? The Intel AppUp™ encapsulator embeds the web code into a native application wrapper (a hybrid app) and then creates installer packages. The native application wrapper integrates the Intel AppUp™ SDK for store authorization and QT WebKit which provides the HTML5 and Javascript engines that execute and render the web app code. After talking with one of the developers, Andy Idsinga, I got so excited because Andy said that this process is relatively simply and doesn’t require anything special to get the web code to work with the Intel AppUp™ encapsulator. In fact, developers can use their own web APIs, 3rd Party APIs, and even other 3rd party widgets. Essentially, the developer builds the web code just like other web apps utilizing html, css and javascript, images and AJAX.

Keep in mind that the developer will still need to test and debug the app. But the cool part about it is that the developer can run Intel AppUp™ encapsulator many times as the developer chooses in order to get the app to its desired final product. Once done, then the developer submits the final product to the Intel AppUp center. It’s just that simple!

For more information about Intel AppUp™ encapsulator, please read the FAQs for detailed information. If I’ve convinced you, and you’re ready to expand your customer, then launch the tool and get started now!

Intel MeeGo 1.2 Tablet UX now open sourced. This and more now on MeeGo.com [April 4, 2011]

Mid February of this year, Intel released the MeeGo 1.2 Tablet UX pre-alpha to our developer community. And now a month later we are happy to announce that this release has been fully open sourced, where it is supported and available under the open source MeeGo project at MeeGo.com. At the time of this post, the open sourced version is pre-alpha and is released as the MeeGo Tablet Developer Preview. Via MeeGo.com:

We are pleased to open up development of the tablet user experience project. This release provides a touch-optimized user interface for MeeGo tablets, introducing the new panels UI concept and including a suite of built-in applications for Web browsing, personal information management and media consumption. This project is a work-in-progress under active development and considered pre-alpha. We welcome your involvement and contributions.

As you likely recall, Intel initially released the MeeGo tablet UX 1.2 pre-alpha in February to coincide with the release of the AppUp SDK beta for MeeGo. This release allowed developers to have the tools & user experience needed to start developing, testing, & submitting tablet applications for AppUp. At the time of initial release the tablet UX could not be fully open sourced, thus was initially released under the AppUp developer program site.

However, with the MeeGo tablet UX released as open source, it sits side-by-side the other device user intefaces (UI’s) from MeeGo.com, such as; the MeeGo Netbook UI, ivi UI, Handset UI and Smart TV UI. Along with these open source device UI’s, the tablet UI is available for the MeeGo community to freely download, support, and contribute to under the MeeGo open source project.

Visit the MeeGo.com site to download the MeeGo Tablet Developer Preview, and get a full list of features and supported hardware.
http://meego.com/downloads/releases/1.2/meego-tablet-developer-preview

Also visit the MeeGo developer portal for AppUp, to get all the information you need to develop and distribute a MeeGo application.
http://appdeveloper.intel.com/meego

MeeGo UX Components

In addition MeeGo.com has released QML based MeeGo UX Components and a cooresponding Wiki.  The MeeGo UX Components make developing for MeeGo devices easier by providing a set UI elements that allow you to quickly build applications that tightly integrate with the look of the MeeGo user experience.

Visit the MeeGo UX Components Wiki
http://wiki.meego.com/MeeGo_UX_Components

This is how App Up has been started:
Industry Support for the Intel Atom Developer Program [Sept 22, 2009]

During his keynote at IDF today, Paul Otellini announced the Intel® Atom™ Developer Program, a framework for creating and distributing applications designed specifically for Intel Atom processor-based devices. For the next level of detail, tune into Renee James’ IDF software keynote tomorrow at 10 a.m. PST where she will go into the program’s specifics and describe the benefits for software developers, ISVs and OEMs. For now, please refer to the Intel Atom Developer Program announcement and appdeveloper.intel.com for more information.

Although the program has just launched, we’ve already received some encouraging words of support from software companies and hardware manufacturers alike. Here’s what some of our partners are saying:

  • “The Adobe Flash Platform enables developers to create and deliver the most compelling applications, content and video to the widest possible audience. We expect the Intel Atom Developer Program will be a great way for the Flash Platform community developing on Adobe AIR to monetize their AIR applications, and we are working closely with Intel to deliver the necessary technology to enable this opportunity on the Atom platform in the future.” – David Wadhwani, General Manager and Vice President, Platform Business Unit, Adobe
  • “Customer adoption of our Intel Atom-based netbooks is exceeding our expectations. Acer is excited to see Intel’s effort in bringing new and innovative applications to netbooks and will use the Intel Atom Developer Program framework to open an application storefront.” – Jim Wong, president, IT Products Global Operations, Acer Inc.
  • “The Intel Atom Developer Program is an integral element of providing a holistic netbook experience for our customers. Asus sees this new development model as an opportunity to encourage developers and ISVs. Asus plans to offer an application store based on this framework in order to make exciting applications available to our customers.” – S.Y. Shian, Vice President and General Manager, System Business Group, Asus
  • “Dell is passionate about providing value for developers. The Intel Atom Developer Program will open a new world of innovation and business opportunity for developers and we look forward to working with Intel to foster the creation of exciting new Windows and Moblin-based netbook applications.” – John Thode, Vice President, Small Devices, Dell Inc.

then later transformed:
Chip Shot: Mobile Apps Hit Netbooks [Sept 14, 2010]:

Intel announced the general release of its first netbook application store for consumers today at IDF, including both free and paid apps for entertainment, social networking, gaming and productivity. The Intel® AppUpSM centerheightens the user experience with applications optimized for the mobility and screen size of netbooks. To encourage consumers to discover new applications, the Intel AppUp Center features a free 24-hour “try before you buy” period for all paid applications. To download a copy of the Intel AppUp center today, visit www.appup.com.

Intel Opens Software App Store, Offers New Intel Atom Chips [Sept 14, 2010]

James: The Best Experiences Are Created on Intel Architecture
During her keynote at Moscone Center West in San Francisco, James outlined how tightly integrated and optimized software and platforms will deliver new levels of performance, along with fresh capabilities and the importance of creating an innovative experience across the personal computing continuum – from PCs to smart phones to tablets and cars, as well as any number of Internet-connected consumer devices.

Emphasizing a seamless experience across operating systems, James introduced general availability of the Intel® AppUpSM center netbook app store for consumers. The Intel AppUp center includes both free and paid apps for entertainment, social networking, gaming and productivity, optimized for a netbook’s mobility and screen size. To encourage consumers to try new applications, Intel AppUp provides “try before you buy” solutions, encouraging consumers to purchase apps they otherwise might not have. The launch was also marked by the availability of Adobe* AIRapplications, as well as apps from companies including Accuweather*, Barnes & Noble*, Funkitron*, Gibson Guitars*, iWin*, Kaplan*, KONAMI*, and Lifetime*.

In an effort to reach netbook owners worldwide, James announced agreements with Best Buy*, UK-based Dixons* and India-based Croma* to outfit each retailer with the Intel AppUp center – pre-installed on netbooks the stores sell, as well as available for current netbook owners to download online. Similarly, James announced plans from ASUS* to ship its version of the Intel AppUp center on netbooks, the “asus app store,” starting in October.

During her keynote, James highlighted the Intel AppUp Developer Program, designed to drive innovative applications for end users and new revenue opportunities for independent developers and software vendors with programs such as the Intel Million Dollar Development fund. Rick Vanner from The Game Creators was recognized as winner of the “Most Innovative Application” in the Intel Atom Developer Challengefor his game titled, “Goals.” James also introduced the “On Intel AppUp” ISV identifier, designed to help developers promote their applications on Intel AppUp center.

James acknowledged seamless experiences are only part of the equation. Open operating systems – such as Intel and Nokia’s* MeeGo*, hosted by the Linux Foundation – allow developers to create, invent and innovate. Pointing to contributions from industry leaders, James discussed MeeGo ecosystem momentum, highlighting a variety of MeeGo-based devices and how third-party software developments and the upcoming MeeGo Web runtime, to be released in October, will make it easier to write applications for these devices. Internet TV pioneer Amino* also joined James onstage to demonstrate how the company is taking advantage of the flexibility and openness of MeeGo to deliver an innovative MeeGo-based smart TV solution.

Gartner: media tablets are the new segment next to mobile PCs and desktops, as well as web- and app-capable mobile phones

Between March 30 and April 13 Gartner delivered quite new research on the IT spending forecasts till the year 2015. This presents a radically changed market outlook best viewed via the following April 5 Gartner webinar slide (warning: Gartner distinguishes between “media tablets” and “mobile PCs” while other sources are referring to “tablet PCs” in general which are including Microsoft legacy tablet PCs and upcoming Windows slates in addition to Gartner’s “media tablets”):

Gartner on PC and Media Tablet Forecast -- 5-April-2011

Follow-Up (Aug 2, 2011):
Acer & Asus: Compensating lower PC sales by tablet PC push [March 29, 2011 with comprehensive update on Aug 2, 2011] which is showing IHS iSuppli’s recent mobile broadband device forecast with constituents of Apple’s dominant position in media tablet space as well as serious technical and market problems with the original version of Honeycomb up to now

Update: Consumer Education on Unique Use Cases Remains Largest Barrier to Media Tablet Adoption, According to Survey [ABI Research, June 13, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

It has been suggested by some that media tablets are slowly killing the netbook market, and that both device types are “cannibalizing” sales of personal computers. But results of a survey of 1,142 consumers conducted by ABI Research in March, 2011 reveal that netbooks and media tablets are actually neck-and-neck in terms of consumer interest. 25% of respondents rated themselves as either “extremely” or “very” interested in acquiring a netbook, while for media tablets, the number was 27%. Purchases of these companion devices are likely to result in a prolonged PC lifecycle and delay replacement.

But according to mobile devices group director Jeff Orr, “Nearly half of those surveyed, however, report that they are either ‘not very’ or ‘not at all’ interested in purchasing a media tablet. The most common reason for the lack of interest is ‘I don’t see the need’, selected by 60% of this group.”

Although media tablets are grabbing today’s headlines, they still face some challenges to adoption. “What activities can media tablets perform that are not already well-addressed by laptop/netbook PCs or smartphones?” Orr asks. “This remains the single largest barrier to consumer interest.”

A little more than half believe that the primary use for the media tablet will be entertainment. In line with this result, entertainment-related applications are the ones that most people report they would likely use on the media tablet:

•       82% intend to use email
•       71% expect to use a web browser
•       57% plan to watch TV or download movies
•       56% intend to use social networking
•       55% plan to play games
ABI Research conducted a similar survey on netbooks in 2009, when interest levels were shown to be higher. Moreover, the netbook use-case appears to be changing, from a focus on productivity applications towards the consumption of entertainment content. Orr says, “This change is consistent with potential buyers realigning expectations to match modern netbook capabilities.”

End of Update

Suggested associate and/or prelimary reading from this trend-tracking blog:
China Mobile repositioning for TD-LTE with full content and application aggregation services, 3G [HSPA level] is to create momentum for that [June 18, 2011]
Acer repositioning for the post Wintel era starting with AMD Fusion APUs [June 17, 2011]
Barnes & Noble NOOK offensive [May 25, 2011]
Microsoft on five key technology areas and Windows 8 [May 24, 2011]
E Ink and Epson achieve world-leading ePaper resolution [May 23, 2011]
Chromebook / box with Citrix Receiver going against Microsoft [May 12, 2011]
Amazon Tablet PC with E Ink Holdings’ Hydis FFS screen [May 3, 2011]
E Ink Holdings EPD prospects are good [April 30, 2011]
Acer’s decision of restructuring: a clear sign of accepting the inevitable disintegration of the old PC (Wintel) ecosystem and the need for joining one of the new ecosystems under formation [April 1, 2011]
Acer & Asus: Compensating lower PC sales by tablet PC push [March 29, 2011]
ASUS Eee Slate based Windows marketing from Microsoft [March 21, 2011]
ASUS, China Mobile and Marvell join hands in the OPhone ecosystem effort for “Blue Ocean” dominance [March 8, 2011]
Be aware of ZTE et al. and white-box (Shanzhai) vendors: Wake up call now for Nokia, soon for Microsoft, Intel, RIM and even Apple! [Feb 21, 2011]
Kinoma is now the marvellous software owned by Marvell [Feb 15, 2011]
Marvell to capitalize on BRIC market with the Moby tablet [Feb 3, 2011]
Changing purchasing attitudes for consumer computing are leading to a new ICT paradigm [Jan 5]
CES 2011 presence with Microsoft moving to SoC & screen level slot management that is not understood by analysts/observers at all [Jan 7]
Android 2.3 (Gingerbread) and 3.0 (Honeycomb) [Dec 30, 2011]
Hanvon – E-Ink strategic e-reader alliance for price/volume leadership supplementing Hanvon’s premium strategy mostly based on an alliance with Microsoft and Intel [Dec 21, 2011]
Intel’s industry position and prospects for years ahead [Dec 9, 2010]

For surrounding details on the new Gartner research see the presentation from the IT Spending Forecast, 1Q11 Update [April 5, 2011] Gartner webinar.

Regarding the bright prospects of the media tablets one should consider the following Gartner press releases and related blog posts as well:

Gartner Says Apple iOS to Dominate the Media Tablet Market Through 2015, Owning More Than Half of It for the Next Three Years [April 11, 2011]

Despite mounting competition from other operating systems (OSs), Apple’s iOS will continue to own the majority of the worldwide media tablet through 2015, according to Gartner, Inc. Due to the success of Apple’s iPad, iOS will account for 69 percent of media tablet OSs in 2011, and represent 47 percent of the media tablet market in 2015.

Gartner analysts said Apple iPad did to the tablet PC market what the iPhone did to the smartphone market: re-invented it. A media tablet is not just a different form factor to perform the same tasks that can be done on a PC. Tablets deliver a richer experience around content consumption, thanks to the ecosystem they support. The richer the ecosystem, the stronger the pull for consumers.

“Seeing the response from both consumers and enterprises to the iPad, many vendors are trying to compete by first delivering on hardware and then trying to leverage the platform ecosystem,” said Carolina Milanesi, research vice president at Gartner. “Many, however, are making the same mistake that was made in the first response wave to the iPhone, as they are prioritizing hardware features over applications, services and overall user experience. Tablets will be much more dependent on the latter than smartphones have been, and the sooner vendors realize that the better chance they have to compete head-to-head with Apple.”
Google’s Android OS is forecast to increase its worldwide share of the media tablet market from 20 percent in 2011 to 39 percent in 2015 (see Table 1). Analysts said Google’s decision not to open up the Honeycomb, its first OS version dedicated to tablets, to third parties will prevent fragmentation, but it will also slow the price decline and ultimately cap market share.

“Volume will be driven by support from many players, the ecosystem of applications for tablets getting more competitive and some platform flexibility allowing lower price points,” said Roberta Cozza, principal analyst at Gartner. “The new licensing model Google has introduced with Honeycomb enables Google to drive more control, allowing only optimal tablet implementations that don’t compromise quality of experience. This might mean that prices will drop at a slower pace than what we have seen in the smartphone market.”

Table 1
Worldwide Sales of Media Tablets to End Users by OS (Thousands of Units)

 OS 2010 2011 2012 2015
iOS   14,766   47,964    68,670   138,497
Market Share (%) 83.9 68.7 63.5 47.1
Android 2,502 13,898 26,382 113,457
Market Share (%) 14.2 19.9 24.4 38.6
MeeGo 107 788 1,271 3,057
Market Share (%) 0.6 1.1 1.2 1
WebOS 0 2,796 4,245 8,886
Market Share (%) 0 4 3.9 3
QNX 0 3,901 7,134 29,496
Market Share (%) 0 5.6 6.6 10
Other Operating Systems 234 432 510 700
Market Share (%) 1.3 0.6 0.5 0.2
Total Market 17,610    69,780    108,211    294,093

Source: Gartner (April 2011)

With the migration of Blackberry devices to QNX – the OS used on the Blackberry PlayBook – in 2012, RIM will be able to offer users a consistent experience across its whole product portfolio and create a single developer community. While QNX is a strong platform that delivers on performance, graphics and multitasking features, Gartner analysts said success in the media tablet market will be driven by richness of ecosystem.

“It will take time and significant effort for RIM to attract developers and deliver a compelling ecosystem of applications and services around QNX to position it as a viable alternative to Apple or Android. This will limit RIM’s market share growth over the forecast period,” Ms. Milanesi said. “It will be mainly organizations that will be interested in RIM’s tablets because they either already have RIM’s infrastructure deployed or have stringent security requirements.”

Gartner analysts said platforms such as MeeGo and WebOS, which currently have a weak presence in the smartphone market, will have a limited appeal unless they can grow that business.

“Smartphone users will want to buy a tablet that runs the same operating system as their smartphone. This is so that they can share applications across devices as well as for the sense of familiarity the user interfaces will bring,” Ms. Milanesi said. “Vendors developing on Android should be prepared to see more cross brand ownership as some users might put OS over brand when it comes to the purchasing decision. Improvements on usability and brand recognition are the strongest differentiators they can focus on.”

A media tablet is a device based on a touchscreen display (typically with a multitouch interface) whose primary focus is the consumption of media. The devices have screens with a diagonal dimension that is over 5 inches and may include screens that are as large as is practical for handheld use, roughly up to 15 inches. The media tablet runs a lightweight OS such as Android and iOS that is more limited than, or a subset of, the traditional fully featured OS such as Windows.

Gartner’s detailed forecast is available in the report “Forecast: Media Tablets by Open Operating System, Worldwide, 2008-2015.” The report is available on Gartner’s website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1624614.

Gartner Says Media Tablets Help Drive Worldwide IT Spending Up 5.6 Percent in 2011 [March 30, 2011]

Gartner has added media tablets, such as the iPad, to its computing hardware spending estimates beginning this quarter. Including media tablets has increased Gartner’s computing hardware growth outlook from 7.5 percent to 9.5 percent for 2011 (see Table 1). Worldwide media tablet spending is projected to reach $29.4 billion in 2011, up from $9.6 billion in 2010. Global spending on media tablets is forecast to increase at an annual average rate of 52 percent through 2015.

The addition of media tablets, reinforced by an expected additional decline in the value of the dollar, accounts for the increase in top-line growth,” said Richard Gordon, research vice president at Gartner. “Absent the addition of media tablets, the forecast would have slightly declined in constant-dollar terms; however, with their addition, there’s virtually no change in underlying forecast growth at the level of overall IT.”

Gartner analysts said this stable forecast outlook comes despite political unrest in the Middle East, while the impact on IT markets of the recent natural disasters in Japan is yet to be fully understood.

How much will be spent on Media Tablets in 2015? [March 30, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Our latest global IT spending forecast is released today and for the first time we’ve included Media Tablets in our spending estimates.

Big deal you might think … what took you so long? And anyway, what difference would a few Media Tablets make to the overall numbers?

The trouble with forecasting the market for new electronics devices is that we need to beware of the hype; for every gadget that achieves market success there are dozens of failures. That said, sometimes it becomes clear early on that a new product is going to live up to expectations of rapid market adoption and that’s the case with Media Tablets, whose time has definitely come.

In our latest forecast update, the 1Q11 iteration, we estimate that about $10B was spent on Media Tablets last year – that’s about 18 million units at an average priced of $550 each. In 2015, we forecast that close to 300 million (!) units will ship with an average price of $250 each– I’ll do the math for you; that’s nearly $80B in annual spending on Media Tablets!

We recently downgraded our PC forecast through 2015, partly because we assume some substitution of PCs by Media Tablets. Nevertheless, spending on PCs and Media Tablets combined is forecast to be about $400B in 2015, with Media Tablets taking a 20% share.

For more detail of our latest global IT spending forecast, including an early assessment of the impact of the recent natural disasters in Japan and the political unrest in the Middle East, check out IT Spending, Worldwide, 1Q11 Update

Most recent IT spending forecasts are always available here: www.gartner.com/quarterly-it-forecast

Then Gartner delivered its next webinar on the iPad and Beyond: The Media Tablet in Business [April 13, 2011]

Here the company took an extended look to the market as best represented by these two slides from the attached to the webinar presentation:

Gartner on Common Target Devices -- 13-April-2011

Gartner on Media Tablets in the Larger Scheme -- 13-April-2011

So what is the story?Here Gartner’s message is the following (extracted as text from the slides which follow the above two):

    1. Computing Behavior Changes, as reported by mobile salesforce workers per:
      – laptop/smartphone scenarios:
      >>> 7 sessions with 24.0 mins duration for laptops
      >>> 26 sessions with 1.5 mins duration for smartphones
      – laptop/[media] tablet/smartphone scenarios:
      >>> 4 sessions with 36.0 mins duration for laptops
      >>> 12 sessions with 7.0 mins duration for [media] tablets
      >>> 19 sessions with 1.2 mins duration for smartphones
    2. Tablets and Smartphones Will Be Elements of Other Products and Systems
    3. Apple iOS: The Bechmark:
      – Consumer first, enterprise second
      – Third Party Management Tools
      – Weak in integrated collaboration, social application support, cloud services
      Recommendation for Enterprise CIOs: Consider to meet user demand and for near-term projects
    4. Google Android: Momentum
      – Fast innovator, not afraid to experiment
      – Surpasses Apple in overall features
      – Fragmentation is a major threat
      – Weak app validation
      Recommendation for Enterprise CIOs: Consider with enterprise-aware supplier
    5. RIM QNX: Enterprise Focus
      – QNX: stable OS but with new UI
      – Catch-up on apps and ecosystem
      Recommendation for Enterprise CIOs: Consider if already a Blackberry shop; Watch app availability, Android support
    6. Microsoft Windows 7: Legacy
      – “Heavy” OS in cost and resource requirements
      – Tablet OS on ARM not due until 2012
      Recommendation for Enterprise CIOs: Consider for traditional tablet PC hardware refresh, hardened legacy apps and meeting endpoint security demands
    7. HP WebOS: Coming from Behind
      – Focus on sync across platforms
      – Potential as strong enterprise player
      – Major work required to build apps store and ecosystem
      Recommendation for Enterprise CIOs: Watch ecosystem and apps
    8. HTML 5 Gets Strong Support
      – APIs include:
      >>> Offline Web applications
      >>> Canvas tag for 2D drawing
      >>> Offline storage database
      >>> Document editing
      >>> Drag and drop
      – Will the OS be relevant in the future?
      >>> Backing from Apple, Google, Nokia and others
      – JavaScript performance becomes important
      – Expect HTML extension and browser incompatibilities; Mobile Enterprise Application Paltforms can help

The press release Gartner Says There’s No Reason to Delay, CIOs Should Be Experimenting With Media Tablets in Business [April 5, 2011] provided these encouragement for enterprise IT (emphasis is mine):

Media tablets are presenting a variety of new opportunities for businesses, but they are also requiring a new set of policies, technologies and skills for enterprises, according to Gartner, Inc.

CIOs are determined not to make the same mistakes they made with smartphones, which were often written off early as expensive and frivolous toys, or executive status symbols— which then left room for more inventive leaders who saw the competitive advantage that mobile applications would bring,” said David Willis, research vice president at Gartner. “They are also more willing to see that they don’t need to supply and manage every device that employees use at work: Consumerization is here to stay, and moving very fast. If you can think of an application for tablets, your competition may well be thinking in the same way — and acting on it. It is time to explore the use of media tablets in business.”

The impact of the media tablet in the eyes of the public is much greater than would be believed from the number of units shipped. Gartner expects media tablet shipments to be approximately 69 million in 2011, which is only a small fraction of the total number of application-capable mobile devices, such as smartphones. Yet already the impact of the device on other forms of computing is great.

The media tablet device itself is only part of the story. Gartner analysts said the packaging of hardware and software that Apple created with the iPad, along with the ecosystem of applications and media that surrounded it has made the real difference. Media tablets present a variety of new opportunities for business, while supplementing traditional uses of notebooks and smartphones.

The iPad, and the larger wave of media tablets, has captured the imagination of business leaders. Some companies have issued them to business and IT leaders in the spirit of exploration. Others see areas in which they can use media tablets to bring computing into settings that were not practical or were too cumbersome to use traditional approaches,” said Mr. Willis. “For the consumer, the iPad brought a casual but rich experience into the living room, or the train, or while waiting in line at the bank. In turn, IT organizations are finding new places where tablets can deliver information and media in new ways.”

Mr. Willis pointed out that companies that had already recognized the flood of consumer devices coming into business, and had figured out a way to leverage it rather than fight it, have been more-prepared to support media tablets. Those who embraced “managed diversity” and figured out how to manage and secure iPhones, were developing strategies to manage and keep iPads within weeks of its launch.

Gartner has long maintained that media tablets are neither “better laptops,” nor “better smartphones,” but complement both. When compared with laptops, media tablets activate instantly, allowing a user to get right to what he or she needs, immediately, without long and frustrating startup times. They have exceptional battery life and are responsive, tactile and inviting. However, in a common mobile-worker scenario, employees may travel with a media tablet during the day, but then return to their laptops in the evening for heads-down data entry or content creation.

“Sales leaders are clamoring to adopt media tablets with their sales teams, as a more engaging way to share sales collateral and promotional materials. And it won’t stop there: Next will come customer relationship management systems, and order entry and sales configuration applications. For sales managers, media tablets will be a natural platform for business analytics and performance dashboards,” said Mr. Willis. “In other settings, the intimacy of using a media tablet supports more personal interactions. Doctors, nurses and medical technicians find they can sit down with a patient and help that patient understand a diagnosis, walk through a medical procedure and describe a therapy with them. Retail clerks can use tablets to display customized clothing for a customer. Conference attendees can take surveys on their own, with no training required. The opportunities are huge.”

However, just as media tablets won’t replace PCs, Gartner does not believe that they will replace mobile phones as voice devices, even in the smaller form factors, such as those with 7-inch displays. Nevertheless media tablets still have enormous potential in the workplace, although who stands to benefit most from the phenomenon remains to be seen.

“Fundamentally, the market battle will not hinge on features and specifications; on the fit and finish of a given device; or even on a device at all. The platform that will prevail will have a strong supporting ecosystem of developers producing a wide range of applications. And in this area, Apple is far ahead of any competition,” Mr. Willis said. “Not only does it have a first-mover advantage in the device itself, but it has built a curated application distribution mechanism in the App Store that is notable both for how users hold it in high regard and how detractors see it as a limitation. In the end, Apple’s lead will be very difficult to beat.”

Mr. Willis will provide more detailed analysis during the upcoming Gartner webinar “iPad and Beyond: The Media Tablet in Business” on Wednesday April 13 at 10:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Eastern time. To register for the complimentary webinars, please visit http://my.gartner.com/portal/server.pt?open=512&objID=202&mode=2&PageID=5553&ref=webinar-rss&resId=1586614&prm=WB_IPD11R.

Additional information is provided in the Gartner Special Report ” iPad and Beyond: The Media Tablet in Business.” The Special Report highlights Gartner’s research and advice to customers on best practices for business uses of iPad and other media tablets. The report is available on Gartner’s website at www.gartner.com/technology/research/ipad-media-tablet.

Gartner’s media tablet forecast is included with the latest IT spending forecast and can be found on the Quarterly IT Spending Forecast page www.gartner.com/technology/research/quarterly-it-forecast/index.jsp.

Returning to presentation attached to the webinar on the iPad and Beyond: The Media Tablet in Business [April 13, 2011] there are three slides worth to include here with an additional one used by Gartner for its Strategic Planning Assumption (SPA):

Gartner on New App Stores Delivery Model -- 13-April-2011 Gartner on Apple App Store Lead Retention -- 13-April-2011 Gartner on Mobile App Dev Tools through 2012 -- 13-April-2011 Gartner on Drive to Rapid Tablet Adoption in businesses -- 13-April-2011

Here an earlier Garner blog post comes in handy as well:

Curated App Stores, Security, And Why The Next Kindle Will Be An Android Device [March 23, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

We have been having some interesting discussions internally about the recent Android malware fiasco and how things need to be improved if Android ever wants to be taken seriously as an OS fit for use in an enterprise environment.

There has been some serious rhetoric against Apple’s “walled garden” approach in recent months but, like it or not from a philosophical standpoint, it certainly provides more protection for users than the Android Market. Some claim that the Apple approach stifles innovation. Pah! (Yes, I said “pah” – add to that a “pish and twaddle”, if you will.) One needs look no further than the sheer number of apps to shoot holes in that argument. Granted far too many of them are designed to emulate the passing of gas – some of us might argue that more controls are required, not fewer!

At the other end of the spectrum there are some truly excellent apps. Evernote, PDF Reader, TeamViewer, WebEx, GoToMeeting, Pages, Numbers, Keynote, QuickOffice, DocsToGo, SoundNote – these are all apps on which I rely daily. And for sheer awesomeness look no further than GarageBand and iMovie. No shortage of innovation and quality there then.

And from the point of view of the user – particularly the non-computer savvy user – all of this just works. Couple of clicks to search for your app. One click to purchase, download and install. And – most important of all – Trojan-free once it arrives. Curated app stores are essential to the well-being of the ecosystem.

Google needs to emulate that experience with its Market, though its very credo seems to suggest that will never happen. Yet without it the store will descend into anarchy, with users scared to purchase for fear of what new and terrible piece of malware they might be introducing to their phone or tablet.

So along comes Amazon from nowhere, and in one fell swoop it might have beaten Google at its own game. Amazon has the position of trust. It has the customer review infrastructure in place. It already has our credit card details (who hasn’t bought anything from Amazon?) And now it has an Android Appstore (TM) to go with it. Now all it has to do is make sure that the stuff it sells is safe.

It has promised to do that, by applying both quality control and security vetting to the app review process. So why wouldn’t you buy from there rather than the Google Android Market? Well, I would – I already have. But my Auntie Edna probably wouldn’t. It is way more difficult than the Apple process, and right now requires a multi-step process just to get the Appstore app on your phone. It is not that difficult, but it is certainly a sub-optimal user experience compared with the “It Just Works” approach of Apple.

So what needs to happen for the Amazon Appstore (TM) to succeed? Simple – it needs to arrive pre-installed on Android devices. Lots of them.And while I am sure Amazon is probably in discussions with a bunch of carriers to achieve that objective, what better way to make sure it happens than to ship it in huge numbers on Amazon’s very own Android tablet – The Kindle IV?

Give us that great Kindle experience with Android flexibility at a super-low price point, and you might just have your iPad-killer… I certainly haven’t seen one among the devices announced so far.

Don’t forget to follow me on Twitter (@bwalder) to be kept informed of new research.

UPDATE: For those interested in all things tablet-related, Gartner has a special report out entitled iPad and Beyond: The Media Tablet in Business. The Apple iPad and its competitors in the coming media tablet wave have captured the imagination of business leaders. This special report highlights Gartner’s research and advice to customers on best practices for business uses of iPads and other media tablets.

Amazon’s “iPad-killer” opportunity with Android is especially an interesting observation by Gartner as in another press release it has been stated:

Gartner Says Android to Command Nearly Half of Worldwide Smartphone Operating System Market by Year-End 2012 [April 7, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

Egham, UK, April 7, 2011— Worldwide smartphone sales will reach 468 million units in 2011, a 57.7 percent increase from 2010, according to Gartner Inc. By the end of 2011, Android will move to become the most popular operating system (OS) worldwide and will build on its strength to account for 49 percent of the smartphone market by 2012 (see Table 1).

Sales of open OS* devices will account for 26 percent of all mobile handset device sales in 2011, and are expected to surpass the 1 billion mark by 2015, when they will account for 47 percent of the total mobile device market.

By 2015, 67 percent of all open OS devices will have an average selling price of $300 or below, proving that smartphones have been finally truly democratized,” said Roberta Cozza, principal analyst at Gartner.

“As vendors delivering Android-based devices continue to fight for market share, price will decrease to further benefit consumers”, Ms. Cozza said. “Android’s position at the high end of the market will remain strong, but its greatest volume opportunity in the longer term will be in the mid- to low-cost smartphones, above all in emerging markets.”

Table 1
Worldwide Mobile Communications Device Open OS Sales to End Users by OS (Thousands of Units)

 OS 2010 2011 2012 2015
Symbian 111,577 89,930 32,666 661
Market Share (%) 37.6 19.2 5.2 0.1
Android 67,225 179,873 310,088 539,318
Market Share (%) 22.7 38.5 49.2 48.8
Research In Motion 47,452 62,600 79,335 122,864
Market Share (%) 16 13.4 12.6 11.1
iOS 46,598 90,560 118,848 189,924
Market Share (%) 15.7 19.4 18.9 17.2
Microsoft 12,378 26,346 68,156 215,998
Market Share (%) 4.2 5.6 10.8 19.5
Other Operating Systems 11,417.40 18,392.30 21,383.70 36,133.90
Market Share (%) 3.8 3.9 3.4 3.3
Total Market 296,647 467,701 630,476 1,104,898

Source: Gartner (April 2011)

Gartner predicts that Apple’s iOS will remain the second biggest platform worldwide through 2014 despite its share deceasing slightly after 2011. This reflects Gartner’s underlying assumption that Apple will be interested in maintaining margins rather than pursuing market share by changing its pricing strategy. This will continue to limit adoption in emerging regions. iOS share will peak in 2011, with volume growth well above the market average. This is driven by increased channel reach in key mature markets like the U.S. and Western Europe.

Research In Motion’s share over the forecast period will decline, reflecting the stronger competitive environment in the consumer market, as well as increased competition in the business sector. Gartner has factored in RIM’s migration from BlackBerry OS to QNX which is expected in 2012. Analysts said this transition makes sense because RIM can create a consistent experience going from smartphones to tablets with a single developer community and — given that QNX as a platform brings more advanced features than the classic BlackBerry OS — it can enable more competitive smartphone products.

Gartner predicts that Nokia will push Windows Phone well into the mid-tier of its portfolio by the end of 2012, driving the platform to be the third largest in the worldwide ranking by 2013. Gartner has revised its forecast of Windows Phone’s market share upward, solely by virtue of Microsoft’s alliance with Nokia. Although this is an honorable performance it is considerably less than what Symbian had achieve in the past underlying the upward battle that Nokia has to face.

Gartner analysts said new device types will widen ecosystems. “The growth in sales of media tablets expected in 2011 and future years will widen the ecosystems that open OS communications devices have created. This will, by and large, function more as a driver than an inhibitor for sales of open OS devices,” said Carolina Milanesi, research vice president at Gartner.

Consumers who already own an open OS communications device will be drawn to media tablets and more often than not, to media tablets that share the same OS as their smartphone,” Ms. Milanesi said. “This allows consumers to be able to share the same experience across devices as well as apps, settings or game scores. At the same time, tablet users who don’t own a smartphone could be prompted to adopt one to be able to share the experience they have on their tablets.”

Note *: An open OS makes a software developer kit (SDK) available to developers, who can use native application programming interfaces (APIs) to write applications. The OS can be supported by a sole vendor or multiple vendors. It can be, but does not have to be, open source. Examples are BlackBerry OS, iOS, Symbian, Android, Windows Phone, Linux, Limo Foundation, WebOS and bada.

Gartner’s detailed forecast is available in the report “Forecast: Mobile Communications Devices by Open Operating System, Worldwide, 2008-2015.” The report is available on Gartner’s website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1619615.

Finally there are two Gartner press releases on the state of legacy PC market which were also behind of the above reasoning:

Gartner Says Worldwide PC Shipments in First Quarter of 2011 Suffer First Year-Over-Year Decline in Six Quarters [April 13, 2011]

Worldwide PC shipments totaled 84.3 million units in the first quarter of 2011, a 1.1 percent decline from the first quarter of 2010, according to preliminary results from Gartner, Inc. Although the first quarter is traditionally a slow one for PC sales, these shipment results indicate potential sluggishness, not just a normal seasonal slowdown. These figures are below Gartner’s earlier forecast for 3 percent growth in the first quarter of 2011.

“Weak demand for consumer PCs was the biggest inhibitor of growth,” said Mikako Kitagawa, principal analyst at Gartner. “Low prices for consumer PCs, which had long stimulated growth, no longer attracted buyers. Instead, consumers turned their attention to media tablets and other consumer electronics. With the launch of the iPad 2 in February, more consumers either switched to buying an alternative device, or simply held back from buying PCs. We’re investigating whether this trend is likely to have a long-term effect on the PC market.”

Steady growth in the professional PC sector, driven by the replacement cycle, was a bright spot for the global PC market. Without the professional segment growth, the PC market could have experienced one of the worst declines in its recent history. Replacement sales will generally continue into late 2011 or the start of 2012, with some variations between different regions and market segments.

HP performed below the worldwide average, but maintained the No. 1 position, accounting for 17.6 percent of worldwide PC shipments in the first quarter of 2011 (see Table 1). HP was impacted by weak consumer PC demand, as well as growing issues in Asia/Pacific. Acer continued to face challenges as the mini-notebook market was impacted by media tablets, and its shipments declined 12.2 percent.

Table1
Preliminary Worldwide PC Vendor Unit Shipment Estimates for 1Q11 (Units)

1Q11 Shipments 1Q11 Market Share (%) 1Q10 Shipments 1Q10 Market Share (%) 1Q11-1Q10 Growth (%)
Company
HP 14,797,299 17.6 15,312,468 18 -3.4
Acer Group 10,893,793 12.9 12,412,859 14.6 -12.2
Dell 9,984,370 11.9 10,210,766 12 -2.2
Lenovo 8,137,904 9.7 6,976,683 8.2 16.6
Toshiba 4,821,600 5.7 4,580,746 5.4 5.3
Others 35,615,953 42.3 35,686,995 41.9 -0.2
Total 84,250,918 100 85,180,518 100 -1.1

Note: Data includes desk-based PCs, mobile PCs, including mini-notebooks but not media tablet such as the iPad.
Source: Gartner (April 2011)

In the first quarter of 2011, Dell experienced a shipment decline year-over-year for the first time in six quarters. Dell underperformed in the U.S., Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and Latin America, but it achieved strong growth in Asia/Pacific. Lenovo experienced the strongest growth among the top five vendors (16.6 percent) as it continued to price its products very competitively in both the consumer and professional sectors. It achieved strong growth across all regions.

In the U.S., PC shipments totaled 16.1 million units in the first quarter of 2011, a 6.1 percent decline from the first quarter of 2010. “As with the worldwide market, the U.S. PC market was affected by the hype surrounding media tablets. This was the third consecutive quarter of mobile PC shipment declines in the U.S.,” Ms. Kitagawa said. “The U.S. professional PC market showed steady growth across all sectors. However, the public sector showed more than the normal seasonal weakness due to budgetary issues.”

HP continued to lead the U.S. market with its market share increasing to 26.2 percent, despite a shipment decline of 3.5 percent in the first quarter (see Table 2). While HP struggled in the consumer PC market, it also encountered tough price competition in the professional segment, especially in the midmarket.

Dell faced tough competition in both the U.S. consumer and professional markets. The challenge for Dell arose in the midmarket, where more vendors tried to squeeze in to benefit from professional PC refresh cycles. Apple maintained strong shipment growth, even after the holiday season. The MacBook Pro refresh at the end of February accelerated already strong Mac growth.

Table 2
Preliminary United States PC Vendor Unit Shipment Estimates for 1Q11 (Units)

Company 1Q11 Shipments 1Q11 Market Share (%) 1Q10 Shipments 1Q10 Market Share (%) 1Q11-1Q10 Growth (%)
HP 14,797,299 17.6 15,312,468 18 -3.4
Acer Group 10,893,793 12.9 12,412,859 14.6 -12.2
Dell 9,984,370 11.9 10,210,766 12 -2.2
Lenovo 8,137,904 9.7 6,976,683 8.2 16.6
Toshiba 4,821,600 5.7 4,580,746 5.4 5.3
Others 35,615,953 42.3 35,686,995 41.9 -0.2
Total 84,250,918 100 85,180,518 100 -1.1

Note: Data includes desk-based PCs, mobile PCs, including mini-notebooks, but not media tablet such as the iPad.
Source: Gartner (April 2010)

PC shipments in EMEA totaled 26.1 million units in the first quarter of 2011, a 2.8 percent decline from the first quarter of 2010 (see Table 3).

Table 3
Preliminary EMEA PC Vendor Unit Shipment Estimates for 1Q11 (Thousands of Units)

Company 1Q11 Shipments 1Q11 Market Share (%) 1Q10 Shipments 1Q10 Market Share (%) 1Q11-1Q10 Growth (%)
Hewlett-Packard 5,019 19.2 5,532 20.6 -9.3
Acer Group 4,939 18.9 5,557 20.7 -11.1
Dell 2,318 8.9 2,500 9.3 -7.3
ASUS 1,950 7.5 2,186 8.1 -10.8
Lenovo 1,325 5.1 1,236 4.6 7.2
Others 10,567 40.5 9,856 36.7 7.2
Total 26,119 100 26,867 100 -2.8

Note: Data includes desk-based PCs, mobile PCs, including mini-notebooks but not media tablet such as the iPad.
Source: Gartner (April 2011)
“The PC market in EMEA had not exhibited decline since the third quarter of 2009 when the market declined 8.9 per cent,” said Ranjit Atwal, research director at Gartner. “The excess inventory accumulated at the end of the fourth quarter of 2010 was reduced slowly, especially as some of the delayed Sandy Bridge products entered the market in March. The seasonal trend was also weaker than expected, indicating that the downward trend seen at the end of 2010 continued into the first quarter of 2011.”
Western Europe remained the main area of weakness in EMEA, as consumers continued to delay spending disposable income on PCs or other products like media tablets, especially after the launch of the iPad 2. This is extending current PC life cycles.

In Asia/Pacific, PC shipments surpassed 28.2 million units in the first quarter of 2011, a 4.1 percent increase from the first quarter of 2010. PC purchases by consumers remained weak, especially in China and Taiwan. PCs were not high on consumers’ shopping lists during the Chinese New Year holiday. In India, consumers were distracted by the Cricket World Cup. They also preferred to upgrade or purchase new TVs or other home electronics.

The PC market in Lain America grew 5.4 percent in the first quarter of 2011, as shipments totaled 8.1 million units. Brazil accounted for over 40 percent of Latin America’s PC shipments. As PC vendors’ interest in Brazil grows, so does competition. Local PC vendors are particularly vulnerable, as their strength lies in the production of desk-based PCs. Multinational vendors are making inroads by selling less-expensive mobile PCs.

PC shipments in Japan declined 13.1 percent in the first quarter of 2011, with shipments reaching 4 million units. The earthquake and tsunami on March 11 reduced PC shipments, and Gartner analysts are still investigating the scale of the impact on the market in first quarter. The impact of the disaster was most evident in the professional PC market, where the second half of March is the year’s busiest procurement period.

These results are preliminary. Final statistics will be available soon to clients of Gartner’s PC Quarterly Statistics Worldwide by Region program. This program offers a comprehensive and timely picture of the worldwide PC market, allowing product planning, distribution, marketing and sales organizations to keep abreast of key issues and their future implications around the globe. Additional research can be found on Gartner’s Computing Hardware section on Gartner’s website at http://www.gartner.com/it/products/research/asset_129157_2395.jsp.

And this was preceded by earlier Gartner Lowers PC Forecast as Consumers Diversify Computing Needs Across Devices [March 3, 2011] press release:

Gartner, Inc. is lowering its PC unit forecast for 2011 and 2012, based on expectations of weaker demand for mobile consumer PCs. Worldwide PC shipments are forecast to reach 387.8 million units in 2011, a 10.5 percent increase from 2010, according to Gartner’s preliminary forecast. This is down from Gartner’s previous projection of 15.9 percent growth this year.

Gartner expects worldwide PC shipments to total 440.6 million units in 2012, a 13.6 percent increase from 2011. This is down from Gartner’s previous outlook of 14.8 percent growth for 2012.

“These results reflect marked reductions in expected near-term unit growth based on expectations of weaker consumer mobile PC demand, in no small part because of the near-term weakness expected in China’s mobile PC market, but also because of a general loss in consumer enthusiasm for mobile PCs,” said Ranjit Atwal, research director at Gartner.

Gartner analysts said that consumer mobile PCs have been the dynamic growth engine of the PC market over the past five years, averaging annual rates of growth approaching 40 percent. For much of this period, mobile PCs remained consumers’ platform of choice for bringing the Internet into their daily lives. However, due to the spread of low-cost embedded Wi-Fi modules, Internet access is now available through a multitude of mobile devices that allow consumers to engage in virtually all their favorite online activities without the need of a mobile PC.

“We expect growing consumer enthusiasm for mobile PC alternatives, such as the iPad and other media tablets, to dramatically slow home mobile PC sales, especially in mature markets,” said George Shiffler, research director at Gartner. “We once thought that mobile PC growth would continue to be sustained by consumers buying second and third mobile PCs as personal devices. However, we now believe that consumers are not only likely to forgo additional mobile PC buys but are also likely to extend the lifetimes of the mobile PCs they retain as they adopt media tablets and other mobile PC alternatives as their primary mobile device. Overall, we now expect home mobile PCs to average less than 10 percent annual growth in mature markets from 2011 through 2015.”

The professional market is expected to continue to exhibit double-digit growth in 2011 and 2012, as aging PCs are replaced across all regions of the world. “However, even in the professional market, media tablets are being considered as PC substitutes, likely at least delaying some PC replacements,” said Raphael Vasquez, senior research analyst at Gartner.

The dramatic rise in the popularity of alternative devices and the limitations of the PC are two of many dynamics that played a significant role in Gartner’s revised outlook for the PC industry.

Media Tablets Causing Hesitation Among Potential PC Buyers
Consumer enthusiasm for media tablets is a key factor in Gartner’s forecast that the consumer mobile PC market will remain weak in mature markets. Consumer substitution of media tablets for mobile PCs already appears to be impacting mobile PC shipments in mature markets. However, a bigger issue seems to be that consumers are taking a “wait and see” attitude toward PCs as they anticipate the arrival of new media tablets during the rest of 2011.

PCs’ Limitations Are Exposed
Not too long ago, PCs were a “fashion accessory” in mature markets with vendors linking themselves to fashion designers and even creating PCs specifically for women. The current “cool” device is the smartphone, and now PCs will soon have to do battle with media tablets when they are launched in large numbers in the second quarter of 2011. Up to now, the appeal of mobile PCs has been their portability. But mainstream mobile PCs have not shed sufficient weight, and do not offer the all-day battery life, to substantiate their promise of real mobility. These limitations have become all the more apparent with the rapid spread of social networking, which thrives on constant and immediate connections. In short, all-day untethered computing has yet to materialize, and that has exposed the “mobile” PC as merely a transportable PC at best.

More information is available in the report “Forecast Alert: PC Forecast Is Lowered as Consumers Diversify Computing Needs Across Devices,” which can be found on Gartner’s website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1558714.

Larry Page to boost Google even more as becoming CEO again

Choose any of the thousands (if not tens of thousands) mirrored reports by AP that Google founder hopes to prove he’s ready to be CEO [April 1, 2011] to learn the hopes and worries of the fans and anxious investors about the return of Larry Page [38] as CEO of Google after 10 years of Eric Schmidt’s [55] leadership.

Warning update: Google as an evil enterprise: the perception changes as vital APIs are shut down  [June 1, 2011]

An update from the Chairman [Eric Schmidt, Jan 20, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Google -- Eric Schmidt with Sergey Brin and Larry Page in 2001

When I joined Google in 2001 I never imagined—even in my wildest dreams—that we would get as far, as fast as we have today. Search has quite literally changed people’s lives—increasing the collective sum of the world’s knowledge and revolutionizing advertising in the process. And our emerging businesses—display, Android, YouTube and Chrome—are on fire. Of course, like any successful organization we’ve had our fair share of good luck, but the entire team—now over 24,000 Googlers globally—deserves most of the credit.

And as our results today show, the outlook is bright. But as Google has grown, managing the business has become more complicated. So Larry, Sergey and I have been talking for a long time about how best to simplify our management structure and speed up decision making—and over the holidays we decided now was the right moment to make some changes to the way we are structured.

For the last 10 years, we have all been equally involved in making decisions. This triumvirate approach has real benefits in terms of shared wisdom, and we will continue to discuss the big decisions among the three of us. But we have also agreed to clarify our individual roles so there’s clear responsibility and accountability at the top of the company.

Google - Larry Page in the European Parliament -- 17-June-2009 Larry will now lead product development and technology strategy, his greatest strengths, and starting from April 4 he will take charge of our day-to-day operations as Google’s Chief Executive Officer. In this new role I know he will merge Google’s technology and business vision brilliantly. I am enormously proud of my last decade as CEO, and I am certain that the next 10 years under Larry will be even better! Larry, in my clear opinion, is ready to lead.

Sergey [Brin, 37] has decided to devote his time and energy to strategic projects, in particular working on new products. His title will be Co-Founder. He’s an innovator and entrepreneur to the core, and this role suits him perfectly.

As Executive Chairman, I will focus wherever I can add the greatest value: externally, on the deals, partnerships, customers and broader business relationships, government outreach and technology thought leadership that are increasingly important given Google’s global reach; and internally as an advisor to Larry and Sergey.

We are confident that this focus will serve Google and our users well in the future. Larry, Sergey and I have worked exceptionally closely together for over a decade—and we anticipate working together for a long time to come. As friends, co-workers and computer scientists we have a lot in common, most important of all a profound belief in the potential for technology to make the world a better place. We love Google—our people, our products and most of all the opportunity we have to improve the lives of millions of people around the world.

Then watch this Perspective from Google: Eric Schmidt & Larry Page – Zeitgeist Europe 2010 [May 19, 2010] to understand the quite subtle differences between the two leaders. Note that Larry Page is introverted vs. the typical extroverts as business leaders. Note as well (from reply to a question) that Google is not doing the typical business planning exercise but Larry and Brin ideas are simply financed because the operation is generating sufficient revenues for that. This is giving them a unique competitive advantage of moving along innovative things while all the rest of the industry is loosing time with planning.

From Zeitgeist 2010 Google Partner Forum Europe held 17-18 May 2010. Featuring Eric Schmidt (Chairman of the Board & CEO, Google) & Larry Page (Co-Founder & President, Products, Google).
[from 1:20 he is talking about how much he was struck by captioning and translation …]
Note: Switch on the caption and try also the translation on this video. Generally it is a great experience (although not always perfect, since it depends on the clarity of the speech). More information on the technology is available under the Captions tag on the YouTube blog. Best to start is probably here: The Future Will Be Captioned: Improving Accessibility on YouTube [March 4, 2010] and here: Happy Birthday Automatic Captions! Celebrate with more videos and higher quality [Nov 19, 2010]

For detailed analysis – however – of the possible effects of Larry Page becoming CEO again it is better to turn to Fast Company’s earlier 7 Ways Larry Page Is Defining Google’s Future [March 16, 2011] article (quite long). Here is the essence:

The company line on Page’s ascension is that it does not mark any effort to “fix something” at Google. After all, the company reported stellar earnings the day it announced that Page would replace Eric Schmidt. It generated more than $29 billion in revenue in 2010 and 24% annual growth. Page has been part of what has been an unusual but effective ruling troika with Schmidt and fellow cofounder, Sergey Brin.

And yet Page is becoming CEO at a crucial inflection point in Google’s history. The company is beset by rivals everywhere — Apple and Facebook, both of which are closing off chunks of Internet activity beyond Google’s reach; Amazon, Microsoft, Netflix, and others that compete fiercely against it in multiple markets; and even the U.S., the EU, and other governments that want to curtail Google’s ambition. Lately, Google has had more and more public whiffs (see Google Wave, Google Buzz, Google TV).

It’s true that Page is not stepping into a dire situation as Steve Jobs did at Apple in 1997. Page doesn’t need to be a turnaround artist. Yet he has to do something potentially harder: make changes to a winning formula in the face of intense scrutiny, when momentum appears to be against him. To borrow a sports aphorism, winning your first championship is easy compared with trying to repeat.

To outsiders, Page might seem an odd choice to be CEO. He’s personally reserved, unabashedly geeky, and said to be introverted. We won’t be seeing him keynoting A-list conferences with grand vision statements or sitting down for intimate conversations with the press (Google declined to make him available for this article). But after talking to high-level Google executives who work closely with Page, as well as ex-Googlers and other outside observers, a picture begins to emerge of how the search company will change under him. Here’s our seven-part guide to the Google of today — and tomorrow.

  1. A Little Top-Down Leadership Goes a Long Way
  2. Spur On Your Frenemies [encourage your “enemy friends” to do something]
  3. When in Doubt, Check the Data
  4. When in Creative Mode, Don’t Start With Data
  5. A Social Life Is Overrated
  6. Listen Up: Talk Is Cheap
  7. No Goal Is Too Big (And Some Are Too Small)

1. A Little Top-Down Leadership Goes a Long Way

Google - 20% delivering 50% which worked well till 10000 employees For much of its early life, Google reveled in its bottom-up culture. The governing philosophy was “Let’s hire lots of really smart people and let them do whatever they want,” says Brian Kennish, a Google engineer from 2003 to late 2010. Employees — especially engineers — were given unparalleled leeway in deciding what they wanted to work on and encouraged to use 20% of their time to come up with new ideas.

The archetypal product of this era was Gmail, which was born when engineer Paul Buchheit hacked it up in a single day in the summer of 2001. He showed the prototype to his colleagues, and when they expressed interest, Buchheit pulled other promising engineers onto his team. This kind of thing happened time and again at Google; among other products conceived deep within the company’s ranks were Google News, search suggestions, and AdSense, the contextual advertising system that accounted for nearly $9 billion in revenue in 2010.

Kennish, echoing several other former Googlers, adds, “This system worked really well until the company reached about 10,000 workers. After that, things started to break down.” (Google now has 24,000 employees and plans to hire another 6,000 in 2011.)

Android represents a new order, one that Page, who has long played a role in product strategy, will accelerate. … Page and Brin pushed Google into mobile, buying Android when the project was an eight-person startup in 2005. (Schmidt later joked that they didn’t tell him about it until after the deal.) At the time, Google’s mobile strategy was a hodgepodge effort to install its apps on lots of different mobile phones. Page realized that game would never scale. Eustace says it would have required “5,000 people, each one trying to port apps to all the different phones.” For Google to truly benefit from the transition to mobile phones, it would need to shoot for something bigger. Page gave Andy Rubin, Android’s indomitable chief, the resources to run the division as an autonomous unit. Their ambition helped Google settle on a course to release an entire operating system, rather than a single phone. What’s more, Google made Android free and allowed phone manufacturers and carriers to tinker with the software.

Google Andy Rubin (center) with major early partners HTC CEO Peter Chou and Christopher Schlaeffer T-Mobile -- 8-Oct-2008

Android, then, is as much a marvel of management as it is of engineering. “It wasn’t that Larry handed down his vision on stone tablets,” Eustace says. (In other words, he’s not Steve.) But Page had the founding idea that “what was necessary was an ecosystem,” and Android wouldn’t be where it is today if he hadn’t pushed for Google to do something more ambitious. Google - Android Patrners in Open Handset Alliance -- 6-Nov-2007

Page has done this elsewhere. Google’s recent success with YouTube in the face of an unrelenting stream of criticism can be chalked up to a similar management tactic: Page empowered YouTube CEO Salar Kamangar in much the same way he has Android’s Rubin. … As Page takes over, he’ll still find product seedlings everywhere. Google’s product lineup is replete with services that offer overlapping, needlessly duplicative functionality. Android’s triumph should serve as a sweet reminder of the value in imposing just enough discipline before letting the kids chase the ice-cream truck.

See also:
Google Buys Android for Its Mobile Arsenal [Aug 17, 2005]: “The 22-month-old startup, based in Palo Alto, Calif., brings to Google a wealth of talent, including co-founder Andy Rubin, who previously started mobile-device maker Danger Inc.
CrunchBase on Android

In July 2005, Google acquired Android, a small startup company based in Palo Alto, CA. Android’s co-founders who went to work at Google included Andy Rubin (co-founder of Danger), Rich Miner (co-founder of Wildfire), Nick Sears (once VP at T-Mobile), and Chris White (one of the first engineers at WebTV). At the time, little was known about the functions of Android other than they made software for mobile phones. This began rumors that Google was planning to enter the mobile phone market, although it was unclear at the time what function they might perform in that market.

Introducing Android [Nov 5, 2007]

[2:19] The creators of Android talk about their new open platform for mobile phones and the Open Handset Alliance. To learn more, visit: http://www.openhandsetalliance.com

Where’s my Gphone? [Andy Rubin, Nov 5, 2007]

Google Android chief Andy Rubin Android is the first truly open and comprehensive platform for mobile devices. It includes an operating system, user-interface and applications — all of the software to run a mobile phone, but without the proprietary obstacles that have hindered mobile innovation. We have developed Android in cooperation with the Open Handset Alliance, which consists of more than 30 technology and mobile leaders including Motorola, Qualcomm, HTC and T-Mobile. Through deep partnerships with carriers, device manufacturers, developers, and others, we hope to enable an open ecosystem for the mobile world by creating a standard, open mobile software platform. We think the result will ultimately be a better and faster pace for innovation that will give mobile customers unforeseen applications and capabilities.

Google, Bidding For Phone Ads, Lures Partners [The Wall Street Journal, Nov 6, 2007]

Among the handset makers that have signed on to the initiative are Taiwan’s HTC Corp., Samsung Electronics Co. and Motorola Inc. Operator partners include Deutsche Telekom AG’s T-Mobile, Sprint Nextel Corp. and Japan’s NTT DoCoMo Inc. (See the entire list of Google’s partners.) …

But until new handsets based on Android come to market, it won’t be clear how far operators have gone to satisfy Google’s desire for open mobile software. Some carriers have said they still want to make sure Android doesn’t allow sensitive user information to fall into the hands of rogue third-party developers, leading to invasions of privacy and security risks. Those issues partly explain why large U.S. operators such as AT&T Inc. and Verizon Wireless, a joint venture of Verizon Communications Inc. and Vodafone Group PLC, have yet to sign on to Google’s initiative.

Verizon Wireless is still weighing whether to join, a person familiar with the company’s thinking said. AT&T, in part because it exclusively carries Apple Inc.’s iPhone in the U.S., is restricted from partnering with Google, people familiar with the matter say. …

Sprint hasn’t agreed to carry a Google-powered phone yet, but signed on to the Android alliance while it continues talks. John Garcia, the carrier’s senior vice president of product development, said using Android in phones would make it easier to get a variety of mobile applications to consumers. Mr. Garcia said mobile-game makers routinely have to test their applications on an array of Sprint phones, writing specific programming code for each one. That could become a thing of the past if an open platform becomes widespread.

Android Open Source Project [Oct 20, 2008]

[4:26] An introduction to Android Open Source Project. Android is the first free, open source, and fully customizable mobile platform. Android offers a full stack: an operating system, middleware, and key mobile applications. It also contains a rich set of APIs that allows third-party developers to develop great applications. Learn more at source.android.com.

From this (my own) blog:
OPhone OS (OMS) 2.0 based on Android 2.1 [July 5, 2010]
Android 2.2 (Froyo) excitement is just the tip of the iceberg for the current Android momentum [July 9 – Sept 10, 2010]
Android 2.3 (Gingerbread) and 3.0 (Honeycomb) [Dec 30, 2010 – Feb 4, 2011]

What’s behind Android’s race to No. 1? [March 8, 2011]:

It’s no longer the era of the BlackBerry — or the iPhone. According to a market research report released this week, Google’s Android operating system now is the most popular smartphone platform in the United States.

The first phone running Android, the T-Mobile G1, wasn’t announced until September 2008. Only 2½ years later, the research firm comScore says Android is No. 1 in the U.S. with 31.2% of the market, compared with 30.4% for BlackBerry’s business-friendly operating system and 24.7% for the iOS from Apple, which powers the seemingly omnipresent iPhone.

What accounts for this meteoric rise? Here’s a summary of what makes Android popular, based on conversations with smartphone experts, buzz on the tech blogs and reader responses to our query posted on the @cnntech Twitter feed.

  • Consumers like choices
  • There’s basically one iPhone
  • There are dozens of Android options
  • Integration with the internet
  • Openness of the Android Market
  • Apps that do what you need, not what you don’t: In terms of app numbers, Android is losing big to Apple. Google’s Android Market has 150,000 apps. Apple has more than 350,000. But Gikas said the Android apps pretty  much cover everything an average consumer would want a phone to do, so having more apps isn’t necessarily the best selling point.
  • Stealing the best of everything and then giving it away

Platform Versions [Android Developers site, extracted on April 1, 2011]

Google Android Platform Versions - Historical Distribution -- 1-April-2011

Platform API Level Distribution
Android 1.5 3 2.7%
Android 1.6 4 3.5%
Android 2.1 7 27.2%
Android 2.2 8 63.9%
Android 2.3 9 0.8%
Android 2.3.3 10 1.7%
Android 3.0 11 0.2%

2. Spur On Your Frenemies [encourage your “enemy friends” to do something]

2009.04.30. [2:33] What is a browser? was the question we asked over 50 passersby of different ages and backgrounds in the Times Square in New York. Watch the many responses people came up with.

Less than 8% of people who were interviewwd on this day knew what a browser was.
[But most of them knew Google, and most of them considered Google a browser.]

Two years ago, Google sent a camera crew to Times Square, in New York, and asked passersby a simple question: What is a web browser? “A browser’s a search engine,” said one guy. Another respondent was pretty sure that “it’s what I search through — like, to find things.” When asked which browser they use, most people said Google, while a few renegades stuck to Yahoo and AOL. None of these, of course, are browsers.

So if you’ve ever wondered why Google needed its own web browser, called Chrome, here’s why: It needed Chrome to goad Microsoft, Apple, and other browser makers into reigniting innovation in what had become a moribund market. Everyone’s efforts collectively improve the web as a whole, which is good for Google and its ad business. Even if its rivals merely copied Chrome’s advancements — superfast, stable, and, thus far, impossible to hack — Google saw that it could achieve its larger goals.

Expect Page to launch even more initiatives that may seem futile when considered alone but that are, in fact, designed to wake up drowsy competitors. Think about such “puzzling” Google moves as releasing its own branded phones — the Nexus One and Nexus S — and competing against the handset makers and carriers that it’s supposed to be courting. Or about Google’s initiative to wire America with fiber-optic lines, as its plan to roll out superfast Internet to several cities suggests. Google really wants Verizon and others to pick up the pace. And when those rivals do, Google will benefit from the innovations that result.

See also: Sun Valley: Schmidt Didn’t Want to Build Chrome Initially, He Says [July 9, 2009]
Comment: Chrome came out in September 2008.

3. When in Doubt, Check the Data

Deciding questions by data is to Google what eye-catching design is to Apple, or what global supply-chain management is to Walmart. It forms the spine of every major decision, and nearly every minor one. Data’s preeminence in Google’s culture helps prevent anyone at the company from pulling rank. It also wards off resistance to change. This will only become more important as Page takes over as the top decision maker at a company whose core search algorithm, PageRank, is named for him.

… Even Page has proved willing to reverse himself if the numbers don’t bear him out. …

Google’s devotion to data isn’t always an asset (as we’ll explore momentarily), but there’s likely no other way for the company to conceive of itself because that’s how Page operates. “I was talking to Larry on Saturday,” says Nikesh Arora, Google’s chief business officer, when we sit down to talk the following Tuesday. “I told him that I’d gotten back from nine cities in 12 days — Munich, Copenhagen, Davos, Zurich, New Delhi, Bombay, London, San Francisco. There’s a silence for five seconds. And then he’s like, ‘That’s only eight.’ “

4. When in Creative Mode, Don’t Start With Data

… As Google grows into more arenas where engineering alone can’t carry the day, most notably in social and handheld interfaces, Page will have to tweak this data-driven mind-set to embrace more creative types if the company is to thrive. Google has never invested heavily in hiring classically trained designers, and insiders say that due to a constant shortage of creative staff, engineers sometimes decide the look of their own products. …

And yet, despite Page’s personal inclinations, there are signs that Google is pushing itself to transcend its design deficiencies. Matias Duarte joined the company’s Android team last year from Palm, where he was lauded for creating the well-regarded user interface for its mobile operating system called WebOS. Duarte admits that since signing on, he has come to rely on data as a tool in the design process — but not, he insists, as a crutch. Whereas the look and feel of Apple’s software and hardware are kept secret and revealed to just a few people, Duarte’s designs are shared widely inside Google and with other partners and testers. (Google routinely tests products this way before sharing them with the world, calling the process “dogfooding,” as in the company eats its own dog food. Or, in Duarte’s case, “Droid-fooding.”)

Duarte points out that this openness has led to novel insights into what users want. Honeycomb, Google’s new tablet-specific version of Android, includes an eye-catching interface to show people all the recent applications they’ve been using. It’s a feature that the iPad sorely misses — and it came about only because of extensive statistical analysis of usage patterns. The lesson: Google can succeed in more creative pursuits if it pushes the limits of its data-centric culture but still relies on that culture to enhance creative solutions. “We don’t design by committee; we don’t design by focus group,” Duarte says. “But we do verify everything we’re trying to do with our design with stringent, large-scale user testing.” …

5. A Social Life Is Overrated

Page’s apparent lack of personal interest on the web’s major social sites creates a convenient narrative for Google’s dreadful record in the space — a string of failures that include Dodgeball, Jaiku, Lively, Buzz, and Wave. Orkut, the social network that Google engineer Orkut Büyükkökten launched in 2004, is still alive (it’s big in Brazil), but few Googlers consider it a success. Meanwhile, Google has had several social-networking savants in the ‘plex and let them slip away to found other companies, among them Evan Williams (Twitter) and Dennis Crowley (Foursquare). …

… “There’s an EQ — an emotional intelligence — around social software, and it just might be out of Google’s reach,” says Jason Shellen, who spent four years as a business-development exec at Google after it acquired Blogger and who now works at AOL. …

… But that’s not to say Google is giving up on social. Far from it. Its success relies on understanding how the web works, and the web is getting more social all the time. Google has continued to acquire social startups — most recently Slide for $228 million (not to mention its rumored interest in buying Twitter for $10 billion). According to sources, Google isn’t planning a Facebook clone but rather it intends to roll out new social features across all its products. Its ultimate aim seems to be to collect and analyze the social activity that’s going on across the web, beyond Facebook’s walls. …

… If Google can’t compete with Facebook directly, perhaps it can render Facebook moot by making everything else on the web feel like Facebook. Still, building a fun web-based community turns out to be harder than building a great smartphone (witness the utter failure that is Apple’s Ping). Don’t be surprised if this is one arena where Page is happy merely to have a credible offering.

6. Listen Up: Talk Is Cheap

The company became the biggest search engine in the world because it built a better product, not because it created better TV ads than Yahoo.

Google’s build-it-and-they-will-come naïveté seems almost cute in the age of Apple. Many of Google’s advances go unnoticed by the public because nobody hears about them. Do iPhone owners know that Android lets you dictate email by voice? Imagine the marketing fun Apple would have there. Or that Google Voice rings all your phones when someone calls you, and transcribes your voice mail to boot?

With its new CEO an introvert, perhaps Google will never tap its inner Apple. But maybe, in the bigger picture, that’s a trade-off worth making. Page is not a CEO out of central casting, despite the fact that Wall Street and the media tend to prefer extroverts as leaders: the superhero who puffs out his chest and delivers bold, motivating pronouncements. According to some surprising forthcoming research from management professors at Harvard Business School, the University of North Carolina, and Wharton, though, introverts can be more successful leaders — particularly in dynamic, uncertain, and fast-changing environments like the tech industry. “They tend to be less threatened by others’ ideas,” says Adam Grant, a Wharton professor and coauthor of the study. “And they’ll collect a lot of them before determining a vision.” Because introverts spend more time listening than talking, they hear more ideas.

The hallmarks of Google culture, including the weekly TGIF [Thank God It’s Friday] sessions where Page and Brin take questions from employees, are precisely about creating dialogue. Even if the company relies less on 20% time for unfettered product development, Page’s personal style is likely to keep new ideas flowing. The key for Page is to “surround himself with some extroverts,” Grant says. “Extroversion and introversion are the only personality traits where you need a balance between the two to be an effective team.” As the success of the Bing sting indicates, Page seems to be listening to his extroverts in embracing a bolder public profile — not for himself, but for Google.

Google TGIF in 2006 with new Googlers wearing propeller heads

See also: What’s it like to work in Mountain View? [Google]

Transparency is a staple of Google’s working environment – all voices matter and Googlers enjoy a variety of opportunities to share information and voice questions and opinions. For example, every Friday we host a “TGIF” [Thank God It’s Friday] event in Charlie’s Cafe, where Googlers can learn about the company’s latest news and ask their tough questions in live Q&A sessions.

7. No Goal Is Too Big (And Some Are Too Small)

That audaciousness — the ambition to tackle a seemingly unsolvable problem with deep reservoirs of money and data — is the ultimate insight into what makes Google Googley. “When people come to Larry with ideas, he always wants it bigger,” says one ex-Googler. “His whole point is that only Google has the kind of resources to make big bets. The asset that Larry brings is to say, ‘Let’s go and make big things happen.’ ” (This may explain why Page isn’t interested in a Facebook killer: “With social, there isn’t a problem for Google to solve,” says the former Googler Shellen.)

That’s what’s thrilling about Page taking the helm at Google right now. You get the sense that under his leadership, Google could try its hand at anything. More than anything else during my interviews with people who know Page, one comment stands out: “I don’t care what you put in the article,” says David Lawee, Google’s head of acquisitions. “To me, this is the real story: Larry is a truly awesome inventor-entrepreneur. My aspiration for him is that he becomes one of the greatest inventors-entrepreneurs in history, in the realm of the Thomas Edisons of the world.”

The example used in the above article to prove the point is the Statistical Machine Translation research applied in Google’s machine-translation system:

[Franz] Och oversees Google’s machine-translation system, a spectacularly ambitious effort that analyzes text found on the web to create statistical models that can transform one language into another. Machine translation is far from perfect, but Google’s project, which began in 2004, has succeeded far beyond what most experts thought possible. Including Och. Google spent a year trying to recruit him; each time, he explained to Page and other execs that what they were asking for couldn’t be done. “They were very optimistic, and I tried to tell them to be cautious,” he says. “It’s really complicated, extremely expensive, and you need very large amounts of data.”

The company hired Och despite his skepticism, and today, machine translation (along with speech recognition) is one of Google’s best-known artificial-intelligence projects. It’s also a key competitive advantage. Even on the iPhone, you’ll use Google’s software to help you read that French road sign or to transform your voice commands into text searches. Och now seems bemused by this success. Google, he says, simply had far more resources — more data, more computing power, more money — than he ever thought possible. Google can now translate 58 different languages. “When I started at Google, if you told me that five years later we’d be able to translate Yiddish, Maltese, Icelandic, Azerbaijani, and Basque, I would have said, That’s just not going to happen,” he says. “But [Page and Brin] didn’t believe me. And I guess they were more right than I was.”

Inside Google Translate [July 9, 2010]

Let’s see for more details a presentation by Franz Och who oversees that work:
Google Faculty Summit 2009: Statistical Machine Translation [Oct 5, 2009]

Google Tech Talk, July 30, 2009 [49:50] Most state-of-the-art commercial machine translation systems in use today have been developed using a rules-based approach and require a lot of work by linguists to define vocabularies and grammars. Several research systems, including ours, take a different approach: we feed the computer with billions of words of text, both monolingual text in the target language, and aligned text consisting of examples of human translations between the languages.

Google - Static Machine Translation improvements for languages launched recently -- 30-July-2009[13:28 – 14:24] … some of the languages we’ve launched recently, Hindi, Thai and Hungarian … It is quite challenging for some of the languages to find data …

Doubling Up [Franz Josef Och, Sept 29, 2008]

Machine translation is hard. Natural languages are so complex and have so many ambiguities and exceptions that teaching a computer to translate between them turned out to be a much harder problem than people thought when the field of machine translation was born over 50 years ago. At Google Research, our approach is to have the machines learn to translate by using learning algorithms on gigantic amounts of monolingual and translated data. Another knowledge source is user suggestions. This approach allows us to constantly improve the quality of machine translations as we mine more data and get more and more feedback from users.

A nice property of the learning algorithms that we use is that they are largely language independent — we use the same set of core algorithms for all languages. So this means if we find a lot of translated data for a new language, we can just run our algorithms and build a new translation system for that language.

As a result, we were recently able to significantly increase the number of languages on translate.google.com. Last week, we launched eleven new languages: Catalan, Filipino, Hebrew, Indonesian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovenian, Ukrainian, Vietnamese. This increases the total number of languages from 23 to 34.  Since we offer translation between any of those languages this increases the number of language pairs from 506 to 1122 (well, depending on how you count simplified and traditional Chinese you might get even larger numbers). We’re very happy that we can now provide free online machine translation for many languages that didn’t have any available translation system before.

So how far can we go with adding new languages in the future? Can we go to 40, 50 or even more languages?  It is certainly getting harder, as less data is available for those languages and as a result it is harder to build systems that meet our quality bar.  But we’re working on better learning algorithms and new ways to mine data and so even if we haven’t covered your favorite language yet, we hope that we will have it soon.

See also:
Statistical machine translation live [April 28, 2006)]

Google Translate adds 10 new languages… [May 15, 2008]: “We’ve recently added translation capabilities for 10 new languages to Google Translate, bringing the total to 23 languages. The newly featured languages include Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Finnish, Hindi, Norwegian, Polish, Romanian and Swedish.

Translate between 41 languages with Google Translate [Feb 26, 2009]: “recently added Turkish, Thai, Hungarian, Estonian, Albanian, Maltese, and Galician to the mix. The rollout of these seven additional languages marks a new milestone: automatic translations between 41 languages (1,640 language pairs!). This means we can now translate between languages read by 98% of Internet users.

51 Languages in Google Translate [Aug 31, 2009]: “we’ve added 9 new languages to Google Translate: Afrikaans, Belarusian, Icelandic, Irish, Macedonian, Malay, Swahili, Welsh, and Yiddish, bringing the number of languages we support from 42 to 51.”

A new look for Google Translate [Nov 16, 2009]:

Translate instantly: Say goodbye to the old “Translate” button. Google Translate now translates your text right as you type.

Read and write any language: Want to say “Today is a good day” in Chinese, but can’t read Han characters? Click “Show romanization” to read the text written phonetically in English. Right now, this works for all non-Roman languages except for Hebrew, Arabic and Persian.

Text-to-speech: When translating into English, you can now also hear translations in spoken form by clicking the Speaker Icon.

Giving a voice to more languages on Google Translate [May 11, 2010]:

One of the popular features of Google Translate is the ability to hear translations spoken out loud (”text-to-speech”) by clicking the speaker icon beside some translations, like the one below.

We rolled this feature out for English and Haitian Creole translations a few months ago and added French, Italian, German, Hindi and Spanish a couple of weeks ago. Now we’re bringing text-to-speech to even more languages with the open source speech synthesizer, eSpeak.

By integrating eSpeak we’re adding text-to-speech functionality for Afrikaans, Albanian, Catalan, Chinese (Mandarin), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, Greek, Hungarian, Icelandic, Indonesian, Latvian, Macedonian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Slovak, Swahili, Swedish, Turkish, Vietnamese and Welsh.

Five more languages on translate.google.com [May 13, 2010]: “In 2009, we announced the addition of our first “alpha” language, Persian, on Google Translate. Today, we are excited to add five more alpha languages: Azerbaijani, Armenian, Basque, Urdu and Georgian — bringing the total number of languages on Google Translate to 57.

Poetic Machine Translation [Oct 5, 2010]: “A Statistical Machine Translation system, like Google Translate, typically performs translations by searching through a multitude of possible translations, guided by a statistical model of accuracy. However, to translate poetry, we not only considered translation accuracy, but meter and rhyming schemes as well. In our paper we describe in more detail how we altered our translation model, but in general we chose to sacrifice a little of the translation’s accuracy to get the poetic form right.”

Franz Josef Och site
Google Translate blog

Google Technology RoundTable: Human Language Technology [Aug 21, 2008]

Human language technology experts at Google, Franz Josef Och and Mike Cohen discuss their exciting research in machine translation and speech technology with Alfred Spector, Google VP of Research and Special Initiatives.

Acer’s decision of restructuring: a clear sign of accepting the inevitable disintegration of the old PC (Wintel) ecosystem and the need for joining one of the new ecosystems under formation

Acer’s latest decision is also based on the so called Stan’s Smiling Curve — see much below — which was used already twice for understanding the restructuring needs in times of radical changes in the industry. This is the reason why product value, associated R&D and focusing on telecom channels (= more effective distribution, marketing and sales/aftersales) are emphasized along with consumer oriented products:

Follow-Up (Aug 2, 2011):
Acer & Asus: Compensating lower PC sales by tablet PC push [March 29, 2011 with comprehensive update on Aug 2, 2011] which is showing serious technical and market problems with the original version of Honeycomb

Update: Global PC Shipments Dip 3.2% in Q1: IDC [April 29]

Although the forecast for the quarter was already conservative–IDC expected a mere 1.5% growth in shipments–a steady but still cautious business mentality and waning consumer enthusiasm persisted. A spike in fuel and commodity prices and the disruptions in Japan added to the mix, further dampening a market struggling to maintain momentum, the major international market research firm said.

Despite promising economic sentiments, mature regions appear to be more focused on necessary replacements as a relative dearth of compelling reasons were present to buy secondary PCs. Emerging markets fared better due to lower saturation rates, but also slowed somewhat with Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan) region (APEJ) slowing to a 5.6% growth and China continuing to cool off after a momentous 2010.

Taiwan-based Acer was affected by continued turbulence in Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) region, its biggest market. Moreover, the vendor is stilling feeling the pullback in the Mini Notebook (netbook) and consumer space, while its upcoming tablet PCs have yet to fill in the void. In the U.S., Acer also ceded its place to a surging Apple in the major market.

Top 5 Vendors, Worldwide PC Shipments, Q1` 20111 (Preliminary)
(Units Shipments are in thousands)

Rank Vendor Q1`11 Shipments Market Share Q11`0 Shipments Market Share YoY
Growth
1 HP 15,191 18.9% 15,624 18.8% -2.8%
2 Dell 10,284 12.8% 10,469 12.6% -1.8%
3 Acer Group 9,039 11.2% 10,733 12.9% -15.8%
4 Lenovo 8,172 10.1% 7,028 8.4% 16.3%
5 Toshiba 4,809 6.0% 4,634 5.6% 3.8%
Others 33,062 41.0% 34,712 41.7% -4.8%
All Vendors 80,557 100.0% 83,200 100.0% -3.2%
Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly PC Tracker, April 13, 2011

Worth to read along with this: Gartner: media tablets are the new segment next to mobile PCs and desktops, as well as web- and app-capable mobile phones [April 16, 2011]

Update: Acer appoints new president, adjusts corporate organization [April 20, 2011]

Acer on April 19 announced the appointment of Jim Wong, originally corporate senior vice president and IT Products Group president, as new corporate president effective immediately. The company has also separated its IT product global operations into two independent entities, Touch Business Group (Touch BG) and PC Global Operations (PCGO).

Touch BG consists of the original tablet PC and smartphone teams and is led by the new corporate president Jim Wong, while PCGO was originally the main PC product team and is led by president Campbell Kan, former vice president for smart hand-held business unit.

Acer has also set up three functional offices, Chief Marketing Office responsible for brand positioning and marketing strategies, Chief Technology Office for mid- to long-term business planning and integration of technologies, and Operation Analysis Office for studying and analyzing company business models and financial affairs.

In addition, Acer forecasts that its PC shipments in the second quarter of 2011 will decrease 10% on quarter mainly due to the impact of the corporate reorganization, inventory adjustments in main markets, and off-season effects.

Update: Acer changes business strategy from pushing volume to value, says chairman [April 8, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Acer, in the future, will no longer push only shipment volumes, but will spend more time seeking product value and developing products that consumers need. To accomplish this, Acer will be seeking more R&D talent in the future, Wang noted.

Wang pointed out that a revolution is already in progress in the IT industry and Acer’s change in strategy is a must and the revolution will not only appear in the smartphone and the tablet PC industries. Wang used examples and noted that Microsoft’s Windows 8 operating system for 2012 will add support for ARM-based system-on-chip (SoC) platforms, and the software giant’s new move will completely change notebook and netbook’s designs in the future as future notebooks and netbooks will also feature instant boot capability, and Acer must catch up with all these opportunities.

In addition, Acer will also put more focus on developing technologies such as Clear Fi, touchscreen and software user interfaces, as well as working deeply into telecom channels.

Update: Acer increases Iconia tablet PC orders for April [April 12, 2011]

Taiwan-based PC brand vendor Acer has increased its April tablet PC orders to 500,000-800,000 units, aiming to compete against Motorola, RIM and Hewlett-Packard’s (HP’s) tablet PCs, according to sources from upstream component makers.

The sources pointed out that the 10-inch model is assembled by Compal Electronics with 7-inch model handled by Quanta Computer. Although Acer only placed a small amount of tablet PC orders in March, the company has significantly raised its orders in April with volume for 10-inch models reaching 400,000-600,000 units.

As US-based telecom carrier AT&T is already set to start selling Acer’s Iconia Tab A501, if Acer can also cut into Verizon’s channel, the company is expected to be able to challenge Motorola’s Xoom tablet PC. Acer internally forecasts to ship 5-7 million tablet PCs in 2011.

Acer has also recently started reducing its shipment proportion for netbooks and is aiming to have its tablet PC products cover the gap.

Acer also released a new company logo to show that the company is heading into a new direction and is aiming to create a new brand value.

Update: Acer changes its logo, hopes to start afresh [April 11, 2011]

Acer to initiate corporate restructuring, chairman says [April 1, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

The emergence of tablet PCs has made a strong impact on sales of consumer notebooks and netbooks, making Acer’s strategy ineffective, and therefore Acer has to initiate a corporate restructuring, Acer chairman JT Wang has said.

Wang, who has assumed the post of CEO at Acer after former CEO Gianfranco Lanci resigned on March 31, said Acer will appoint a global president at the end of April.

Wang said as CEO he will be responsible for finance, personnel and global marketing, while the president will supervise product design, product innovation, procurement and logistics services.

Acer’s president for Europe Walter Deppler, president for North America, Emmanuel Fromont, president for China, Oliver Ahrens and chief marketing officer Gianpiero Morbello are all expected to stay at their current posts, Wang said.

Wang also insisted that it is still not necessary for Acer to lower its shipment target for tablet PCs at the moment. Acer aims to ship 5-7 million tablet PCs in 2011.

See as well the following trend-tracking posts of mine. Without reading of them this trend-tracking post of “further information collection” could not be complete:
Acer & Asus: Compensating lower PC sales by tablet PC push [March 29, 2011]
Changing purchasing attitudes for consumer computing are leading to a new ICT paradigm [Jan 5, 2011]
ASUS, China Mobile and Marvell join hands in the OPhone ecosystem effort for “Blue Ocean” dominance [March 8, 2011]
Be aware of ZTE et al. and white-box (Shanzhai) vendors: Wake up call now for Nokia, soon for Microsoft, Intel, RIM and even Apple! [Feb 21, 2011]
Marvell to capitalize on BRIC market with the Moby tablet [Feb 3, 2011]

‘Mutant viruses’ sicken Acer, Asustek [March 29, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Sales of their own-branded computers have taken a big hit and now the companies are scaling back unit volume projections for the first quarter. In fact, growth will be negative as these two netbook pioneers struggle to regain their footing in the face of the iPad onslaught.

Back in September, Stan Shih called Apple products “mutant viruses,” telling the Asian technorati gathered to hear his speech that his company, Acer, and other Asian PC boxen makers would eventually overcome the threat posed by the iPad, iPhone and insurgent Mac. However, that pronouncement was followed in October by the news that Apple Mac unit volume surpassed Acer in the US.

Acer founder Stan Shih -- 15-Oct-2009

Talk of the day — Acer needs reengineering: founder [March 30, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Acer Inc., the world’s second-largest computer vendor, needs reengineering and repositioning because its previous winning formula is not effective any more, its founder Stan Shih said Tuesday.

Shih, who no longer manages the Taiwan-based multinational computer group but still controls a huge stake in the company, made the suggestion on the sidelines of a cultural seminar.

His advice came after Acer unexpectedly lowered its PC sales estimate for the first quarter of this year last Friday and gave a conservative forecast for its Q2 business prospects.

Acer revised its forecast on Q1 PC sales downward, from an annual increase of 3 percent to an annual decline of 10 percent, citing weaker demand in western Europe and the United States.

The following are excerpts from the local [Taiwanese] media coverage of Shih’s remarks:

Economic Daily News:

Shih acknowledged that smartphones and tablets have had a significant impact on the personal computer industry.

He expressed the view that Apple’s products, such as iPhone and iPad, have brought new visions and new concepts to the technology industry.

The prevalence of smartphones and tablets has made Acer’s original target of expanding its global PC market share obsolete, ” Shih said. “It’s no longer meaningful for Acer to pursue growth in sales volume. Acer should from now on focus upgrading its profit margins.”

Because of changing business environment, Acer underwent a major re-engineering almost once every 10 years.
In 1992, Acer reshaped its increasingly bloated organization under a lean and mean strategy. During the period, Shih came up with a “smiling curve theory” that stressed the importance of branding and research and development.

Its second reengineering effort came in 2000 when the company incurred huge losses because its contract production often hindered its branding efforts. Acer decided that year to spin off its contract manufacturing business while focusing on selling its brand-named PCs.

Over the past decade, Acer has emerged as the world’s second largest PC brand.

Now the company is at a crossroad again. Shih said Acer has only lowered its business forecast and has not incurred any losses.

“But its misforecast indicates that the PC market is undergoing substantial changes, ” Shih said. “The unexpected slow sales in Q1 should serve as a wake-up call. It’s time for Acer to undergo its third wave of re-engineering and re-positioning.”

Noting that Apple not only sells products but also sell services and that HP has announced its decision to install its Web OS system in its PCs, Shih said Acer should come up with new strategies to sustain its growth. (March 30, 2011).

Commercial Times:

Shih said it’s all too common for a business corporation to hit snags or face challenges.

“What counts most is change and re-engineer,” Shih said.

For Acer, he noted, the most urgent now is re-positioning and reshaping in order to achieve a breakthrough.

Shih suggested that Acer maintain transparency in its reengineering efforts and strengthen communications with the business community to bridge gaps in market expectations.

Thanks to Apple’s contributions, new business models have emerged, with close cooperation between smartphone and telecommunciation service operators, Shih said.

In the face of this new market trend, Acer should act quick and change fast, he stressed. (March 30, 2011).

===============================================================
*******************************************************************************
===============================================================

Stan’s Smiling Curve

Acer -- the Stan Shih Smile Curve

Smiling (Smile) Curve theory was invented by Stan Shih Ex CEO of Acer Computer in his 1992 book. The theory gained its popularity due to the fact it outlines the industrial structure of Taiwan, specifically the electronic industry at the time. The smile curve’s left hand side includes the technology, patent, research and development. The middle section includes assembly, manufacturing. On the right hand of the curve is marketing distribution and after service. The x-axis is showing the value chain (stage of production) from the concept to end user. The y-axis is for the value-added.

Based on this vision, Acer has adopted a business strategy to recreate itself from a manufacturer into a company that focuses on global marketing of brand-name PC-related products and services. Meanwhile, Acer also has invested aggressively in R&D to develop innovative technology. The concept later became widely cited to describe the distribution of value-adding potentials in various industries to justify business strategies aimed at higher value-adding activities.

More information on that in terms of recent (2007) circumstances see: The Knowledge Based Economy [April 25, 2007]:

Michael Nystrom: … manufacturing does indeed appear to be the lowest value input. This is why, the capitalists say, the world has evolved to the point that it has. “We think, they sweat,” they say. We of course, are the Americans and they are the sweating Asians.

Clever, isn’t it? But I have a nagging feeling there is something wrong with the theory, though I’m not exactly sure what. Perhaps I’m too rooted in the old economy, unable yet to adjust to the idea of the “knowledge economy.” But I have a feeling there is something more.

What is wrong, if anything, with the model? Or am I just a dinosaur?

Mike Shedlock / Mish: … there is nothing wrong with that chart. One can clearly look at China, India, and SE Asia in general and see without a doubt what is happening. And in spite of enormous increases in [the price of] raw materials, the prices of finished goods have barely risen.

Are cars, boats, pottery, computers, monitors, printers, light fixtures, etc keeping up with the prices of raw materials that make them? Clearly the answer is no. The curve reflects what is happening. In fact, the curve represents additional profit that can be had by shifting manufacturing to low cost providers. That is in essence the very foundation of global wage arbitrage. However, You are missing several key points.

Key Points

  1. Global wage arbitrage is not just about manufacturing
  2. The US has no intrinsic brainpower advantage
  3. The smile curve is flattening

… [worth to read in entirety]

Comments by Stan Shih at Year 2004 (from Me Too Is Not My Style, Update Edition* [August 8, 2010]):

[to the Chapter 3: A Lesson in Intellectual Property]

According to Stan’s Smiling Curve, the research/development innovation in the intellectual properties (IP) portion is the key of future industrial and corporate competitiveness, in the knowledge-based economics. The IP development should be based on the market need; otherwise it will be un-marketable technologies which are the mistakes many entrepreneurs and IP owners often make. In the new economy, creating a new business model is also a kind of an IP development. Again, it has to be profitable to be sustainable; if not, it will be just self-indulgence. Acer has set up Acer Value Lab to master the market need and develop the technologies and products, from the viewpoints of the users. (Please refer to Chapter 7 “The Smiling Curve for a New Century” in “Millennium Transformation—Change Management of New Acer”.)

[to the Chapter 9: Paradigm Shift in the Information Technology Industry]

I proposed the theory of “Stan’s Smiling Curve” to illustrate the new tendency in 1992, at which time the information technology industries had started to dis-integrate into up-, mid-, and down-streams. This was
different from the integrated PC business by those earlier computer companies. After the onset of dis-integration, PC industries have gone through many important changes, including a complete outsourcing model, the merger of Fujitsu and Siemens, and HP merged Compaq. Recently, some investors propose that do not invest the PC companies except Dell and Apple Computer, both whose positioning are exceeding a PC company. During the process of this industrial change, Acer has successfully repositioned. We gradually expand the product lines and
enhance the IT service businesses, and have become an exceeding PC company. We were lucky to catch the earlier opportunity and have transformed into a branding and marketing service company.

[to the Chapter 11: “Go Game Strategy” and “Stan Smiling Curve”]

“Stan’s Smiling Curve” theory has been well-recognized internationally in a variety of industries. In addition to the IT industries, consumer-electronics, and software industry, the similar development has been seen in semiconductor, digital learning, and agricultural industries. All the industries and companies should go toward the both ends on “Stan’s Smiling Curve”. That is, to enhance the research and development, and marketing, so that the corporate value can be generated. I had also designed two value formulas: corporate value formula and brand value formula. (Please refer to Chapter 8 “Creating Brand Value” in “Millennium Transformation – Change Management of New Acer”.)

* original publication:  Stan Shih, Me-Too Is Not My Style: Corporate visions, Strategies and Business Philosophies of the Acer Group, 1996; The Acer Foundation

Millennium Transformation – Change Management for New Acer [August 8, 2010]):

[from the Preface for the New Edition [Me Too Is Not My Style, Update Edition] Learn the Future from the Past:]
Then, I wrote the book “Millennium Transformation”, in which Acer’s highlights from 1996 to 2004 was recorded, following the first two decades of Acer described in this book. During the eight years illustrated in “Millennium Transformation”, Acer had gone through several significant transitions, especially the second re-engineering at the year end of 2000. The changes of background and decision processes of these transitions were more dramatic than that in the first re-engineering in 1992. After the 2nd re-engineering, Acer has successfully broke the growth limit and created another peak of business.

From: http://www.stanshares.com.tw/StanShares/portal/ebook/index.aspx

This is a Chinese based website [www.stanshares.com.tw ]. It is mainly about Mr. Stan Shih, the founder of Acer Group/ Chairman of iD SoftCapital Group, sharing his concept of management and philosophy of life.

It also includes 2 English books by Mr. Stan Shih – “Me Too Is Not My Style” and “Millennium Transformation – Change Management for New Acer“. If you are interested, you are welcomed to read it on-line or download the books for free.

[all his books: http://www.stanshares.com.tw/stanshares/portal/book/index.aspx]

===============================================================
*******************************************************************************
===============================================================

CEO and President Gianfranco Lanci’s resignation:

Acer trade volume erupts after pep talk by founder [March 31, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Trade volume for shares of Acer Inc. erupted yesterday after its founder gave a pep talk, urging that the company should not focus on being No. 1 so much as it should on increasing profitability, in the midst of fierce competition from smart phone and tablet PC makers.

Acer last Friday shocked the PC industry by slashing its sales forecast for Q1 from an increase of 3 percent year-on-year to a decline of 10 percent. The company’s stock fell to its daily limit both on Monday and Tuesday, with foreign institutional investors selling a total of 6,273 units on Tuesday alone. Each stock unit is 1,000 shares of that stock.

Investment trust firms pretty much followed in foreign investors’ footsteps, while securities firms were on the buy side both on Monday and Tuesday.

What was seen as motivational talk by ever so iconic Acer founder Stan Shih Tuesday put an end to the selling spree yesterday, as the shares closed with total trade volume of 148,000 units. The stock however closed down again, albeit by a much smaller margin of 3.8 percent, to NT$60.7, still above the critical NT$60 level. The TAIEX dropped nearly 50 to 8,646.31.

Tuesday, Shih, who still serves as a director on Acer’s board, urged the PC giant to undergo another restructuring effort to ward off competition from smart phone and tablet PC makers.

We’re only slashing our sales forecast, not reporting a loss,” he said. “Yet the mere fact that we had to downgrade a number that we had had wholehearted confidence in suggests the kind of challenge we’re faced with.”

He pointed out that Acer undergoes a major restructure effort about every ten years. “Now is about the time,” Shih said.

He said Acer first has to abandon its “No. 1 in the market” mentality. Given diminishing profit margins that PC manufacturers are faced with, the correlation between No. 1 and profitability is no longer absolute, he said.

Being No. 1 in the market is only a superficial victory, something that makes our faces look good,” he said. “Yet realistically, we could have lost more through an erosion of earnings and profitability.”

He said what Acer needs to do, as Apple has proved time and again, is to “sell products” as well as “sell service.” The business model in which a manufacturer purely makes hardware will no longer work, he said.

Acer must seek to change: founder [March 31, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Acer Inc founder Stan Shih on Tuesday (March 29) said that the the world’s second largest PC maker must “seek to change.” The company has repeatedly made inaccurately forecasts for its performance outlook, seriously disappointing shareholders and damaging the company’s image.

Shih told Taiwan PC maker’s management team that it was common for enterprises to encounter operating difficulties, though he was quick to add that Acer’s current problems may suggest its past formula for success has now become outdated.

Shih’s remarks are viewed by many in the industry as a sign that Acer will launch a third round of restructuring in the near future following similar moves in 1992 and 2000.

Acer’s latest inaccurate forecast was admitted on Friday (Mar. 25) when the company unexpectedly revised downward its revenue forecast for the first quarter. However, just a week earlier, senior Acer officials had assured foreign investors at a forum that their previous export growth prediction for the company for January to March remained unchanged.

The subsequent revision seemed to indicate Acer had failed to grasp the trend in a fast-changing world market.

Last year, the Acer founder also raised the idea of restructuring. However, his remarks this week were more direct and strident. “When a company is faced with problems and difficulties, it must make internal adjustments, change the old mode of thinking, establish new core competencies and look forward,” he said.

Shih said that when the broad circumstances are changing, companies must face up to the challenges and devise countermeasures. “This industry very obviously has entered into the era of mobile phones and telecommunications. Tablet computers and handsets have become the mainstream. I must say we should thank Apple for opening a way for everyone to follow.”

Looking back to the company’s 2000 reforms, a change which Shih said he had originally expected to take two to three years to push through. In fact, he said, it took only one year for the company to achieve its goals.

Shih attributed the latest gap between forecast and performance to a lack of good communication with the outside world. As for whether Acer will continue to pursue the target of becoming the world’s top 1 own brand PC maker, he said, “No. 1 is no longer that important, because even if you occupy the largest market share, it still would not guarantee high profits. So what is important is to look for change.”

Acer’s 1992 corporate reforms proved successful in part because the company acquired the laptop computer division of Texas Instruments and also partly because it recruited an outsider, Gianfranco Lanchi, as its general manager.

However, in the last two to three years many of Acer’s senior executives have retired, with the company bringing in larger numbers of foreign nationals to join its management team. This development has raised worries among employees that Acer has been following a policy of “de-Taiwanizing.”

In the last two trading days, Acer’s shares have dropped by the daily limit, causing the company’s market valuation to shrink by NT$26 billion (US$882 million).

Acer CEO Gianfranco Lanci with Dadi Perlmutter head of Intel Architecture Group at Computex 2010

Acer CEO and President Gianfranco Lanci resigns – With immediate effect [Acer press release, March 31, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Acer CEO and President Gianfranco Lanci has resigned from the company, with immediate effect. Acer Chairman J.T. Wang takes acting role in the interim. The company has commenced with the planning of organizational and operational adjustments for the sustainable future of Acer.

The resignation was approved at a meeting of Acer’s Board of Directors today, and the company has communicated internally with its worldwide employees.

On the company’s future development, Lanci held different views from a majority of the board members, and could not reach a consensus following several months’ of dialog. They placed different levels of importance on scale, growth, customer value creation, brand position enhancement, and on resource allocation and methods of implementation.

The change does not affect current operations which are functioning as normal. Acer’s strong management team of multi-nationals has been well-informed and is committed to overseeing and implementing the company strategies, as does the amicable company relations with industry partners persist. Acer will continue to push for globalization, follow its multi-brand and channel business model, develop competitive products and services, and foster closer relations with key vendors and channel partners.

Acer Chairman, J.T. Wang expresses, “The personal computer remains the core of our business. We have built up a strong foundation and will continue to expand within, especially in the commercial PC segment. In addition, we are stepping into the new mobile device market, where we will invest cautiously and aim to become one of the leading players.”

“In this new ICT industry,” continued Wang, “Acer needs a period of time for adjustment. With the spirit of entrepreneurship, we will face new challenges and look to the future with confidence.”

In his role as President and CEO, Lanci has contributed significantly toward Acer’s growth. The company expresses its true appreciation for Lanci’s efforts and wishes him all the best in his future endeavors.

Some reports on that resignation:
Acer CEO Lanci Quits After Clashing With Board; Wang Takes Over [Bloomberg BusinesWeek, March 31, 2011]:

The 56-year-old executive earned a civil engineering degree from the Politecnico of Turin, where he was born. He joined Texas Instruments Inc.’s Italian unit in 1981 and became country manager for the Portable Computers and Printers Division in Italy, the Middle East and Africa by age 37, according to Acer’s website. In 1997, he was named managing director of Acer Italy after Texas Instruments’ portable PC business merged with Acer.

Lanci, who enjoys reading and playing tennis, was promoted to president of the International Operations Business Group in 2003 after heading Acer’s operations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, according to Acer.

Wang, born two months before Lanci, became chairman in 2008 after Lanci succeeded him as CEO. Wang has a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from National Taiwan University and an Executive Master of Business Administration degree from Taiwan’s National Cheng-Chi University.

Acer CEO Lanci quits after boardroom bust up [MicroScope.co.uk, March 31, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

Acer has the lowest operating expense in the PC industry base and used strong relationships with the Original Design Manufacturers (ODMs) to offer price points that lured consumers in and underpinned its rise to the top.

However, consumer confidence and growing interest in tablet PCs resulted in an abrupt end to booming mainstream notebook sales, and highlighted Acer’s reliance on the segment, despite its efforts to diversify through acquisition.

Ranjit Atwal, principal analyst at Gartner, told MicroScope that Acer had made a good fist of becoming a major player in the PC space but the consumer boom was over and its efforts to build in the professional market were more muted.

Fundamentally, Acer’s business model is predicated on maintaining volumes in consumer mobile PCs which allows them to maintain and increase margins. But consumers are now generally backing off buying traditional PCs,” he said.

Atwal said that Acer’s efforts in the professional mid-market, led by the Gateway brand in Europe, had not compensated for the drop in consumer demand.

“Given that the professional market is moving away from a box mentality – most vendors are trying to provide solutions the whole sale is becoming more complicated in terms of how you get to the business customer,” he said.

Acer Joins AMD In Not Having a CEO [Softpedia, March 31, 2011]:

Hearing that AMD, even after so much time, still doesn’t have a permanent head figure probably has consumers wondering, but it looks like Acer might just go through a similarly tumultuous period now that its own CEO resigned.

Consumers keeping track of happenings on the IT industry will most likely have learned of how Advanced Micro Devices has been bereft of a Chief Executive Officer for months now.

The previous one, Dirk Meyer, left the company about two months ago and actually came as a surprise.
Now, Acer has provided onlookers with a similar surprise, as CEO and President Gianfranco Lanci has submitted his resignation.

Gianfranco Lanci Calls It Quits As Acer CEO [mocoNews.net, March 31, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

Has the impact of the iPad 2 claimed its first executive victim?

In November the company made a big splash showing off its newest mobile computing devices.

This was a departure from its traditional main line of business of making PCs, and the hybrid culture resulted in at least one curious product that, depending on who you asked, was either innovative or just plain odd: the Iconia (pictured), in which what appears to be a laptop on the outside unfolds to reveal a two-screened tablet on the inside.

But since November, things, as they say, have moved on, and new product launches from other Android players as well as Apple (NSDQ: AAPL) with its iPad 2 have clearly shaken up Acer.

J.T. Wang remaining at the helm:

Acer chairman JT Wang -- 31-May-2010 2010 Time 100 selects Acer’s J.T. Wang as one of world’s most influential people [April 30, 2010]

CEO of Acer Group and also the chairman of Taipei Computer Association (TCA) was listed in number two spot under the Leaders category of the recently Time Magazine’s annual top 100 world’s most influential people. Top world’s leader and individuals including Brazilian President Luis Inacio Lula da Silva, US Pres. Barack Obama, former US Pres. Bill Clinton, Sarah Palin, Apple’s Steve Jobs, Oprah Winfrey, Lady Gaga and etc were listed.

J.T. Wang By Michael Schuman [Time Magazine Apr. 29, 2010] (emphasis is mine)

One of the great trends of the next decade will be the rise of Asian companies. Long known for efficiency and manufacturing prowess, they’re now becoming more adept at the “soft” elements of business — marketing, design, branding and strategy — and that’s making them fiercer competitors.

J.T. Wang, 55, CEO of the Taiwanese PC maker Acer Group, is a harbinger of the future. When Wang became top executive in 2005, it ranked fifth in the global PC market. Acer has since stormed up the charts to No. 2, with more than 14% of the market, ahead of Dell and behind only HP.

Wang, who has worked at Acer for 29 years, is winning out with his knack for tapping into consumer trends — jumping headfirst, for example, into the craze for netbooks. “We don’t judge,” Wang once said. “We do what the customer really wants.”

Acer’s old directional statements back in November, 2010:

Acer Aims for 15% Revenue Growth in 2011 [Nov 2, 2010] (emphasis is mine)

Optimistic about PC market prospects, the Taiwan-based Acer Inc., now the world`s second largest PC vendor now, aims to achieve a 15% sales revenue growth in 2011, with notebook PC shipment to exceed 50 million units, according to the firm`s chairman J.T. Wang. This has showed Wang`s ambition to unseat HP in the market.

Wang also shows his optimism about PC market outlooks in 2011, indicating that prices of notebook PCs in the global market will remain steady throughout the year. The market situation will also help to stabilize the ASP (average selling price) of its products in the year.

Not worried about Apple`s iPad tablets gradually replacing netbook PCs in sales, Wang also commented on the rise of Apple`s iPad tablets, saying that the phenomenon has brought about positive momentum in the global PC market, and that scale of the segment will continue growing in 2011. Worth mentioning is that Acer will accelerate its foray into the segment, planning to release its newest tablet PC running Microsoft`s operating system this month. The firm`s Android-based tablet is slated for debut next year.

To adapt his firm to an ever-changing market, Wang stated that each of Acer`s devices will be installed with the software “Acer Clear.fi” starting in the first quarter of next year, which will satisfy its customers with better hardware integration so as to help enhance value of its products.

Acer`s CEO Gianfranco Lanci added that the firm will step up exploring emerging markets as Brazil, Russia, India, Indonesia, etc. [i.e. BRIC] Hopefully, the firm will take over HP`s leading position in the global market for notebook PCs next year.

Acer to Set Up 2nd Chinese Headquarters in Chongqing [Nov 4, 2010] (emphasis is mine)

Acer will also rally its contract manufacturers, including Compal and Wistron, and supply-chain member firms to establish factories in the city, thereby forming a complete manufacturing clustering. The company is scheduled to sign a contract with Chongqing City government for the project in December.

The Chongqing headquarters will be essential for Acer to expand its presence in the Chinese market, in order to become the world`s leading PC brand. Gianfranco Lanci, chief executive officer of Acer, reported that the company has targeted raising the share of the Chinese market in its total revenue to 20% by 2013, up from 7% now.

Acer Steps Up Market Push in Mainland China [March 23, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Acer Inc. is stepping up market push in mainland China by building partnership with the mainland`s retailers.

Almost one month after signing a pact to provide electronics retail chain Suning Corp. with US$500 million worth of computers in two years, Acer recently licensed online electronics retail chain 360buy.com to offer after-sales service in the mainland for it.

It`s the first ever after-sales service licensing that Acer has signed with a mainland Chinese retailer, showing the company`s determination to boost sales in the mainland. 360buy.com raked in revenue of RMB10 billion (US$1.5 billion at US$1:RMB6.5) in 2010, up 100% from 2009.

Last year, Acer signed a contract to provide the online retailer with RMB100 million (US$15 million) worth of notebook computers.

When a trade mission composed of representatives from heavyweight enterprises in Nanjing visited Taiwan in February, Acer signed an agreement to supply US$500 million worth of computing products to the Nanjing-based Suning.

Acer Chairman J.T. Wang pointed out that his company`s sales through Suning spiked seven folds in the second half last year from the same period of a year earlier. The retailer is operating 1,400 shops in the mainland. Wang estimated Acer`s sales through the chain to further rise three folds this year.

Acer has projected its sales in the mainland at US$2.5 billion for the year, surging 70% from last year. In the meantime, the company`s market share in the mainland is estimated to rise to 13-15%, up from current 10%.

Acer`s sales in the West have slumped because of maturity of the markets there, prompting the company to depend on mainland China for huge growth in the years to come.

Thus the originally planned BRIC focus, especially the mainland China part has been unable to sustain Acer’s old strategy of growth!

Regarding what one of the options for restructuring could be:

Should Acer consider a Nokia type deal with Microsoft – but for laptops? [March 30, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

If the agreement between Nokia and Microsoft works out in the end it is a big win for both companies, and the consumer. Microsoft gets a dedicated partner willing to do whatever it can to promote Windows Phone 7 and Nokia gets the inside track to the Windows Phone 7 OS.

Now, I have said here before that I believe that Microsoft should be taking a strong role in the hardware end of the business that its Windows platform runs on. We have that in a limited scope with the Microsoft Signature brand laptops and desktops available in the Microsoft Stores.

In this aspect the consumer is a big winner because they know that they are getting a computer that has been optimized to run the Windows operating system at its best. No more of the crap ladened computer with sub-optimal components in pretty boring shells.

Today Stan Shih, Founder of Acer, said at an event in Taipei that the company needed to rethink its philosophy when it comes to being the world’s biggest PC vendor and focus on better and more distinguishable products.

If this indeed the case maybe Stan and Steve should sit down together and see if they can help each other out in the same fashion that Nokia is working with Microsoft.

There is no doubt that Acer build some really good hardware but by forging an alliance with Microsoft they could possibly gain some freedom to come up with some innovative and cool shells for their good hardware.

From Microsoft’s side I am sure that a special deal could be offered up in regards to its software whether it be consumer or enterprise.

This doesn’t even bring up the fact that Acer is getting into the mobile market as a handset maker, although this might be off the table given the Nokia deal.

This is pure speculation and will likely never happen but an interesting idea all the same.

Deeper background:

This is what happens when the essential creator of the PC (Wintel) ecosystem, Microsoft Corporation is repeatedly failing to deliver the next great client offering despite its numerous claims in the row from as far back as January 2010.

See what happened in that regard:
HP’s Windows 7 Slate Device Revealed by Steve Ballmer [Techmeme, Jan 6 – Jan 10, 2010]
Windows slates in the coming months? Not much seen yet [this trend-tracking blog, July 13 – Oct 9, 2010]

This is what happens when:
– things are continuing with Microsoft stance of just talking about Windows slates but no products on the horizon plus Windows Phone 7 will come out only in November
– while at the same time Apple and Google/Android are creating a very fast growing, new consumer market for computer powered client devices, and as a consequence:

1. Goldman downgrades Microsoft, makes case for major overhaul [Oct 3, 2010] along with which a radical proposal was put forward:

A break-up of the consumer businesses could potentially unlock hidden value, or more discipline on cost could turn the businesses into contributors to profitability and shareholder value. For example, the Xbox products could be an appealing stand-alone entity, given the historical success of the Xbox and the products’ brand strength, and the business could show unlocked value with forced cost discipline compared to as a piece of Microsoft. To date the company’s comments suggest that management still sees significant value in combining the consumer and enterprise efforts, but we view a foot in both camps as preventing a successful focus on one strategy, a la Oracle in the enterprise or Apple for consumers.

Gartner 630 with Ballmer at Gartner Symposium ITxpo Orlando 2010

2. And still in A Mastermind Interview With Steve Ballmer, CEO, Microsoft [Oct 21, 2010, see the video record which is clickable from there] on the Gartner Symposium/ITxpo Orlando 2010 Ballmer said (when confronted by that opinion) that Windows is Microsoft’s biggest consumer product and continued:

When people say nutty things like Goldman you ask what part of Windows would you like to spin out? There is no rationale. The reuse of technology across the consumer and enterprise is the way forward.

3. Moreover he argued for his position that Linux and Android is reused for both markets with the same code base—just like Windows.  Then he put forward his best argument against the idea that Microsoft should spin out a consumer business:

… is next to crazy. It’s next to the craziest discussion I’ve ever had. Nobody wants a different UI per device. … People want the same thing at work they wanted at their home. …

… [the fact that there were] 200 million plus Windows consumer PCs in the last year alone says there is a lot of people are thinking in that direction, across the world. … I know we have competitive challenge, but part of the challenge is people walk in [to their IT department] with their iPad saying I want it at work. They do want the same things at work that they have at home, whether that comes from us or from our competition. … People will ask for things at work that they love, that they buy with their own money .

4. While answering the 4th part of Gartner 630 (6 short anwers to simple questions in 30 seconds max) about the coolest product introduced or to be introduced in 2010 and indicating the Xbox Kinect coming in November he is getting teased by a quick question whether that will be the consumer version or the enterprise version to which he responds with (turning like an artist away from the interviewers and towards the audience):

Let me help these guys! What they don’t understand: cool starts at home.

Gartner 630 #2 with Ballmer at Gartner Symposium ITxpo Orlando 2010

This is what happens when despite of this clear understanding by Microsoft and its CEO that recognition was starting to be delevired ways too late as reported in detail by my other trend tracking posts:

ASUS Eee Slate based Windows marketing from Microsoft [March 21, 2011]

CES 2011 presence with Microsoft moving to SoC & screen level slot management that is not understood by analysts/observers at all [Jan 7, 2011]

while still unanswered questions remain:

How Microsoft is going to solve the problem of assuring HTML5 et al platform stability for web developers? See more information.

Microsoft’s upcoming CES 2011 announcement of a Windows slate overlay software for touch-first HTML5 applications could have true competitive impact on the overall tablet (iPad etc.) market, see more information. <<< this had not been delivered there (see CES 2011 presence with Microsoft … )

Microsoft has a new overall platform strategy based on evolving HTML 5, and an enhanced one for its own Windows client devices, see more information.<<< this had not been delivered yet (see CES 2011 presence with Microsoft … )

and generally it is still true that:

Microsoft and HTML 5: new platform?leading compliance?

although the new platform? question goes back to Microsoft going multiplatform? [Sept 17, 2010].

Acer & Asus: Compensating lower PC sales by tablet PC push

Update: Asustek Takes Aim at Apple With Latest Tablet [Aug 2, 2011]

Asustek Computer Inc. is reportedly planning to fight off Apple with its latest Transformer-coded tablet PC in anticipation that Apple will cut down prices of its iPad 2 when launching iPad 3 at retail prices on par with iPad 2`s launching prices.

Industry executives estimated Apple to offer discounted prices for iPad 2s in order to clear inventories before launching sales of iPad 3s by this Thanksgiving or next year. They forecast iPad 3s would go on sales at the same prices as iPad 2s’ launching prices.

If so, iPad 3s will pose a threat to non-Apple tablets. To counter, Asustek is reportedly planning to introduce its next generation of Transformer laptop, which doubles as tablet by removing an optional keypad, in October this year.

People familiar with Asustek`s plan say Asustek is working with its components suppliers on developing advantageous designs that can compete with iPad 3. They point out that 2G Transformer is lighter, thinner, quicker in response to switch on and off, and longer in battery work hour on each electrical charge. Asustek is said to offer one definite price tag for 2G Transformer to get rid of speculation on further price markdown, which can inspire consumers to delay the purchases.

Upbeat sales are expected for 2G Transformer as sales of its predecessor are impressive. Asustek sets to ship two million 1G Transformers throughout this year.

Industry executives pointed out that Asustek is among the non-Apple tablet makers that are gearing up to fight off Apple.

Comparative Tablet Teardowns Reveal iPad Design Advantages [IHS iSuppli, Aug 1, 2011]

In the 15 months since the introduction of the iPad, competitive tablet manufacturers still can’t match the design efficiency of Apple Inc.’s groundbreaking product, according to an IHS iSuppli Teardown Analysis of eight tablet modelsfrom information and analysis provider IHS (NYSE: IHS).“Since Apple controls both the operating system and hardware design of the iPad, it is able to attain design efficiencies that other tablet manufacturers cannot,” said Wayne Lam, senior analyst, competitive analysis, at IHS. “These efficiencies become obvious in areas like the memory [see the half size SDRAMs in the below table] and the battery, where Apple maintains advantages in cost, space savings and performance compared with every competitor in the business.”

Other tablet makers employ operating systems from third-party firms—such as Google Inc., which provides the Android software used in most competitive products on the market today. Many of these tablet makers also outsource the blueprints of their products to third parties, employing reference designs and design services from contract manufacturers.

This contrasts with the model employed by Apple, which uses its own operating system and maintains tight control of its design, components and contract manufacturers.

Apple takes a vertically integrated approach to its products, from the operating system to the user interface, to the hardware design, down to the selection of individual parts used in the device,” Lam noted. “For example, Apple even uses its own applications processor design in both the iPad and iPad 2. In contrast, Android tablet makers buy those capabilities from the likes of Nvidia, Texas Instruments and Qualcomm. This gives Apple greater control in multiple areas of product development.”

The table presents an overview of the results of the dissection of eight tablet models. Note that the BOM figures accounts only for hardware and manufacturing costs and do not take into consideration other expenses such as software, licensing, royalties or other costs.


*Motorola XOOM only comes in 32GB which retails for $799. We’ve normalized capacity for purpose of this comparative exercise
Source: IHS iSuppli Research, Aug 2011

iPad’s Memory and Battery Stay Slim
Apple’s control over the operating system allows it to reduce costs by limiting the quantity of memory in the iPad. In the current-generation iPad 2, the density of synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) is 512 megabytes—half that of the 1 gigabtye used in competitive designs. This memory density reduction results in a nearly $14 reduction in the BOM of the iPad 2 compared to other tablets. Likewise, the original iPad contained half as much SDRAM as comparable competitive devices with single-core applications processors.

The iPad’s efficient memory usage stems from the fundamental difference in the architecture of the operating system,” Lam said. “Apple’s iOS handles multitasking differently than other tablet operating systems, allowing it to reduce the amount of memory required to support the microprocessor.”

Also, Apple’s tight management of its product design, software integration and component selection also allow the iPad’s battery to be the thinnest of all competing tablet designs while still having the largest capacity.

Tablet Trends
Extensive teardown research also reveals how Apple is setting the pace in the tablet market in the areas of pricing and screen size.

Apple established the sweet spot for tablet pricing, pegged at $500 for the Wi-Fi version of the Apple iPad that included 16 gigabytes of NAND flash memory. Samsung reinforced this pricing standard with the 16-gigabyte version of the new Galaxy Tab 10.1 model.

Other tablets such as the BlackBerry Playbook from Research in Motion Ltd. and the TouchPad from Hewlett-Packard Co. have gravitated toward that price point as well.

Apple also is setting the standard for display sizes, with the iPad’s 9.7-inch screen becoming the default standard in the market. Although some tablets have been introduced with screens in the 7-inch range, notably RIM’s BlackBerry PlayBook and the upcoming HTC Flyer, the number of designs in the market with 10.1- and 9.7-inch displays have been more plentiful.

“Dual-ing” Tablets
The IHS iSuppli Teardown Analysis Service also illustrates the trend toward multi-core processors in tablet designs. Following the introduction of the Motorola Xoom in February and the iPad 2 in March, all new tablet designs within 2011 have included dual-core processors that deliver higher computing and graphical performance.

In 2012 IHS expects to see this trend to continue with the introduction of tablets featuring quad-core processors for even more enhanced performance.

Apple Rides High-Margin Hardware to Competitive Supremacy [IHS iSuppli, July 29, 2011]

As shown by iSuppli’s Teardown Analysis service, Apple commands hardware gross margins in the range of 50 percent on the iPhone, compared to 20 percent to 40 percent for competitive products.

These high margins are the product of the company’s unique approach to product design and Intellectual Property (IP). So far, competitors’ responses to the iPhone have been lookalike, brute-force solutions that throw money at expensive features. Such a tactic yields a higher Bill of Materials (BOM) and generates lower profits—but still doesn’t provide the same quality of user experience as Apple’s products.

Oil Money
The benefits of Apple’s high-margin hardware strategy recently have manifested themselves in the company’s titanic market capitalization. At a level of $234 billion, Apple’s capitalization exceeded that of Microsoft Corp., making Apple the largest technology company in the world based on this measure. In fact, among all types of companies worldwide, Apple’s market capitalization is second only to oil giant Exxon Mobil.

Meanwhile, Apple now holds a cash reserve of $23 billion, giving the company a massive war chest.

To put this into perspective, Apple could buy more than half of Nokia Corp. or all of Motorola Inc. just with its cash reserves—not that iSuppli actually expects the company to consider that.

Building Differentiation
While many companies have developed smartphones to compete with the iPhone based on assembling increasingly expensive subsystems, Apple has taken a unique approach.

For instance, Apple employs a touch controller Integrated Circuit (IC) from Broadcom Corp., but combines it with its own touch system architecture. In another example, Apple’s fingerprints are all over the new A4 processor used in the iPad. However, the A4 started with building blocks made by Samsung Electronics.

A third example is that Apple chose to build around Infineon Technologies’ baseband IC, rather than choosing a more encompassing Snapdragon solution from Qualcomm.

Apple’s Lucky Star
The stars have aligned for Apple, and the company’s hardware and design vision perfectly matches the demand for improving utility of the Internet.

The only company capable of directly challenging Apple’s prominence is Google Inc. Nonetheless, with the vast size of the market opportunity in the mobile world, iSuppli expects the two companies to profitably coexist.

At the same time, iSuppli expects Apple’s lead to extend. Given the variety of initiatives under way, iSuppli is convinced that Apple will offensively widen the gap that now exists relative to its peers, rather than simply extend the time defensively until others catch up.

Tablets to Power Growth of Mobile Broadband Market in 2011 [July 28, 2011]

Shipments of mobile broadband devices in 2011 are projected to climb to 157.9 million units, up from 100.1 million units in 2010. Aside from tablets, the mobile broadband segment includes devices such as notebook and netbook computers, as well as e-book readers.

This year’s growth rate for mobile broadband devices parallels the robust 57.4 percent expansion of 2010, and coming on top of a larger base affirms the market’s strong performance for the second year in a row. Shipments will continue to rise during the next few years but at lower rates, declining to 38.1 percent in 2012 and gradually trending downward until 11.0 percent in 2015 to some 350.7 million units. The five-year compound annual growth rate, computed from the starting year of 2010, stands at 28.5 percent.

Within the segment, tablets will represent the fastest-growing mobile broadband device this year with shipments projected to reach 58.9 million units, up a mighty 239.3 percent from 17.4 million in 2010.

“More than any wireless device, media tablets—exemplified by the best-selling iPad from Apple Inc.—appear to be at the forefront in boosting mobile broadband,” said Francis Sideco, principal analyst for wireless research at IHS. “Affecting everything from supply ecosystems to chipset design, to services, applications and business models, tablets are spurring innovation not just in the wireless sector but also across multiple industries,” Sideco noted.

In particular, media tablets are influencing every node of the value chain, including suppliers, device manufacturers, mobile network operators, third-party applications and service suppliers. In the supply node of the value chain, for instance, tablets impact not only how core chipsets and architectures are designed but also how chipset strategies are implemented and then marketed.

“The excitement surrounding tablets is primarily due to the virtually unlimited range of value-added services and applications that may be delivered through tablets because of their wireless networking capability,” Sideco said. “Whether tablets have built-in Wi-Fi or come with embedded 3G/4G chips, the wireless function of tablets enables them to transcend just merely being another cool gadget into a virtual storefront, with the potential to generate revenue for any number of downstream businesses and industries.”

Of the various ways to enable broadband access for consumer electronics devices, mobile hotspots and embedded chipsets are the fastest-growing methods, growing 25 to 50 percent faster than the overall market, Sideco noted. Key to their growth is the capability of mobile hotspots to combine data access for multiple devices while staying at the forefront of technology, as well as the flexibility of design enabled by chipset solutions in devices.

By 2015, the majority of mobile broadband devices will utilize the 4G wireless standard known as long term evolution (LTE), in line with consumer demand for faster speeds and, perhaps more important, lower latencies or delays from their mobile broadband networks.

“Growth in mobile broadband devices will drive an explosive increase in mobile data traffic, causing carriers to rapidly rethink their strategies for network and service deployments as well as data monetization,” Sideco said. “And as new players target the mobile device market, existing players at every node of the communications value chain will need to continually evolve their business strategies. Failure to do so in this dynamic market, with continually changing paradigms, will cause even well-established players to be relegated quickly to marginal roles.”

See also:
Netbook prices starting $50 less at $200 via Intel MeeGo strategy [July 29, 2011]
Tackling the Android tide [July 16, 2011]
Acer repositioning for the post Wintel era starting with AMD Fusion APUs [June 17, 2011]
Microsoft’s huge underperformance on mainland China market [May 30, 2011]
Amazon Tablet PC with E Ink Holdings’ Hydis FFS screen [May 3, 2011]
– from the original post of March 29 (moved up to here): ASUS Eee Slate based Windows marketing from Microsoft [March 21, 2011] which is presenting the Windows Slate value proposition based on the Eee Slate product of ASUS being the first real slate product for Microsoft and thus finally enabling Redmond to start the long awaited value proposition campaign (just a start for MS but a very important one to build the much wanted by it premium value proposition over tablets from Apple and Google/Android)
– from the original post of March 29 (moved up to here): Follow-up: Acer’s decision of restructuring: a clear sign of accepting the inevitable disintegration of the old PC (Wintel) ecosystem and the need for joining one of the new ecosystems under formation [April 1, 2011] Worth to read along with this: Gartner: media tablets are the new segment next to mobile PCs and desktops, as well as web- and app-capable mobile phones [April 16, 2011]

Acer Iconia Tab A100 finally available in August for $300 [July 29, 2011]

It’s been a long and twisted road for Acer’s 7-inch Honeycomb tablet, but after all the starts and stops, we’ve finally got an ETA for the Iconia Tab A100. According to an email sent out to Acer retail partners today, the slab should land in stores sometime in early August with a suggested price tag of $300 [becoming the first Honeycomb tablet in that size]. The Tegra 2-powered device was originally slated for a mid-May launch, but was reportedly held up by Honeycomb compatibility issues. Also arriving early August, is a pair of new Aspire notebooks: the 15.6-inch 5750Z and the 17.3-inch 7739Z, ringing in at $475 a piece. Both laptops rock 4GB of DDR3 RAM (upgradable to 8GB), 500GB of storage, and Intel Pentium processors. Given the extra three months Acer’s had to get the Iconia Tab A100 to market, that Honeycomb better taste extra sweet when it finally makes its debut.

Acer to ship 300,000-400,000 tablet PCs in 3Q11, say sources [July 25, 2011]

Acer is expected to take up delivery of 30,000 units of its 7-inch Iconia A100 tablet PCs from ODM Compal Electronics in July and increase the volume to 100,000 units in the August-September period, according to industry watchers.

More on Acer towards the end of Aug 2 Update.

Wintek to supply touch panels for use in Asustek tablet PC Eee Pad Transformer [Aug 2, 2011]

Taiwan-based Wintek has become the second supplier of touch panels for use in the second-generation Eee Pad Transformer tablet PC model to be launched by Asustek Computer in October 2011, according to Eee Pad Transformer supply chain makers.

In view of booming sales of the 10.1-inch first-generation Eee Pad Transformer, Asustek is having its supply chain well prepared for production of the second-generation model and therefore has selected Wintek to supply touch panels in addition to HannStar Display, which makes touch sensors produced by its subsidiary Sintek Photronic into touch panels, the sources pointed out. Wintek will begin small-volume shipments in the middle of the third quarter and shipments in large volumes will begin at the end of the quarter, the sources indicated.

Asustek shipped an estimated 400,000 Eee Pad Transformer tablet PCs in the second quarter of 2011 and aims to ship more than one million units in the third quarter, the sources noted.

Asustek to ship 300,000 Eee Pad Transformer tablets in June, says chairman [June 10, 2011]

Asustek Computer’s shipments of Eee Pad Transformer tablet PCs will reach 300,000 units as projected for June, and will account for 10% of total revenues for the month, according to company chairman Jonney Shih.

For the first half of 2011, total shipments of Eee Pad Transformers will top over 400,000 units compared to its target of 300,000, Shih added.

Shih made the remarks while Acer has lowered its tablet PC shipment target for 2011 from 7.5-10 million to five million units [then even lower to 2.5 million units, see much below in this August 2 Update]. But sources at component suppliers believe that Acer’s revised target still remains too high.

While Motorola Mobility has said that it shipped 250,000 Xoom tablets during the February-April period, the sources indicated total shipments of Xoom tablets will be below 500,000 units by the end of June.

Additionally, sales of Samsung’s Galaxy Tabs and HTC’s HTC Flyers tablets have been flat so far, the source added.

With plans to launch new models including sliding tablets and its Padfone, Asustek is confident that it will be able to sustain its goal to ship two million tables PCs in 2011, Shih stated.

Asustek sets prices lower for US-bound Eee Pad Transformer tablet PCs [May 23, 2011]

Asustek Computer has adopted an aggressive pricing strategy for its entry-level Eee Pad Transformer tablet PCs sold in the US market, a move which may force other vendors to adjust their pricing for comparable models, according to industry sources.

Asustek began to market its 10.1-inch Eee Pad Transformer in the US in May with the entry-level 16GB Wi-Fi only model priced at US$399.99, which equals roughly NT$11,500 compared to a price of NT$14,900 set in April when the device was initially launched in Taiwan.

Asustek is expected to ship two million tablet PCs in 2011, with the Eee Pad Transformer accounting for about 50% of total shipments, the sources estimate.

Facing price competition from Asustek, Acer reportedly is reviewing its pricing for comparable models sold in the US market, said the sources, noting that Acer currently sets the price of its 10.1-inch 16GB Iconia tablet PC at US$449.99.

Additionally, prices for Android 3.1-based tablet PCs to be launched by other vendors in the second half of the year may also be affected, with ASPs of Android 3.1 models likely to be dragged down by US$100, the sources commented.

ASUStek’s promotional video:
Eee Pad Transformer- My Multiple Lifestyle, I decide [April 12, 2011]

[ http://www.facebook.com/ASUSEee ]
Visit the ASUS Eee fan to know more product information and join campaigns.

Meet the ASUS Eee Pad Transformer, the best tablet choice for users looking for both media consumption and mobile productivity. Featuring an expandable keyboard docking station and a combined battery life of up to 16 hours, the Transformer is a 10.1″ tablet running the new Android 3.0 operating system, Honeycomb. Stay productive with Polaris® Office® or enjoy multimedia with Adobe® Flash®10.2 support. Combine it with ASUS’ intuitive Waveshare user interface and the most powerful hardware features available makes the Transformer an exciting portable device supporting both office work and social communication.

ASUStek’s product site:
Eee Pad Transformer TF101 [April 2, 2011]
already indicating Android 3.2

Android 3.2 comes to the Asus Eee Pad Transformer (while Acer’s tablet gets Android 3.1) [July 29, 2011]
Asus Eee Pad Transformer to get Google Android 3.2 starting July 28th
[July 27, 2011]

The latest version of Android doesn’t really bring much to the tablet for people that are already using Android 3.1. There’s better graphics support for some apps that were designed to run on smartphones, and some other minor tweaks. The key difference is that the operating system will run on 7 inch tablets with lower resolution screens, but you don’t really care about that if you’re already using a Transformer.

On the other hand, Asus appears to be bundling one minor update of its own with Android 3.2: After installing the update you’ll be able to use multitouch gestures on the touchpad on the optional keyboard dock accessory for the tablet.

See: ASUS Eee Pad Transformer Full Review Video [with 3.2 already] [14:38 long, July 30, 2011] if you are interested in an overall usage experience including bundled applications like ASUStek’s own Polaris® Office® 3.0:

… a professional mobile office Solution which enables users to edit various types of office documents including documents (.doc), spreadsheets (.xls) and presentation (.ppt) files, making the Transformer very attractive for professional use.

Asustek Jumps to No.4 Spot in China`s Tablet PC Market in Q2 [Aug 2, 2011]

The Taiwan-based Asustek Computer Inc., a world-caliber PC brand, scored a 4.2% share as the fourth-largest brand in the Chinese market for tablet PCs in the second quarter, outpacing Motorola and Lenevo, according to a local market research body Enfodesk.

Enfodesk`s report shows that sales of tablet PCs totaled 1.4414 million units in the market in the second quarter of this year, with Apple Inc. remaining No.1 with a dominant market share of 74.3%. The China-based eben and Samsung posted a share of 4.8% and 4.5%, respectively, for the No.2 and No.3 spot. Trailing Asustek, Motorola and Lenovo came fifth and sixth, respectively, with a 2.2% and 2.0% share.

Enfodesk`s analysts indicated that with more players joining the competition, the market will see increasingly intense competition. They pointed out HTC`s Flyer, for instance, has similar technical specifications as eben`s competing models, and hence is expected to capture some of its potential shares in the future.

While Apple`s iPad keeps dominating the market, Asustek`s EEE Pad Transformer, which has received raving reviews from foreign news agencies, like New York Times, for its cutting-edge keypad attachment and friendly selling prices, has quickly gained its ground. In addition to China, in fact, the product has also enjoyed hot sales in different countries of the world, helping the brand to offset a sales decline in netbook PCs so far this year.

But, now that few brands can narrow Apple`s lead in a short time, the competition for the No.2 spot in the market will become even more intense, especially when more low-priced generic tablet PCs have also hit the market to threaten these runner-ups, indicated market observers.

DisplaySearch`s survey findings show that global sales of generic tablet PCs sharply increased to 1.9 million units to command a 19.6% share of the total in the first quarter of this year, only next to Apple`s market share and higher than any of a single PC brand. Compared to branded models that sell for between RMB3,500 [US$544] and RMB5,000 [US$777], generic tablet PCs are commonly priced at RMB2,000 [US$311] and below, well received as low-end alternatives in the Chinese market.

Market Share Recorded by Tablet PC Brands in China in Q2, 2011
Ranking Brand Market Share
1 Apple 74.3%
2 eben 4.8%
3 Samsung 4.5%
4 Asustek 4.2%
5 Motorola 2.2%
6 Lenovo 2.0%

Source: Enfodesk

ASUS Transformer Review: Buy ASUS Eee Pad, iPad, Xoom or Galaxy? [May 19, 2011]

ASUS Transformer is quite good, brown color and texturized surface Android 3.0 Tablet, despite of its Laptop Like Looks. It has 1024px 10 inches display with an nVidia Tegra 2 Processor inside. It has almost 10hrs Battery Life [compares with 10 hours for the iPad 2].

ASUS Eee Pad lacks the 3G connectivity at the moment which will be available in next coming model. It has a built in HDMI port. This hybrid gadget can rightfully claim to be one of the best tablets in the market so far, with far [more] beautiful looks than the bulky Xoom and a price cheaper than Samsung Galaxy Tablet.

The tablet computers that compete with the iPad have mostly been uninspiring. The Eee Pad Transformer stands out with a design that isn’t just copied from the iPad: It’s a tablet that turns into a laptop.

For $399, $100 cheapestr than iPad, you get a tablet computer with a 10-inch screen and hardware that doesn’t cut corners. It’s fully usable on its own. For another $149, you can buy a keyboard that connects to the tablet. Together, they look and open like a small laptop.

The ASUS Eee Pad Transformer Display Screen uses the same technology as the iPad’s [see here: IPS Panel, 178° wide view angle], making it easy to read from any angle and in any orientation. It is slightly larger than the iPad’s and has a slightly higher resolution.

The ASUS Transformer tablet weighs 0.68 kg and has a rear 5MP camera that allows you to take picture with it, even if for some this can be quite uncomfortable. You can get the 16 GB version for 399$.

The ASUS Eee Pad Transformer Camera quality is so-so but more than adequate for videoconferencing through Google Talk. The Transformer has two cameras, as we expect from this year’s tablets.

This isn’t the first time we’ve seen small laptops running Android, but it is the first time ASUS Transformer runs Honeycomb, the first Android version specifically designed for tablets rather than smartphones. The update makes Android much better at taking advantage of a 10-inch screen.

But as tablet software, Android is still far behind Apple’s iOS software for the iPad. The biggest problem is the low quality and poor selection of applications from outside companies. Many of my favorite iPad apps, including Netflix and The Wall Street Journal are not available at all. Others, such as The New York Times, are available only in inferior versions, designed for the smartphone screen rather than the tablet.

I also had frequent crashes when using the applications. The Transformer is perhaps the best Android tablet out there, especially considering the price, but the software is still a major weakness. Still, the beautifully integrated keyboard should tempt people who don’t want to decide between a tablet and a laptop.

Honeycomb Market Unpredictable – Will not install apps [July 27, 2011]

We have 15 Motorola Xoom Tablets for a High School Classroom.  I have updated all of them to Android 3.2 (Honeycomb).  I have been testing installation of apps through the market and have had very unpredictable behavior on all the devices.  Sometimes I can install apps and sometimes I can’t.  At first it seemed like it didn’t work with our ‘Google Apps for Education’ accounts but then a few of the tablets wouldn’t install apps with our personal Gmail account.  We would take them home and sometimes that would help and sometimes that wouldn’t.  We put them outside our firewall here and that didn’t seem to help either.  When we go to install an app it just sits there with the green bar scrolling.  At that time, if we go to manage apps and the Market, stop the market and clear the data, then go back into the market, the app shows under ‘not installed’ apps……then when we click that it usually installs.  I’ve also tried pushing the installs through the web browser too and that didn’t seem to make a difference.  At this point it seems like they are door stops as they are practically unusable.  As soon as it seems like we have it narrowed down, another device proves that wrong.  And yes, I have tried Factory Resets on all of them.

Any ideas?  No way am I going to call Motorola because they’ll tell me to unplug it and stupid stuff like that.

There was neither cure nor help for that from anybody (neither the vendor nor other users). This is the current sad state of the Android tablet market! ASUStek’s case is not different either (couldn’t be).

Android 3.1 on the ASUS Eee Pad Transformer [Anandtech, May 28, 2011]

At Google I/O Android 3.1 was unveiled along with details of Android Ice Cream Sandwich [a combination of Gingerbread and Honeycomb into a “cohesive whole”]. Here you see Android 3.1 (right) vs. 3.0.1 (left) on the ASUS Eee Pad Transformer. See also a very detailed ASUS Eee Pad Transformer Review [Anandtech, April 21, 2011] for the current (3.0.1) version where the ASUS tablet is also compared with Apple iPad 2, BlackBerry Playbook and Motorola Xoom.

Android 3.2 GPL source code published, update should follow soon [July 12, 2011]

… today Android Open-Source Project engineer Jean-Baptiste Queru has pushed the GPL portions of the 3.2 source code to the AOSP tree.  Don’t think this means that Honeycomb has been open-sourced — this is just the bits used for the 3.2 update that are using the GPL license, which requires the source code to be available when the software is shipped.

For you developers out there, JBQ also gives build instructions (they haven’t changed since last time) and warns that the binaries aren’t likely to run on actual hardware, again like the 3.1 code.  …

Motorola Xoom gets Android 3.2, 4G module’s FCC approval [July 12, 2011]

Motorola Xoom owners received two treats on Tuesday with new software and a hint of new hardware. Google has posted to its Android Building group  that Android 3.2 is both available to download and should be reaching the tablets. The upgrade adds legacy app zooming, Exchange fixes, and the SD card slot support that Google had promised half a year ago before the launch of the Xoom.

The OS is also poised to be the first from Google to natively support seven-inch tablets like the Huawei MediaPad and HTC Flyer. Acer should also use it for the repeatedly delayed Iconia Tab A100. The PC builder had tried to force Android 3.0 on to the small size but found it unworkable.

Another of the initially promised upgrades, the 4G LTE module for Verizon, has surfaced at the FCC. The mini PCI card itself is nondescript but shows that Motorola will likely have a quick turnaround for the upgrades, which require that owners send in the Xoom to have it upgrade by Motorola itself.

Motorola cuts Xoom prices in US and Taiwan [July 7, 2011]

Motorola Mobility has lowered the price of its 32GB Wi-Fi-enabled Xoom tablet PCs for sale in the US from US$599 to US$499 and in the Taiwan market from NT$19,800 (NT$687) to NT$16,900.

Motorola’s price reduction comes after rival Asustek Computer launched its entry-level Eee Pad Transformer tablet PCs in the US market in May for just US$399, according to industry sources.

More tablet vendors are likely to cut their product prices prior to the launch of iPad 3 and Google’s next-generation Ice Cream Sandwich tablets to avoid the piling-up of old models, the sources commented.

Acer is likely to be forced to lower prices of Iconia tablet PCs in August in order to fulfill its goal to ship 2.5 million tablets in 2011, noted the sources, adding that Acer’s tablet PC shipments could have been below 300,000 units for the year so far.

Toshiba is also expected to reduce the price of its Android 3.0-based AT100 tablets in the Taiwan market after August, added the sources. The AT100 is currently available at NT$18,800.

Acer cuts Iconia tablet price to boost sales [July 29, 2011]

Acer has slashed the price of its 10-inch Iconia Tab A500 tablet PCs in the US market from US$449.99 to US$395 aiming to achieve its goal of shipping a total of 2.5-3 million tablet PCs in 2011.

The price reduction apparently aims to take on Asustek Computer’s Eee Pad Transformer tablets which are priced at US$399 for the US market, pointed out industry sources.

Acer in June lowered its 2011 shipment target for tablet PCs from 5-7 million units to 2.5-3 million units following a corporate restructuring in the second quarter. But some market watchers expect Acer to ship only two million tablet PCs as a best case scenario in 2011.

To cope with price competition from Acer, Asustek is expected to cut prices for its Eee Pad Transformers in mid-August, indicated the sources, adding that other brand vendors will also be forced to cut prices for their comparable Android/Nvidia Tegra 2 models.

Acer aggressively headhunting software talent from HTC, Asustek, Pegatron [July 27, 2011]

Acer has reportedly been aggressively headhunting software talent from players such as High Tech Computer (HTC), Asustek Computer and Pegatron Technology recently hoping to fill its gap in software development capability quickly, according to sources from PC players.

Commenting on the market rumor, Asustek pointed out that the company provides great treatment to its R&D technicians and the team is currently performing several new product developments and it has not heard any rumors about its employees leaving for other companies.

Starting from the end of 2009, Acer has been working aggressively seeking software R&D talent and successfully recruited an R&D team of 30 technicians from HTC to help rescue its smartphone business as well as cut into development of tablet PCs. However, compared to its competitors, which have close to thousands of technicians, Acer’s software R&D manpower is still rather weak, the sources noted.

Since Acer is providing great packages for its software R&D talent, the three firms all reportedly have several technicians ready to join Acer, while the deal has attracted talent from other software designers, the sources pointed out.

To counter Acer’s headhunting strategy, most of the competitors are paying more attention to the personnel turnover and are providing better bonuses to attract them to stay, the sources added.

Google posts Android 3.2 SDK, sets seven-inch tablet limits [July 15, 2011]

In addition to helping create native apps, it also helps explain the new tablet support. The release is very narrow on its new tablet requirements and explains that it will be focused only on seven-inch tablets with a 1024×600 display in addition to the nine- and ten-inch tablets it saw before.Actual users will mostly see the new adaptation to sizes as well as the support for SD card media loading that Google had promised half a year ago. A new addition for zoom-in app compatibililty lets apps run on tablets that don’t work properly in the usual scaling mode.

Developers mostly get better control over how apps display their buttons and other interface elements on different-sized screens, including the earlier sizes as well as the new seven-inch form factor.

The 3.2 update is likely the last Google will post in the 3.x family before Ice Cream Sandwich. Its new OS, which may start off as 4.0, is due to bring the Android 3 interface down to the phone level and scale more gracefully without being locked into certain resolutions.

The first tablets due to ship with Android 3.2 will be seven-inch tablets optimized for it, such as Huawei’s MediaPad and Acer’s Iconia Tab A100. HTC is also due to upgrade the Flyer and get a true tablet-native interface.

From the above posts it is apparent that the 3.0 version of Honeycomb had half-baked functionality which is only now has been partially expanded. Particularly notable are the display / screen functionalities in 3.2 which show what kind of narrow support developers had before, and also the limitations they should still cope with:

 … some of the highlights of Android 3.2:

Optimizations for a wider range of tablets. A variety of refinements across the system ensure a great user experience on a wider range of tablet devices.

Compatibility zoom for fixed-sized apps. A new compatibility display mode gives users a new way to view these apps on larger devices. The mode provides a pixel-scaled alternative to the standard UI stretching, for apps that are not designed to run on larger screen sizes.

Extended screen support API. For developers who want more precise control over their UI across the range of Android-powered devices, the platform’s screen support API is extended with new resource qualifiers and manifest attributes, to also allow targeting screens by their dimensions.

From: Android 3.2 Platform and Updated SDK tools [Android Developers Blog, July 15, 2011]

The way of communicating such significant functional updates essentially needed for more general platform capability — only via a developers’ blog — is also showing how much Google’s way of delivering its Android OS is not platform-like at all. In the sense of ages old computing practices which began with IBM System 360.

End of Aug 2 Update

See also:
ASUS, China Mobile and Marvell join hands in the OPhone ecosystem effort for “Blue Ocean” dominance [March 8, 2011] which is describing a different strategy for the fastest growing mainland China market, with a range of smart phone products which also includes however a tablet PC albeit of different name (TD Pad or T Pad), different operating system (China Mobile’s OPhone which contains Android source code and in 3.0 version could be compatible with Android 2.3 or even 3.0) and different ARM processor (Marvell PXA 920)
CES 2011 presence with Microsoft moving to SoC & screen level slot management that is not understood by analysts/observers at all [Jan 7] where you can find a lot of details related to this post for: Acer Iconia dual screen notebook, ASUS Eee Slate, AMD Fusion APUs (of which the dual-core C-50, former codename “Ontario”, is used in the Acer Iconia Tab W500)

Acer Lowers PC Sales Goal [March 29]

Acer Inc., one of the world`s leading personal-computer venders, has unexpectedly adjusted downward its first-quarter PC sales goal to a negative annual growth of 10% from originally set positive growth of 3%.

The outlook for Acer`s PC sales is gloomy because the company`s operating net profit margin will fall under 2% in the first quarter of the year from the preceding quarter`s 2.93%, casting a cloud over its future earning performance.

Another big PC vender—Asustek Computer Inc. is also struggling to keep the bottom line to see sales cut by 10% in the first quarter from the preceding quarter.

In a news letter released by Acer, its PC sales in the first quarter will shrink 10% from the preceding quarter because of the weakened demand of the PC markets in Western Europe and the U.S.

Acer predicted it will not see positive growth for sales of PCs in the second quarter, given an optimistic projection made by institutional investors that the worldwide notebook PC market will see shipment increase by 10% in the second quarter from the preceding quarter.

Acer revised guidance to affect Compal and Wistron performance for 2Q11 [March 28]

Earlier, industry sources predicted that Compal and Wistron would see their notebook shipments grow over 10% and 15-20%, respectively, on quarter in the second quarter.

For 2011, Acer is expected to outsource 40-50% of its notebook production to Compal and another 30% to Wistron, the sources estimated.

Acer, Asustek believe tablet PC to aid 2Q11 revenues, market watchers doubt it [March 29]

Acer expects its tablet PCs, which have already started shipping in March and will have even more models to be launched in the second quarter, will see strong shipment increase in the second quarter, while Asustek expects its Eee Pad series will contribute about 5% of its second-quarter revenues.

Comparing the products to the iPad 2, both Acer and Asustek have added special functions into their machines and iPad 2 but the two vendors’ devices do not have any price advantage, while facing a big gap in brand popularity, so their sales are unlikely to benefit much, the market watchers noted.

The market watchers are already conservative about Acer’s claim that the company will ship over five million tablet PCs in 2011 and believe Asustek’s goal of shipping 1.5-2 million units will have a better chance to succeed.

Asustek unveils Android 3.0 tablet Transformer [March 28]

Asustek Computer has unveiled its first Android 3.0 (Honeycomb) tablet PC model, the Transformer, which is equipped with a Nvidia Tegra 2 dual-core processor, a 10.1-inch capacitive touch screen, a 1.2-megapixel front camera and a 5.0-megapixel rear camera, for pre-order immediately in the Taiwan market. It will debut the model in the UK on March 30 and the US in early April, according to the company.

The Transformer has an optional keyboard set for multiple extended use, Asustek indicated.

Asustek launched a 12-inch Wintel tablet PC model, the Eee Slate EP121, in January 2011. It will launch a 10-inch Android 3.0 Nividia Tegra 2 model, the Eee Pad Slider EP102, in May; and a 7-inch Android 3.0 model with 3G voice communication, the Eee Pad MeMo EP71, in June.

Asustek expects to ship 1.5-2 million units from the Eee Pad series to share 10% of total global shipments of non-iPad tablet PCs in 2011, the company said, adding of the total Eee Pad shipments in 2011, Transformer will account for at least 50%.

ASUS Tablet Computers — Providing Choice through Innovation at CeBIT 2011 [Feb 28]

Wide range of innovative tablet computers provide a variety of choices for consumers and businesses alike

CeBIT, Hanover, Germany (February 28, 2011)
— ASUS today presented a live demonstration of the four tablet devices announced earlier this year: the Eee Slate EP121, Eee Pad Transformer, Eee Pad Slider and Eee Pad MeMO. Designed for a wide range of users and applications, the models will be available with three screen sizes, and a choice of either Windows® 7 Home Premium or Google Android® operating systems for the ultimate in mobile flexibility and productivity.

Choice is essential when selecting innovative and technologically advanced personal computer devices. When it comes to tablets, there is a clear need for devices than can deliver a full multimedia experience with HD video, broad connectivity options, gaming, plus the broadest range of media compatibility with standards like Adobe Flash, all in a compact device. In short, there is demand for tablets that enable users to both consume and create content to learn, work or play.

ASUS Eee Slate EP121
The Eee Slate EP121 is designed for users who require a highly portable handheld device that can also run standard office software while multitasking with other applications. Powered with an Intel® Core™ i5 dual-core processor, the Eee Slate features a 12.1” LED-backlit display with a 1280 x 800 resolution and a wide 178° viewing angle, making it perfectly suited for both productivity applications and multimedia entertainment.

Windows® 7 Home Premium ensures full compatibility with a wide range of popular applications controlled by flexible input options thanks to the Eee Slate. The capacitive touch-screen responds instantly to fingertip control for day-to-day use, while the electromagnetic stylus offers fine precision input and control. An on-screen keyboard is also complimented by support for an external Bluetooth keyboard for traditional desktop use.

ASUS Eee Slate The Eee Slate is available with 32GB or 64GB of SSD storage (expandable via SDXC), and up to 4GB of DDR3 RAM. All models have 802.11n Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 3.0, a 2-megapixel camera, plus two USB 2.0 ports that provide full support for a wide range of standard PC peripherals, along with a mini-HDMI port that is ideal for connecting to external displays.

The Eee Slate EP121 was recently honored with a CES 2011 Innovation Award in the Personal Electronics category, and initial sales figures showed it reaching the 3rd best-selling item in the Computers and Accessories category at Amazon.com.

ASUS Eee Pad Transformer
Slated for release in April, the Eee Pad Transformer comes with a slim lightweight design and 10.1” capacitive touch-screen. It is the perfect pad computer for people who want to enjoy multimedia on the move, but still wish to have easy access to the web, email and other productivity applications. A custom user interface provides easy access to the many features of the Android® 3.0 HoneyComb operating system, while the NVIDIA® Tegra™ 2 chipset provides full support for Adobe Flash, smooth HD video conferencing and playback, a lightning fast web experience and incredible mobile gaming performance.

ASUS Eee Pad Transformer with Honeycomb

An optional docking station turns the Transformer into a full-fledged notebook with a QWERTY keyboard for desktop use, while extending battery life up to 16 hours. As with the Slider, front (1.2MP) and rear (5MP) digital cameras make for easy video chat and digital photography, while a built-in mini-HDMI port makes for easy connections to external displays for full 1080p HD video playback.

ASUS Eee Pad Slider
Mobile users who want the best of both tablet and traditional notebook worlds will be well served by the Eee Pad Slider. This pad computer not only features a 10.1” IPS touch-screen for finger-friendly use, but also a slide-out QWERTY keyboard for comfortable, use-anywhere typing. It is powered by the NVIDIA® Tegra™ 2, the world’s most advanced mobile processor with a dual-core CPU and NVIDIA® GeForce® GPU for never-before-seen experiences on a mobile device.

ASUS Eee Pad Slider

Built-in digital cameras on the front (1.2MP) and rear (5MP) of the Slider allow for easy video chat and digital photography while the Android® 3.0 HoneyComb operating system makes sharing photos by internet, email and social media sites a breeze. The intuitive interface provides user-friendly control via the capacitive touch-screen and optional onboard 3G allows for go-anywhere internet access, making the Slider the ideal device for mobile professionals with work-oriented needs.

ASUS Eee Pad MeMO

ASUS Eee Pad MeMO

The Eee Pad MeMO provides the ultimate in mobile flexibility. Its 7” capacitive touch-screen makes it small enough to slip into a jacket pocket, yet still perfect for taking handwritten notes using the supplied stylus pen. The Android® 3.0 HoneyComb operating system with Qualcomm®’s dual-core Snapdragon™ offers a wide range of productivity and entertainment software, while a Micro HDMI port means the MeMO can even connect to an external display for full 1080p HD video playback. Built-in digital cameras on the front (1.2MP) and rear (5MP) of the MeMO also allow for easy video chat and digital photography, making it a convenient travel companion.

ASUS Launches the Eee Pad Transformer – An innovative tablet with an expandable keyboard dock [March 25]

ASUS today has announced the first shipments of the ASUS Eee Pad Transformer, the best tablet choice for users looking for both media consumption and mobile productivity. Featuring an expandable keyboard docking station and combined battery life of up to 16 hours*, the Transformer is running the new Android 3.0 operating system, Honeycomb. Combining Honeycomb with ASUS’ intuitive Waveshare user interface and the most powerful hardware features available makes the Transformer an exciting portable device supporting both office work and social communication.

Powerful mini-cinema entertainment on-the-go

Powered by the NVIDIA® Tegra™ 2 dual-core processor, the Transformer browses the web at blazing speeds, providing a snappier response time and better performance when multi-tasking. An IPS Panel made from durable and scratch-resistant glass is viewable at angles up to 178°, and produces a crisper and more accurate color range by up to 50% when compared to other tablets in the market. Built-in SRS Sound technology provides a dynamic 3D stereo audio experience, with maximum bass response and a wide sound field from the discrete speakers housed in the 12.98mm thick frame that weighs only 680g. A 5MP rear- and 1.2MP front-facing cameras can shoot and record video, which can be played back in video on HDTVs via a mini HDMI output port, making it a true mobile entertainment device.

Transform from pad to notebook mode with keyboard docking station

The Transformer sets itself apart from other tablets on the market by featuring an optional docking station. This provides access to a full QWERTY keyboard along with unique Android Function keys, turning the tablet Transformer into a full-fledged notebook. Preloaded on the Transformer is Polaris® Office® 3.0, a professional Mobile Office Solution which enables users to edit various types of office documents including documents (.doc), spreadsheets (.xls) and presentation (.ppt) files, making the Transformer very attractive for professional use. A touchpad, 3.5mm audio jack, two USB ports as well as a built-in SD Card reader for easy file sharing and storage expandability makes the Transformer a versatile media hub. In addition, the ultra-convenient ASUS WebStorage with one year of unlimited storage space provides worry-free cloud computing. The docking station also extends the Transformer’s 9.5 hours* of battery life up to 16 hours*, so users can use it all day for work and play.

Android 3.0 Honeycomb OS with ASUS Waveshare UI

Google’s Android Honeycomb is a revolutionary operating system specially designed and optimized for tablets, and enables users a full web experience for on-the-go web browsing, communicating and casual computing. Supporting Adobe® Flash® 10.2** and the ever growing Android Market, entertainment is a finger swipe away. The convenient ASUS Launcher also allows users to easily launch software, manage content and access online services and connect devices with a few simple taps, while ASUS’ Waveshare Interface hosts a variety of unique applications such as MyNet, MyLibrary, MyCloud and more. MyNet easily streams digital media wirelessly within home network devices so HD videos or music can be played on devices such as an HDTV or desktop PCs for an even better experience from the Transformer. MyLibrary consolidates downloaded books, magazines and newspapers in to one easy to browse profile while MyCloud is a total cloud solution, providing access to digital content such as music, videos and files from the cloud anywhere, anytime. Users can even use MyCloud to remotely access and control any PC or Mac system and access applications or files to extend the versatility of the Eee Pad Transformer experience.
*9.5 and 16 hour battery life estimated under certain conditions.
**Adobe® Flash® 10.2 support requires an upgrade available online.

Highlights:

  1. Mobile Productivity with docking station (Full QWERTY KB and touchpad, up to 16 hours of battery life, Unlimited ASUS WebStorage)
  2. Mini-Cinema Entertainment (Brilliant IPS panel with 178⁰ viewing angle, HDMI support, NVIDIA® Tegra™2 1.0 GHz dual-core CPU)
  3. Trendsetting Tablet Experience (Android 3.0 OS for tablets, Flash support, thousand of applications on Android Market )

Asus EEE Pad Slider Tablet Hands-On (Honeycomb) @ Cebit 2011, Hannover, Germany [March 6.]

Brand-new tablet from Asus: OS based on Android 3.0 Honeycomb, 1.2 Mpx front and 5 Mpx back-cameras, 10.1 inches IPS LCD, nVidia Tegra 2 CPU & GPU. And a slider QWERTY keyboard in its thin design. It will be available in April and priced around 499-799 EUR in Europe.

Asus Eee Pad Slider Full Specifications And Price Details [March 6]

Network
3G Network
2G Network
Form Factor QWERTY-Slider
Dimensions
L x B x H 273 x 180 x 17.7mm
Weight 886 grams
Display
Type IPS Capacitive touchscreen
Size 7 inch
Colors & Resolution 16 Million Colors & 1280 x 800 Pixels
Input/ User Interface
Input Full Slide-out QWERTY Keyboard
Multi Touch
Accelerometer sensor for UI auto-rotate
Proximity sensor for auto turn-off
System Properties
Operating System Android 3.0 Honeycomb OS
CPU 1GHz Dual-Core Nvidia Tegra 2 Processor
1GB / 512MB RAM
Memory Storage
Internal Memory 16GB/ 32GB memory storage
Memory Expansion
Browser & Messaging HTML, Flash
SMS, MMS, Email, Push Email and IM
Camera
Still – 5 Megapixels
– 2592 x 1944 pixels
– LED Flash, Auto Focus
Secondary – 1.3 Megapixels
– 1280 x 1024 pixels
Video Recording Capability – 1080p HD video recording capability @ 30fps
– 1920 x 1080 Pixels
Connectivity
Bluetooth & USB Bluetooth v2.1 with EDR & v2.0 micro USB
WLAN Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n
Headset 3.5mm stereo headset jack
GPS A-GPS
3G Yes
HDMI Mini-HDMI
Music & Video
Music Format MP3, WMA
Video Format MPEG4, H.263, H.264
Battery
Type Li-Ion 25WH Standard battery
Battery Life 6 Hours Running
Other Features 1080p HD video playback
Micro HDMI Connector
My Wave UI
Optional onboard 3G
Adobe 10.1 Flash compatibility
Facebook integration
Android Market, G-mail, Google Maps, G-Talk
Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Picasa
Quickoffice, Digital compass
Colors Black

Price & Availability

Asus Eee Pad Slider will be available from May at a price ranging from $500 to $800.

Tablet PC Competition to Benefit Taiwanese Firms [March 25]

With PC vendors heavily promoting tablets to trigger more fierce competition in the marketplace, Taiwanese PC and related parts and component manufacturers are expected to benefit from the market boom this year.

Starting with Apple Inc.`s iPad 2G, launched on March 25 in 25 countries of the world and seen as a blockbuster for its upgraded specifications at a comparatively low unit price of US$499, more than 100 tablet models from different PC and handset vendors will be available in the market in the second quarter of this year.

In addition to existing players as Apple, Motorola and Samsung, others, including Taiwan`s Acer, Asustek, HTC, and MSI and the U.S.`s Dell and HP, will also join the competition starting the end of March.

For instance, Asustek`s Eee Pad is slated for launch around the end of March will sell for US$399 to US$699 per unit, and Acer`s Iconia will also be available starting in April, which will be built with a 2.1GHz dual-core processor with different price tags from US$299 to US$699.

Market observers estimate about 60 million tablet PCs will be sold worldwide throughout the year, with Apple to contribute 35-40 million units as the No.1 vendor.

Riding on the market booms, Taiwanese PC manufacturers, such as Hon Hai Group, Quanta Computer Inc., Compal Electronics Inc., Wistron Corp., Inventec Corp., Pegatron Corp., etc., will surely capture a big slice of the huge market pie this year.

Among them, Hon Hai Group is expected to emerge as the biggest winner in the competition landscape, as it has secured Apple`s contract orders on hand and revved up production in China for the client. In the meantime, Quanta and Compal, the world`s top two notebook PC suppliers, have shared Acer`s manufacturing orders for iconia, while Pegatron has garnered Asustek`s order for Eee Pad Transformer.

Also, HP`s tablet running Web OS and going on sale in June will be supplied by Inventec. Dell`s Android 3.0-installed model has been mass produced by Qista Corp, and RIM`s PlayBook has also been set for production by Quanta.

Makers of PC parts and components have also benefited from the tablet competition, such as TPK Holding Co., Ltd. and Wintek Corp. (touch panels), Largan Precision Co., Ltd. (optical lens modules), Simplo Technology Co., Ltd. and Dynapack International Technology Corp. (batteries), Unimicron Technology Corp. and Tripod Technology Corp. (high-density interconnection boards), etc.

Acer’s new ICONIA Tab W500: the best from PCs, the best from tablets [Feb 14, 2011]
2011-02-14 – Barcelona


Acer Iconia Tab W500 with Docking Station

Fun and productivity, entertainment and work. Our lives are made of different sides, that seamlessly blend one into the other. The devices we use should reflect this flexibility and ability to multitask, allowing us to enjoy and share content as well as be productive when there is the need.

This is why Acer created the ICONIA TAB W500, with an innovative design that effectively combines the best of two worlds: tablet and PC.

Capable of reconciling the opposites, ICONIA TAB W500 brings together the user-friendliness of the tablet with the familiarity of the PC, letting users enjoy the greatest entertainment or be productive, at home or on the go, according to their needs. The ICONIA TAB W500 effectively creates a bridge between the worlds of entertainment and productivity.


Acer Iconia Tab W500 with Docking Station and the Ring user interface

How? Acer ICONIA TAB W500 is a 10.1-inch multi-touch screen tablet that is complemented by a full-size chiclet docking keyboard. Calling the Acer ICONIA TAB W500 simply a tablet would be reductive. While the high-resolution screen, together with Dolby® optimized audio, are synonyms of fabulous entertainment, the handy docking keyboard is perfect for productivity.

The Acer ICONIA TAB is the perfect device for users who want to enjoy a flawless touch experience, but are not ready to retire the keyboard yet. The full-size chiclet keyboard doubles as a docking station providing optimal ergonomics and extended connectivity; plus it features the Acer FineTrack™ pointing device with two buttons for convenient navigation, an Ethernet port for fast Internet connections, and a USB port for external devices.

You can count on the Acer ICONIA TAB W500 to keep you updated on what’s going in your social networks, or have the latest news at your fingertips, check your mails or watch a movie on the fly, review a presentation or enjoy fun touch games. This is the beauty of having a multi-touch screen tablet that seamlessly transforms into a PC simply by docking it!

Acer Iconia Dual-Screen Notebook with Acer Ring

Starting point of the ICONIA TAB W500 touch experience is the Acer Ring. Easy to launch with a simple grab gesture, it offers immediate access to all the special features and touch application pre-loaded on Acer ICONIA TAB W500.

Utilities in the Acer Ring include Clean Disk, to manage and optimize disk space; Snipping Tool, to quickly select, tag and clip screen images; Device Control, to fine tune the tablet settings; Camera, to launch Acer Crystal Eye Webcam; Calculator and Game, to reach the games stored on Acer ICONIA TAB W500 in a breeze.

The Acer Ring also features a series of AppCards to effortlessly browse through and launch useful touch applications:

  • TouchBrowser, designed to provide a better user experience, it lets you search, open, resize, select content from the web with the tips of your fingers.
  • SocialJogger,
  • My Journal, where you can collect web clips that are dynamically updated to keep you posted on any news in the websites you find interesting.
  • clear.fi to search, share, and playback favourite music, photo, and video.

Acer clear.fi is Acer media sharing system that lets you enjoy your multimedia content across your home quickly and effortlessly. Thanks to clear.fi and the HDMI port your can stream and appreciate the multimedia stored on Acer ICONIA TAB W500 on any of the devices connected to your home network and clear.fi enabled.

Running on Windows 7 OS, Acer ICONIA TAB [W500] is equipped with AMD C-50 processor and AMD Radeon™ HD6250 graphics, for excellent visuals and gaming. Easy communication is a given with the ICONIA TAB W500, thanks to multiple connectivity options including Wi-Fi, 3G (on selected models) or Bluetooth® 3.0. To top it off, the dual, back and front, Acer Crystal Eye 1.3MP webcam, not only allows you to engage in video chats or video calls with your friends, it also enables you to record HD videos and share them on Facebook or YouTube.

Acer ICONIA -- Absolute Touch Experience
Acer Iconia absolute touch experience with Acer Ring

Acer’s ICONIA TAB A500 [Feb 14]
Full touch experience in HD
2011-02-14 – Barcelona

Mobility and innovation, which have always been part of Acer’s DNA, now find a new form of expression in the new Acer ICONIA TAB A500, a 10.1-inch tablet designed to maximize content enjoyment, providing the same rich multimedia, gaming and Web experience you can enjoy on your home PC with the added user-friendliness of multi-touch technology.

Sleek, smart and full of innovative features, the ICONIA Tab A500 will be equipped with the latest, highly intuitive Google Android 3.0 “Honeycomb” operating system, the new version of the Android platform specifically optimized for tablets, combined with Acer UI to reach a whole new level of interactivity.

What’s more, the Acer clear.fi media sharing system will be preloaded on the device for seamless integration in the home clear.fi environment to easily access, play and share multimedia across the home network and to instantly publish updates to social media networks.

Designed for rich multimedia entertainment, this tablet comes with a high resolution, high colour contrast 10.1” display with wide viewing angle providing higher colour accuracy for better visuals from different perspective, allowing users to play or share HD video with friends on the go. Complete with a built-in HDMI port and 1080p output, it may also be used to enjoy HD content in full HD on a big screen TV or monitor.

The 10.1” full capacitive multi-touch screen ensures an optimal on-screen experience from every angle. Aluminum casing provides a cool look and feel, while its high gloss finish anodizing decorated with laser engraved textures demonstrates subtle sophistication. And despite being just 13.3mm thick, it’s powerful enough to provide fun and productivity in any location.

One of the tablet’s most impressive features is its ability to run and play premium HD arcade games and complex online 3D games, thanks to the multi-touch screen and gyro meter control, which guarantees an entertainment experience on par with the best game consoles.

The Acer ICONIA TAB A500 will be equipped with the dual-core NVIDIA® Tegra™ 2, the first mobile dual core CPU, that delivers up to two time faster browsing, for the best web experience ever, and amazing graphics, for optimized HD viewing, 3D and console-quality gaming, and multimedia playback anywhere thanks to the ultra-low power (ULP) NVIDIA® GeForce® GPU with Flash 10.1 support. What’s more you can relish movies, photos and more on your big screen TV in full HD glory thanks to 1080p HD video playback.

Multiple connectivity options, including Wi-Fi, 3G or Bluetooth® 2.1, maximise your mobile experience and keep you in touch with all you care about. The 5MP rear-facing camera plus HD front-facing camera are just perfect for video recording, video chat, or quickly snap a picture and upload it to Facebook, YouTube, Picasa; it can also be used as a barcode scanner

Available April 2011.

Acer Iconia Tab A500 Android Tablet Honeycomb [Gaming] Demo [March 28]

Acer Iconia Tab A500 Android Tablet Honeycomb Demo

Acer aims to ship 5-7 million tablet PCs in 2011 [March 24]

Telecom service provider AT&T has announced that it will carry Acer’s Iconia Tab A501 4G tablet PC. Acer expects tablet PC shipments in 2011 to reach 5-7 million units, and aims to grab a 10% share of the global market, according to company chairman JT Wang.

The Iconia Tab A501 supports a 10.1-inch panel, Android 3.0 and Nvidia Tegra 2 dual-core processor. The device is scheduled to hit the market in the second quarter.

Verizon Wireless reportedly is interested in Acer’s other tablet PC, the Iconia Tab A500, according to industry sources.

Acer to Penetrate U.S. Market with 4G Tablet PC [March 25]

Suffering a sharp shrinkage in sales of netbook PCs in the U.S. due to the rise of Apple Inc.`s iPad, Acer is forced to switch focus onto tablet PCs and hence decides to join hands with AT&T, one of Apple`s major telecom partners, to fight back against the competitor, noted market observers.

The biggest functional features of the device include its interconnection with TVs and a built-in 4G LTE (long term evolution) modem. The device will be promoted along with AT&T launching its LTE services, with the selling price having yet to be determined.

To accelerate its foray into the emerging segment, the firm is scheduled to launch its first Android 3.0 tablet, Picasso, by the end of March, which, the firm`s Taiwan president Scott Lin confirmed, has been popularly ordered by retailers so far, according to the firm`s Taiwan president Scott Lin.

Acer Iconia Tab A500

AT&T Network to Support Acer’s High Performance,Android-Powered 4G Tablet [March 22]
10.1-inch, HD Ready, Android 3.0 4G Device Launching Q2 2011
Dallas, Texas, March 22, 2011

AT&T*, today announced plans to support Acer’s first 4G tablet, the Acer Iconia Tab A501, on the nation’s fastest mobile broadband network beginning this summer.

The 10 inch Acer Iconia Tab A501 will feature the Android 3.0 operating system with Android Marketplace, and an NVIDIA Tegra 250 1GHz dual core processor with integrated graphics for the fastest HD gaming, web and multimedia experience.

Designed for both consumers and small business customers, the tablet will also sport a high-resolution display with a wide viewing angle to view super sharp video and other multimedia content.  It will come equipped with a 5 megapixel rear-facing camera, a high definition front-facing camera for video chat, and an HDMI port for playing 1080p video on a high definition big screen TV.

“Consumers are seeking cutting-edge mobile computing devices and we look forward to giving them another great choice with the Acer Iconia Tab A501,” said David Haight, vice president of business development, AT&T Emerging Devices. “This tablet is packed with features that will enable HD gaming and exceptional video playback. It offers a first-class on-the-go entertainment experience.”

“We are pleased to collaborate with AT&T on mobile solutions that allow consumers to remain connected and entertained in any environment,” said Sumit Agnihotry, vice president of product marketing, Acer America.  “The Acer Iconia Tab A501 combined with AT&T’s wireless service enables consumers to enjoy their favorite movies, games, blogs and social networking sites on the go.”

Distribution and pricing will be announced at launch, expected in the second quarter.

Acer’s ICONIA TAB A100 [March 14]
Mobility at its best
2011-02-14 – Barcelona

Whether you are into gaming, social network or enjoying your multimedia on the go, the new Acer ICONIA TAB A100 is your dream come true. Stylish and compact, this 7” tablet offers unrivalled portability and matches it with the ultimate high performance, taking your mobile experience to the next level.

The Acer ICONIA TAB A100 primary focus is on providing a truly rich user experience. This is why it will be equipped with Android 3.0 “Honeycomb”, the new Android operating system specifically optimized for tablets. On the home page, resources are grouped into four main content usages, within easy reach of your fingertips:

  • Games Zone: here you can find a variety of compelling preloaded games – online 3D, console and casual – that you’ll certainly enjoy.
  • eReading, where you can find the tools you need to download or read magazines and books. Magazines with Zinio, books with Nook and LumiRead.
  • Multimedia groups all the apps you need to enjoy music, videos and photos.
  • SNS brings your social life together. Not only you can find the links to Facebook, Twitter, but also Acer SocialJogger that lets you check, post and update all of your accounts at a glance.

Also pre-loaded on the Acer ICONIA TAB is clear.fi, the Acer media sharing system that enables the seamless integration of the device in the home clear.fi environment to easily access, play and share multimedia across the home network and to instantly publish updates to social media networks.

Acer ICONIA -- A100 Android Tablet

To provide a truly outstanding user experience, a device must have a powerful engine. The Acer ICONIA TAB A100 will be powered the dual-core NVIDIA® Tegra™ 2, the first mobile dual core CPU, that delivers up to two time faster browsing, for the best web experience ever. Plus, the ultra-low power (ULP) NVIDIA® GeForce® GPU with Flash 10.1 support, ensures amazing graphics for optimized HD viewing, 3D and console-quality gaming, and multimedia playback anywhere. What’s more you can relish movies, photos and more on your big screen TV in full HD glory thanks to 1080p HD video playback.

Don’t be fooled by size of the screen. On this 7” (1024×600) full touch screen tablet with a 16:9 aspect ratio, you can enjoy photos, videos and movies as well as read books and magazines, and most impressively you’ll be able to run and play premium HD arcade games and complex online 3D games, thanks to the multi-touch screen and gyro meter control, for a gaming experience on par with the best consoles.

The Acer ICONIA TAB A100 is also a joy for the ears. Complete with Dolby Mobile technology providing rich vibrant audio with extended bass performance and added depth, this tablet takes the entertainment experience to a new level. To top off the rich entertainment experience, the ICONIA TAB A100 comes with a 5MP auto-focus rear camera, to capture you’re life best moments and quickly upload them to your social networks, and a 2MP front-facing camera to engage in live chat with your friends.

Multiple connectivity options, including Wi-Fi, 3G or Bluetooth® 2.1, maximise your mobile experience and keep you in touch with all you care about. Complete with a built-in HDMI port and 1080p output, it may also be used to enjoy HD content in full HD on a big screen TV or monitor, while a full-size and a mini USB help connecting the ICONIA TAB A100 to other devices.

Compact and stylish, is easy to handle and flaunts a trendy back cover embellished by an eye-catching pattern.

Discover a new world of interaction with the Acer ICONIA TAB A100!

Acer to Dismiss 10% of Employees in China [March 28]

To enhance operating efficiency of its PC business unit in China, the Taiwan-based Acer Inc., one of the world`s top three PC vendors now, is going to cut 10% of employees in the country, according to the firm.

Acer acquired the PC business unit from China`s Founder Technology Group for NT$120 million last August as a strategic move to penetrate the Chinese market. The strategy has worked, as the Taiwanese firm effectively pushed up its share to 8.6% to rank as the second-largest brand by overall PC sales in the market in the fourth quarter of 2010, only next to Lenovo. During the same period, the firm also ranked No.3 in terms of notebook PC sales.

Top 5 PC Brands in China in Q4, 2010
Ranking Brand Market Share
1 Lenovo 30.10%
2 Acer 8.60%
3 Dell 7.20%
4 HP 7.20%
5 Asus 5.20%

Source: Gartner

ASUS, China Mobile and Marvell join hands in the OPhone ecosystem effort for “Blue Ocean” dominance

Follow-up: First real chances for Marvell on the tablet and smartphone fronts [Aug 21 – Sept 25, 2011]

Information about China Mobile’s related efforts on this blog:
OPhone OS (OMS) 2.0 based on Android 2.1 [July 5 — Dec 13, 2010]
3.9G TD-LTE rollout in 2012 with integrated 2G, 3G and 4G? [July 19 — Dec 14, 2010]
Could China close the gap in mobile Internet? It should! [July 21 — Oct 21, 2010]
IMT-Advanced (4G) for the next-generations of interactive mobile services, China is triumphant [Oct 24 — Nov 24, 2010]
Cloud Computing Strategy for Digital China: Taiwan is leading the way except IOT [Nov 8 — Dec 30, 2010]
Marvell beaten by Chinese chipmakers in sub 1,000 yuan handset procurement tender of China Mobile [Nov 15, 2010]

Follow-up: High expectations on Marvell’s opportunities with China Mobile [May 28, 2011]

Marvell and ASUS Team Up to Enable Mass Market Availability of TD-SCDMA Smartphones [Marvell press release, Feb 23, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

Marvell … today announced that ASUS has chosen Marvell as a strategic partner to launch a new series of TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access) smartphones in China. ASUS‘ new T10 and T20 series smartphones are powered by Marvell(R) PXA920 platform, the first commercially available single-chip solution which supports China Mobile’s latest version of OPhone OMS system. … delivers gigahertz speed, dynamic multimedia for mobile TV, live video, gaming and many exciting new applications, all to be unified by Marvell’s beautiful and easy-to-use Kinoma(R) software experience.

In fact there were additional three devices, T25, T60 and T Pad, as well. See the following Forbes blog article (and even more below, or a very detailed event report with plenty of photos in Chinese, or look at an English translation by Google):
Asus Brings Five Android [rather OPhone OMS, see later] Devices To China In Bid For Billions Of New Customers [Feb 23, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

On Thursday afternoon in Beijing, Asus plans to announce a wide-ranging partnership with China Mobile that will make four Asus smartphones and one tablet available to the carrier’s millions of customers.

The deal is the cornerstone of Asus’ newest strategy to boost its mobile devices business. Though Asus is widely known for its computer parts, laptops and netbooks, it remains a bit player in the global cellphone and smartphone markets.

The company hopes a tie-up with China Mobile, which is both China’s largest wireless operator and the world’s biggest carrier by subscribers, will raise its mobile profile. “China will be our biggest mobile market,” said Benson Lin, Asus’ head of mobile devices, in an interview. “China is very important to our future.”

The partnership will be something of a gamble for Asus. China Mobile, like all Chinese carriers, uses a unique technology standard (TD-SCDMA) for its 3G cellular network. That means the phones Asus is providing to China Mobile — known as T10, T20, T25 and T60 — can’t be offered to any other operator.

Lin said the potential is worth the risk. He declined to share specific sales goals, but noted that China Mobile currently has nearly 590 million subscribers. Capturing 10% or even just 5% of that audience is “still a huge number,” he said.

Though all handset makers are interested in China, many are waiting for the country to upgrade its networks to the 4G technology LTE, said Lin. Asus believes it will benefit from forging a relationship with China Mobile now, when other phone vendors “aren’t paying attention,” added Lin. Europe is currently Asus’ largest mobile market, but Asus anticipates China will replace it soon.

The opportunity has pushed Asus to customize its “T” series of phones to Chinese tastes. Instead of automatically connecting to Google for browsing, the devices will link to the popular Chinese search engine Baidu. And instead of Facebook, they will access the Chinese social network RenRen.

All of the T phones run on the 2.0 version of China Mobile’s Ophone operating system, which is a variant of Google’s mobile platform, Android [not a variant since it has a Linux core and another user interface, as the most different aspects, but compatible with Android through source code reuse – see much below]. They also utilize special processors from California-based chipmaker Marvell. The design, which combines a CPU and modem on a single chip, is more affordable, efficient and compact than systems that use two chips, said Lin.

Developing the T phones took a year and a half of intense development at Asus’ Taipei campus, said Lin. Asus already has some phones in the Chinese market, but they are at a smaller carrier, China Unicom, which uses a different 3G standard called WCDMA.

Asustek to sell new line of smartphones through China Mobile [Feb 25, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Designed specially for the TD-SCDMA network in China, this chip [the PXA 920] will help bring down the cost, size, and power consumption of Chinese mobile devices, Asustek said in a statement by email.

The information technology industry is turning from personal computing to cloud computing, and mobile phones are expected to become the most important cloud computing devices due to a wide range of applications,” Asustek chairman Jonney Shih said in the statement.

This type of industry collaboration [with China Mobile and Marvell] represents a shift in Asustek’s strategy for its smartphone line. Last October, Asustek, which had been selling smartphones under the Garmin-Asus brand since early 2009, said it would not introduce any more co-branded handset models.

Media reports estimate that China Mobile will purchase a total of 12.2 million TD-SCDMA-based handsets this year. This includes 4 million phones designed for entertainment use, 3.2 million multi-media smartphones, 3.2 million entry and mid-level smartphones, 1.5 million high-end connected devices, and 300,000 dual-network phones.

ASUS Four New TD-SCDMA Smartphones in China [Feb 27. 2011]

The ASUS T10, T20, T25 and T60 smartphones are powered by an 806MHz Marvell PXA920 processor and known as the world’s first single chip supporting TD-SCDMA. These new handsets are utilizing a Marvell Avastar 88W8787 chip for enabling Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n, Bluetooth 3.0, and FM radio.Asus Marvell TD-SCDMA Smartphone -- 24-Feb-2011

ASUS T10 smartphone has a 3.2-inch resistive touchscreen display with resolution of 320 x 480 (HVGA), 5-megapixel autofocus camera, front-facing camera for video calls, 512MB RAM, 512MB ROM, MicroSD card slot, and GPS.

The ASUS T20 similar the T10 handset, but it has 3.2-inch capacitive touchscreen display, TV tuner, CMMB and a more powerful battery. The Asus T25 comes with a 3.5-inch display, while the Asus T60 feature a 4-inch display.

Beside that, ASUS has also showcased the fifth handset that sports a 4-inch screen and support 4G TD-LTE network. All five smartphones are running on OPhone OS 2.0 which modified version of Android 2.1.

Marvell PXA920 Mass Market Smartphone Communication Platforms [Feb 17, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

The Marvell® PXA920 communication platform [also called Pantheon platform elsewhere, see the same Pantheon Platform Brief [Feb 17, 2011] as well] is an advanced, highly integrated 3G platform for multimedia-centric handsets. The PXA920 platform solutions incorporate the performance of Marvell’s mobile application processor with Marvell’s mature and proven 3.5G technology to provide low-cost Linux™ and Android™ handset platforms. The combination of Marvell’s advanced, high-performance, low-power application processor technology with Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA)/High Speed Downlink and Uplink Packet Access (HSxPA)/Enhanced Data for GSM Environment (EDGE) communication support for next-generation cellular services enable breakthrough end-user experiences for imaging, HD video, music, games, and other popular handset applications.

With Marvell’s 3G technology, seamless wireless connectivity, application processing, and support for next generation cellular data services — the new PXA920-powered smartphones offer exceptional performance for browsing, instant live video, access to personal music, 3D gaming, and other popular handset applications at attractive price points. The PXA920 supports Android and other major mobile operating systems (OS).

Marvell PXA920 Block Diagram -- 17-Feb-2011

Tri-core, Shared Memory Hardware Architecture

  • Dedicated Modem and Applications Processor Cores
    – Modem RISC Core: Marvell-designed ARM9 [their pre-Sheeva core] with packet processing accelerators and L1/L2 caches
    – Modem DSP Core: Micro-Signal Architecture VLIW DSP core with L1/L2 caches
    – Marvell [Applications] CPU Technology with ARMv5 core [Sheeva PJ1 core, which is the less performant synthesizable Sheeva core, see: Marvell ARMADA beats Qualcomm Snapdragon, NVIDIA Tegra and Samsung/Apple Hummingbird in the SoC market [again] [Sept 23, 2010]] supports up to 806 MHz operation (1130 DMIPS)
  • Shared External Memory Interface

Multimedia (video, 3D, audio, imaging, display)

  • Video Playback 720p at 30 fps for H.264, WMV, MPEG-4, H.263; Video Capture D1 at 30 fps for H.264, WMV, MPEG-4, H.263
  • 3D Graphics capability up to 10Mtriangle/s sustained and 20Mtriangle/s at 50% cull rate; Integrated 2D accelerator; Supports industry standard APIs.
  • Marvell’s unique Audio Accelerator Subsystem offers low power audio playback via audio streaming
  • Image Sensor support for primary and secondary smart image sensors with MIPI CSI-2 and parallel interfaces; Supports one MIPI-CSI2 serial interface
  • LCD Controller supports parallel LCD displays over an 8/16/18-bit parallel smart panel interface or a 16/18/24bit parallel active matrix interface with sync signals; Primary/secondary display supports up to 4 simultaneous overlays with base + rotation scaling

All details about Marvell’s System-on-a-Chip (SoC) products and related strategies on this blog:
Marvell ARMADA beats Qualcomm Snapdragon, NVIDIA Tegra and Samsung/Apple Hummingbird in the SoC market [again] [Sept 23, 2010 — Jan 17, 2011]
Marvell ARMADA with sun readable and unbreakable Pixel Qi screen, and target [mass] manufacturing cost of $75 [Nov 4, 2010 — Jan 11, 2011]
Marvell beaten by Chinese chipmakers in sub 1,000 yuan handset procurement tender of China Mobile [Nov 15, 2010]
Marvell to capitalize on BRIC market with the Moby tablet [Feb 3, 2011]
Kinoma is now the marvellous software owned by Marvell [Feb 15, 2011]

Blue Ocean Strategy [Wikipedia] (emphasis is mine, see also: What is Blue Ocean Strategy? Ten Key PointsBlue Ocean Strategy book by W. Chan KIM and Renée Mauborgne

Blue Ocean Strategy is a business strategy book first published in 2005 and written by W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne of The Blue Ocean Strategy Institute at INSEAD. The book illustrates what the authors believe is the high growth and profits an organization can generate by creating new demand in an uncontested market space, or a “Blue Ocean”, than by competing head-to-head with other suppliers for known customers in an existing industry.

Unlike the “Red Ocean Strategy”, the conventional approach to business of beating competition derived from the military organization, the “Blue Ocean Strategy” tries to align innovation with utility, price and cost positions. The book mocks at the phenomena of conventional choice between product/service differentiation and lower cost, but rather suggests that both differentiation and lower costs are achievable simultaneously.

The authors criticize Michael Porter‘s idea that successful businesses are either low-cost providers or niche-players. Instead, they propose finding value that crosses conventional market segmentation and offering value and lower cost. Educator Charles W. L. Hill proposed this idea in 1988 and claimed that Porter’s model was flawed because differentiation can be a means for firms to achieve low cost. He proposed that a combination of differentiation and low cost might be necessary for firms to achieve a sustainable competitive advantage.

China Mobile 2010 Interim Results [Aug 19, 2010]

China Seeks Blue Ocean Dominance in Mobile Internet [Borqs company news, Jan 8, 2011]

China Mobile is striving for blue ocean dominance in China’s mobile Internet, during which, the launching of OPhone has become an important milestone. At a recent conference, Xi Guohua, Vice Minister of Industry and Information Technology of China, recognized the development and achievements of OPhone over the past two years since its birth, and expressed his wish for introducing OPhone to the global market.

the mobile Internet is the largest breakthrough innovation in the communication industry in the 21st century. Those who have dominated any blue ocean of the industry will obtain the greatest benefits and lasting advantages. The strategy and development of the mobile Internet is essential to China if the country wants to win an appropriate industry position and take the power to reshuffle the communication industry.

With the help of iPhone, China Unicom has achieved great market performance in a very short time. However, the success of iPhone attributes more to the worship of Steve Jobs by millions of Apple fans than to the product innovation of Apple. … China Unicom has no say on iPhone and has not entered into any cooperation in technology during the cooperation with Apple. Therefore, in my view, a great risk may sneak in the success of iPhone since China Unicom rests its market on a single product from its partner. This is almost against the “Blue Ocean Strategy” of the mobile Internet industry.

Quite differently, China Mobile has avoided this dependency relation wisely. Based on Android, an international advanced operating system, it develops a technical platform within its control, further cooperates with upstream and downstream vendors, and creates a global system featuring complete industrial chain with its advantage of leading position in user base. That is the origin and development strategy of OPhone.

Talking about OPhone, Mr. Li Yue, new President & CEO of China Mobile, defines the company’s short-term strategy as “Giving priority and building quality in par with competitors”. This strategy reveals the correct attitude and understanding of China Mobile in terms of the development of OPhone: The exclusive support policy used in China before shall be thoroughly abandoned to help OPhone become a powerful weapon for controlling mobile Internet. With priority given, OPhone must be built with the same and even higher quality than its competitors. OPhone, from its version 1.0 to 2.0, is reported to undergo an extensive rage of development and test in the aspects of web data processing, multimedia performance, graphic/entertainment performance, and full-range service processing. For China Mobile, whether mobile Internet is the “last ocean” in the communication industry remains unclear. But I believe that we will never act before it’s too late.

Guided by the idea of “Giving priority and building quality in par with competitors”, OPhone is breaking the monopoly of iPhone in mobile Internet. Thus, our understanding of mobile Internet is experiencing slight changes. … mobile Internet  users have no real “loyalty”: they have switched to iPhone from Blackberry today, and in future they may again switch from iPhone to OPhone. Sticking to the strategy proposed by President Li , OPhone will substitute for iPhone, and easier to use. Openness is the key to realize these two advantages. The first character “O” of “OPhone” does stand for “open”.

Other strategy related communication of relevance from the new CEO Li Yue:
China Mobile chief not optimistic on industry’s growth [Nov 18, 2010] (emphasis is mine)

“There are some who think the increase in data usage will lead to growth, but I am not so optimistic,” Li said at the GSMA Mobile Asia Congress conference in Hong Kong yesterday.

The head of the world’s biggest phone carrier by market value said operators need to offer services that integrate well with the daily lives of consumers and businesses.

Li is adding services such as a search-engine for mobile phones and wireless payments to sustain growth at China Mobile, where he took over as chief executive this year.

New China Mobile CEO builds bridges [Nov 17] (emphasis is mine)

There is a big opportunity for mobile operators to act as the bridge between different partners within the telecoms space and between the telco industry and others, and future revenue is to be found in penetrating the daily lives of mobile users, according to the new man at the helm of the world’s largest mobile operator, China Mobile.

“The mobile market will become the future channel for all walks of life,” said Li Yue, president and CEO of China Mobile, in his first international keynote speech since taking over at the telco in August.

He also highlighted some of China Mobile’s new services, including the mobile reading offering launched by the telco in May. The service has attracted more than 30 million users, and now has 6 million paying customers, Li explained.

In a bid to drive mobile data services forward, China Mobile has created a platform to engage with content creators and partners, including a pool of terminals and operating systems to aid applications developers. The company believes it can create a “win-win situation” in the mobile marketplace, where all members of the value chain benefit.

China Mobile aims to be “a bridge with all suppliers… and also a hub,” said Li, adding that the telco is working on signing up more partners.

“[The mobile Internet] is changing our traditional ecology as a mobile operator,” said Li, since it has changed the way end users collaborate. And changing customer behaviour provides “a lot of opportunities” for mobile providers, he said.

Those opportunities also include vertical markets.

“[We will] try whatever possible to penetrate into all kinds of industries,” said Li. “We are the connecting bridge with all kinds of industries.”

Related development: Government Drives New Chinese Search Engine [Feb 24, 2011]

Transcript by http://www.newsy.com

BY KELSEY WAANANEN

You’re watching multisource tech video news analysis from Newsy.
If you want something done right, you have to do it yourself. That seems to be China’s approach to the Internet. State-owned news agency Xinhua and state-owned China Mobile – China’s largest phone carrier – are teaming up to run Panguso – China’s newest – and government-approved search engine.

This joint venture was announced last summer – right after Google decided to pull out of China because the search giant refused to continue censoring material. A CBS report details the repercussions of Google’s departure.

“Now when users in mainland China go on to use this site, like this, they’re automatically redirected to a different site based in Hong Kong, where Google isn’t legally required to censor itself. … China’s own filter, known as the ‘Great Firewall of China’ is still at work screening out sensitive material. In fact there are concerns that China could now clamp down even harder…”

And it certainly looks like they have. In terms of just what Panguso is leaving out, PC Magazine notes…

“According to Panguso, Nobel Peace Prize Laureate Liu Xiaobo doesn’t exist. The same is true for the People’s University in Beijing, the first university founded after the 1949 communist revolution. “Dalai Lama” returns only tourism sites or state-sponsored criticism.”

But Panguso isn’t the only search engine on the market. Baidu, the current prominent search engine, accounts for more than 75 percent of web searches. But as TMCnet notes, Panguso offers a platform that Baidu doesn’t.

“…Baidu only controls about 36 percent of the mobile search market. By partnering with China Mobile, Xinhua may soon have a leg up on its competition in the mobile space.”

But a blogger for Download Squad suggests the Chinese government might have an ulterior motive — trying to get a slice of the search engine market.

“China already has a very strict policy on censoring politically-sensitive material, which Baidu strictly abides by — so unless it wants to further extend its control of information inside its borders, why would the Chinese government be interested in offering an alternative?”

According to Xinhua, the search engine will primarily focus on news for now. Xinhua will provide the news content — and China Mobile – the mobile subscriber base.

Follow @Newsy_Videos on Twitter

Get more multisource video news analysis from Newsy
Transcript by Newsy

ASUS Joins Hands with China Mobile to Launch ASUS TD Smart Phones [Borqs company news, Feb 28, 2011] (emphasis is mine) 

On February 24th, ASUS held the ASUS TD Smart Phone Launch & Strategy Press Conference jointly with China Mobile and Marvell in Beijing. At this conference, the strategic cooperation of ASUS with China Mobile and Marvell has become the industry focus in addition to the launch of new TD smart phones and a TD slate.

Distinguished attendants at the conference include Mr. Wang Jianzhou, Chairman of China Mobile, Ms. Li Huidi, Chairman Assistant, Mr. Wu Wining, General Manager of Terminal Business Department of China Mobile, Mr. Huang Xiaoqing [also known as Bill Huang], President of the Research Institution of China Mobile, Mr. Shi Chongtang, ASUS President, Mr.  Pat Chan, President & CEO of Borqs (accompanied by some other vice presidents of the company), and Ms. Dai Weili, President of Marvell.

Mr. Wang Jianzhou, Chairman of China Mobile, comments that China Mobile is very pleased to work with ASUS for the TD industry; since the emergence of this industry, terminal vendors have helped drive China’s TD industry. All terminals launched by ASUS at this time use OPhone OS and Marvell’s chips with significantly reduced costs, meeting the demand of China Mobile for low-price smart terminals. Also, Chairman Wang says that China Mobile will promote TD terminals this year, and purchase middle- and high-end TD terminals following its purchase of middle- and low-end TD terminals in 2010, bringing more choices to consumers.

At this conference, ASUS launches five new TD-SCDMA smart phones, including T10, T20, T25, T60 and TD-LTE, and one TD slate [TD Pad]. Based on the latest OPhone OS, these products adopt Marvell PXA 920 – the first TD-SCDMA single chip solution in the industry as core processor. TD smart phones with a single chip-based processor feature a slim body, high efficiency, and low price. By applying single chip solution into TD smart terminals, ASUS has maintained a benign partnership with Borqs and Marvell. This helps them meet the market demands for both quality but price. Furthermore, ASUS has become the first TD smart phone manufacturer applying single chip solutions in the world.

ASUS TD Pad -- 24-Feb-2011

China Mobile has maintained a good share in China’s communication market and a great potential in OPhone OS system. This may be the main reason that ASUS has chosen to partner with it. As an open operating system developed by China Mobile, OPhone OS allows users to create personalized interfaces and install applications upon their demands, delivering users the operating experience of “My phone, my decisions”. By empowering mobile terminal products to deliver innovative, easy-to-use applications and enhanced experience, OPhone OS is a better choice for Chinese users.

The joining of ASUS has further expanded China’s TD camp, signifying a brand new beginning in the TD-SCDMA industry between the Mainland and Taiwan. This will promote and expand the development of the TD industry and OPhone-based terminals, also showcasing ASUS’s robust competitiveness in the Mainland market.

Borqs OPhone OS Roadmap [Feb 2011]

OPhone OS roadmap by Borqs -- Feb-2011

Greatest Shanzhai may prove to be an OS, not a handset [March 2, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

OMS is based on the Linux Kernel, and uses Android source code and integrated Java application framework to provide a complete software platform for application developers and users. … OMS is the first Android customization project where the developer (China Mobile and partners like Borqs) customized the entire user interface and applications of Android for a non-English language (in this case, Chinese).

… In a short span of time, China Mobile has been able to rope in the world’s leading mobile manufacturers to launch smartphones in China based on OPhone mobile OS. Motorola, LG, Philips, Dopod, Lenovo, ZTE, Samsung, and Sony are just a few of the distinguished makers of China Mobile’s OPhone range.

The extensive range of phones running the OPhone OS, based on the OMS platform, supercharged the 3G business and value added services of China Mobile. The OPhone OS, although it’s a variant of Android, doesn’t support Android Market; however, it has been tailored to include a built-in mobile app market called Mobile Market (MM), and other exclusive applications like Flying Letters, 139 Email, wireless music players and many more value-added services.

China Mobile is happy with the progress of the OPhone OS and unlike the rumors of it being shelved [see: China Mobile’s Ophone is Dead [Dec 16, 2010]], they have plans to provide new upgrades in 2011. Lu Zhihu, a deputy director at the China Mobile Research Institute, confirmed new updates at the 2010 International Mobile Internet Conference in Beijing. Version 2.5 will be out somewhere in February or March 2011 and version 3.0 later in 2011, with advanced features like voice recognition and better connectivity to mobile services.

China Mobile’s partner, Borqs, has already rolled out an international version of OPhone, which has been used by Dell and will run on AT&T. China Mobile has also established an industry alliance, the OPhone Innovation Alliance, to encourage developers and manufacturers to the OMS platform and OPhone OS. Rumor has it that China Mobile now want to show more convergence with Papa Android and they are planning to bring support for Android Market and many Android features into future releases to attract more users.

Important and quite illustrative information about the significant user interface improvements in 2.0 version:
Mobile OPhone2.0 design documents Exposure: compatible Android2.1_China Mobile China Mobile G3 / TD-SCDMA [June 4, 2010]
All other details about Ophone (OMS) on this blog:
OPhone OS (OMS) 2.0 based on Android 2.1 [July 5 — Dec 13, 2010]

Asustek announces 4 TD-SCDMA smartphones [Digitimes, Feb 24, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

… and the Taiwan-based company noted that it will participate in telecom carrier China Mobile’s open bid for TD-SCDMA handsets in February with result announcement scheduled for April.

The smartphone launch marks Asustek’s first foray into the TD-SCDMA segment. The devices include the T10, T20, T25 and T60. At the press event, the company also showcased a TD-LTE smartphone, and indicated it plans to incorporate TD-SCDMA modules in its tablet PC for China Mobile networks.

Asustek’s TD-SCDMA line is based on the Marvell 920 chip. The T10 is Ophone OS 2.0 enabled.

AsusTek Announces New Handsets, Partnership with China Mobile [Feb 25, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Taiwan’s AsusTek Computer Inc announced a strategic partnership with China Mobile in Beijing on Feb. 24 while unveiling several customized products for the Chinese telecom operator.

At a press conference, AsusTek launched five smartphones and one tablet computer, using the Chinese time division-synchronous code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA) standard for mobile communication, with China Mobile chairman Wang Jianzhou attending the event.

This is the first time that Wang has taken part in such a product launch, which market observers viewed as a move by China Mobile to show the importance of its cooperation with AsusTek.

Wang’s presence was also seen as a positive sign for the Taiwan company, which made a bid with three of its models — the T20, T25 and T60 — in response to China Mobile’s announcement on Feb. 23 that it wanted to place orders for 12.2 million smartphones.

While China Mobile is not expected to announce its decision on suppliers until April, Wang said that the company plans to purchase more high-end smartphones to offer better options to its customers using third-generation (3G) mobile services.

Meanwhile, Benson Lin, general manager of AsusTek’s hand-held devices business, said that the company’s T-10 smartphone will make its debut on the market in March.

China Mobile to procure over 10 million TD-SCDMA handsets [March 2, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

China Mobile will announce suppliers in the second quarter, with large shipments slated for the second half of 2011, the sources indicated.

China Mobile had previously placed more emphasis on low-end smartphones since international handset vendors lacked higher end devices supporting the TD-SCDMA platform. Smartphones represent less than 20% of China Mobile’s revenues versus 40% for China Unicom and more than 20% for China Telecom, according to the sources.

Since China Mobile plans to procure higher-end TD-SCDMA handsets this time, both international and China-based vendors will see orders, unlike last round of procurement when China-based companies dominated the mainstream segment.

Both Taiwan’s HTC and Asustek Computer have already formed strategic alliances with China Mobile, the makers said, adding that the two companies should receive orders as long as their pricing and specifications match the procurement criteria.

Marvell Technology Group’s CEO [dr. Sehat Sutardja] Discusses Q4 2011 Results – Earnings Call Transcript [Seeking Alpha, March 3, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

Last year, we introduced the PXA920 [see: Marvell Drives $99 Smartphones to Market With New Pantheon Platform [Feb 12, 2010] and Marvell Empowers Mass Market TD-SCDMA OPhones with PXA920 Chipset [Sept 8, 2009]]. 920 is a single-chip solution enabling mass-market availability of high-end TD smartphone markets specifically to the China market. These solutions that we provide includes a modem, application processor, management and RF devices. We are the first and only suppliers in the world with the complete high-performance TD smartphone solution for this market.

At the Mobile Congress last month, we announced the follow-on of the 920 device. The 978 [PXA978] device is a single-chip solution of TD-SCDMA but now is combined with rigorous performance and advanced 3D graphics and 1080p multimedia, as well as the traditional 3G UMTS release [indiscernible] solution to address the requirements of the rest of the world. With these new solutions, cellphone OEMs will now no longer need to design separate development platforms to accommodate different wireless standards for the rest of the world and China. And they will be able to target markets around the world saving at the same time in development cost.

Now hopefully, you can see how our TD platform strategy unfolding. The 920 introduced last year initially targeted TD high-end and as well as medium-end smartphones. However, over time, as we reduce cost of the silicon, the wafers that used to build the 920, this platform will quickly transition to low-end and high-volume smartphones replacing the feature phones, which is the sweet spot market for many of the smartphones in this market. While the 978 will emerge as the new high-end TD-SCDMA phone, as well as high-end global phone.

… At Mobile World Congress, we, Marvell, introduced Kinoma, a software platform that is dedicated to dramatically transform the consumer interactions with electronic devices. Kinoma is a new foundation for creating and delivering fast, simple user experience for a wide range of devices and offers an experience and solution that is truly integrated of silicon to applications, creating new opportunities for OEMs and manufacturers.

…. Last year, when they [China Mobile] introduced the first-generation OPhones, the first-generation OPhones were selling for $300, $400, even $500, U.S. dollars. … In contrast, today, the 920 devices … are high-end smartphones targeted for prices the range of $100 to $150 smartphones. So now, we just need to figure out. The time will tell what will be the difference in the volumes of the TD smartphones when it’s priced between $100 to $150 versus when it was priced at $300 to $500.

Update: The PXA920 opportunity was realized only in September 2011, two years later than the September 2009 launch. See:First real chances for Marvell on the tablet and smartphone fronts [Aug 21, 2011]

ARM at MWC 2011 with Marvell – Kinoma [Feb 25, 2011]

All details about Kinoma on this blog:
Kinoma is now the marvellous software owned by Marvell [Feb 15, 2011]

Marvell Announces First ‘World Phone’ Single Chip Solution: 3G TD-SCDMA Baseband Combining High Performance 1.2 GHz Application Processor with Advanced 3D Graphics and 1080p Multimedia [Feb 14, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Marvell (Nasdaq: MRVL), a worldwide leader in integrated silicon solutions, continues to build on its heritage of mobile communications innovations with the announcement of its world phone platform based on the Marvell® PXA978 communications processor with Marvell HSPA modem. Marvell’s PXA978 is the industry’s first single-chip solution to feature 3G UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) and China’s TD-SCDMA (Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access) standard with HSPA (High-Speed Packet Access) support and is intended to enable mobile developers to design 3G cellular devices and tablets that can be used and supported globally.

“… It’s truly amazing that a tiny chip like the PXA978 integrates both 3G and TD-SCDMA basebands, a powerful application processor, all advanced 3D graphics capability, with a very low-power profile and affordable cost structure ideal for mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets,” said Weili Dai, Marvell’s Co-Founder. “With the addition of Kinoma‘s elegant and intuitive software experience and integration of cutting-edge mobile technologies, Marvell has enabled the entire ecosystem – in both its depth and breadth – to convert conventional cell phones into multi-functional mobile gadgets ideal for gaming, video chatting, live news, and more. This small device has the potential to make a huge impact on our world. I envision that a true world phone will transform the global economy by lowering the cost and barriers to entry for billions more consumers and innovators.”

Unlike current technology on the market, the Marvell world phone development platform is the world’s first and only available solution of its kind featuring R7 3G UMTS and TD-SCDMA with HSPA. Additionally, the platform will feature the industry’s first Mobile MIMO, Avastar(TM) 88W8797, an 802.11n 2×2 dual-band Wi-Fi SoC designed to support high data rates for next-generation mobile devices.

Original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) no longer need to design separate development platforms to accommodate different wireless standards and target markets around the world, saving months of design time and cost. Instead, they can focus on creating a wide portfolio of 3G UMTS supported phones that can be used globally with other UMTS carriers worldwide – all based on a single development platform.

Marvell’s PXA978 single chip solution uses advanced 40nm process technology and is designed to deliver 3G TD-SCDMA baseband combining high performance 1.2 GHz application processor with advanced 3D graphics and 1080p multimedia, ensuring a feature-rich, fast and exceptionally smooth user experience. Additionally, the processor’s extremely high power efficiency and true multitasking capabilities is intended to enable OEMs to design mobile devices that represent a significant leap beyond today’s most advanced smartphone and tablet devices. The platform will support all leading OS platforms.

Be aware of ZTE et al. and white-box (Shanzhai) vendors: Wake up call now for Nokia, soon for Microsoft, Intel, RIM and even Apple!

Update as of August 10, 2012: After acquiring the Qt commercial licensing business in March 2011 from Nokia, the Helsinki based, ~1000 people strong Digia, with 2011 sales of 121.9 million Euro, yesterday acquired all the rest of the Qt business from Nokia. More details in the Digia extends Its commitment to Qt with plans to acquire full Qt software technology and business From Nokia [Digia’s Qt Commercial Blog, Aug 9, 2012] and Digia Committed to Thriving Qt Ecosystem [KDE.NEWS, Aug 9, 2012] posts from Digia’s R&D director Tuuka Turunen. With this all pre-Windows Phone software platform commitments except the Java based S40 (evolved in the new Asha range) have strategically been revoked by Nokia.

Here is the shortest and still very comprehensive way to understand the essence of Nokia’s decision to radically change its strategy – Engadget’s video interview with Stephen Elop [Feb 15, 2011], the CEO of Nokia:

 

STATEMENTS IN THE ABOVE VIDEO YOU WILL FIND NOWHERE ELSE:

[00:48]: As it relates to the low-end we think regardless of how far we can push down Symbian and/or Windows Phone, which will rapidly come down in price as well, in price points, we believe there is always going to be this layer below, i.e. the absolute lowest level, highest cost-optimized approach. So Series 40 and its successors, and new work that we’ll do in that area, we think will continue to be an important part of the strategy going forward. [1:13] … [1:17] We call those ’mobile phones’ [i.e. not feature phones]. In our strategy, the Nokia strategy has three pieces to it: the smartphone strategy, which is about Windows Phone, it has what we call ’the next billion strategy’ which is about taking those first mobile experiences … at the very lowest of the price continuum, and the third part of our strategy is what we call ’the future disruptions’. Investing today to plan for to lead the next disruption beyond all the current activities we are doing today. [1:45]

[1:58]: Part of the specific relationship between Nokia and Microsoft is for us to contribute the expertise to planning, design and everything else, so that the Windows Phone product is not only a premium product but in the same way that Symbian has been pushed way down the price continuum, you’ll see us to do that very aggressively with Windows Phone as well. [2:16]

[08:07]: Our Plan B is to make Plan A successful. Just to be clear. What we’re doing is not thinking of MeeGo as the Plan B. We’re thinking about MeeGo and related development work as what’s the next generation. So to the extent that today there is a three horse race – Windows Phone, Android, Apple, and so forth – what comes next, what is the next major wave of business and technological disruption. We want to make it sure that we’re leading through that as well, and so the efforts will focus further into the future. [8:35]

Update: Nokia N9 UX [?Swipe?] on MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan [June 24, 2011]

Update: Open Letter from Purnima Kochikar to Developer Community [March 25, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

First, let’s recap what it is we announced; the three main areas of our strategy:

  1. Plans for a broad strategic partnership with Microsoft on Windows Phone
  2. Connecting the Next Billion
  3. Future disruptive technologies

What about Symbian? What about Qt?

Understandably, these are the first questions that come to mind. Although Windows Phone will become our primary smartphone platform, we will continue to deliver a great deal of value from Symbian. We’re making investments that will help us to engage and attract existing and new Symbian users and allow us to launch new competitive smartphones.

Over the past weeks we have been evaluating our Symbian roadmap and now feel confident we will have a strong portfolio of new products during our transition period – i.e. 2011 and 2012. These devices will take advantage of the strong integration of devices and services as well as our strength in areas such as imaging and location-based services. They will also include improvements in hardware performance such as GHz+ processing capabilities and faster graphics speeds.

To further enhance the competitiveness of these products we will deliver updates to the current Symbian user experience. The first major update will arrive in summer, delivering a new home screen, new flexible widgets, new icons, a faster browser, new Navbar and a fresh look and feel to Ovi Store and Ovi Maps, including integration of social media services in Ovi Maps….

I’ve been asked many times how long we will support Symbian and I’m sure for many of you it feels we have been avoiding the question.  The truth is, it is very difficult to provide a single answer. We hope to bring devices based on Windows Phone to market as quickly as possible, but Windows Phone will not have all language and all localization capabilities from day one.

In many markets, including markets where Symbian is currently the lead smartphone platform with significant market share such as China, India, Russia and Turkey, we will continue to make our Symbian portfolio as competitive as possible while we work with Microsoft to introduce Windows Phone. For that reason certain markets will play a more significant role in selling the 150 million Symbian devices than others and we will be selling devices long after Windows Phone devices from Nokia have already started to appear in other markets. That is why we cannot give you the date when Symbian will no longer be supported.

Qt, the development platform for Symbian and future MeeGo technology remains critically important and Nokia is committed to investment in Qt as the best toolset for those platforms and we are focusing on future developments in part by our plan to divest the commercial licensing business [“by the end of March 2011” Digia to acquire Qt commercial licensing business from Nokia [March 7, 2011]], used mainly by developers of embedded and desktop applications beyond the mobile market. [“Qt is actively used by around 3500 desktop and embedded customer companies which will be transferred to Digia upon closing. The commercial customers represent a broad range of industries, e.g. consumer electronics, finance, aviation, energy, defence and media.”]

Additionally we are readying app analytics, in-app advertising, in-app purchasing, a new browser and hardware enhancements. There are a lot of new things for developers to take advantage of in these soon-to-be-released APIs. We are continuing to explore Qt for use in other strategic investment areas as well.

WHAT IS NOT CLEAR AT ALL FROM THE VIDEO is the global market situation in all its details and nuances which forced Nokia to make such a radical change in its alltime strategies of going alone. From simple news articles it is also not clear to outsiders whether it was the best decision for Nokia or not, specifically considering the current favorite of the market, the Google Android platform. And to have a clear picture on both is more the essential. For everybody who is doubting that please first read Nokia’s radical CEO has a mercenary, checkered past [Feb 14, 2011] and after being confused with that (especially with the comments part) get yourself familiar with (emphasis is mine):

Shanzai [alt. sp. shanzhai or Shan Zai] literally means “Mountain Bandit or Fortress” [here is a very detailed wikipedia explanation] in Mandarin Chinese. It is a phenomenon that goes far beyond the simplistic view of “copycat products” and in popular Chinese cultural usage is used to describe a vendor who operates a business without observing traditional rules or practicesoften resulting in innovative and unusual products or business models. Reading the stories on this website will open your eyes to a whole new business phenomenon that is affecting all of our lives whether we realize it or not.

from the Shanzai.com opened in July 2009, when it became obvious to Timothy James Brown, an IT executive working in Asia for the past 13 years, that Shanzhai (I will use rather this form as it is more general in referenced sources used below) is indeed a new business phenomenon which will start to influence the non-Chinese speaking world of the global technology in an big way. In the last two years another new name also came out for part of Shanzhai: white-box vendors, to reflect the fact that they were hard pressed (by the government) to leave the gray-market, thus to become legitimate in all respects, as well as naturally becoming larger scale operations capable of entering the international markets.

It is also worth to look at China Gray-Market Cell Phone Shipments Slow in 2011 [iSuppli press release, Dec 16, 2010] (emphasis is mine):

China’s gray-market cell phone shipments will amount to 255 million units in 2011, up 11.8 percent from 228 million in 2010. This compares to a rise of 43.6 percent in 2009.

Gray Market Handset Shipment Forecast by iSuppli -- Dec-2010

Gray-market handsets are cell phones manufactured in China that are not recognized or licensed by government regulators. Makers of these products generally do not pay China’s value-added taxes and, therefore, profit illegally from their participation in the market.

“The object of a nationwide government crackdown, the gray cell phone market in the world’s most populous country is facing some trepidation as official scrutiny focused on illegal handsets and as consumers are starting to lose some interest in the devices,” said Kevin Wang, director of China research at iSuppli. “This created particular challenges for white-box handsets – on which gray-market dealers can put their logos. These types of phones use smuggled chips, carry no certification from China’s Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, sport fake international mobile equipment identity codes and are smuggled to Hong Kong to avoid value-added taxes.”

What growth there is in 2011 will be driven by demand from emerging countries as well as by falling average selling prices for gray handsets.

After growing in 2011, the gray market will begin to decline in 2012. This is because gray market cell phone suppliers will be unable to cut prices any further – even if they wish to win more new customers in emerging countries. Suppliers also will find themselves competing with an increasing number of locally branded original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) that provide better quality and after-sales service, iSuppli believes.

The market for gray handsets

Aside from serving domestic demand in China, gray handsets command sizable sales in other countries in the Asia-Pacific region, an area that includes Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia and the Philippines – as well as Pakistan, a neighbor to China. And while gray-handset shipments in 2010 within China will fall to 24.2 million units, down from 33.2 million in 2009, gray-handset shipments to other Asian countries during the same period will rise to 154.4 million units, up from 110.2 million.

The market for non-gray handsets

Meanwhile, shipments from Chinese non-gray handset makers will grow by 36.4 percent in 2010 and continue to climb during the next five years. Not only will Chinese OEMs improve their global market sales – especially in the emerging countries – China’s white-box handset shipments also will keep growing. Furthermore, Chinese handset makers will win more orders from international carriers and from locally branded OEMs in the emerging markets.

Within the domestic market, China’s 3G handsets are poised for dramatic expansion – reaching 51 million units in 2010 and maintaining growth in the next five years, thanks to the continued decline of both 3G handset prices and service fees. By 2014, local 3G handsets are projected to reach 134 million units.

Read More > China’s Gray Market Handset Shipments Continue Expanding in 2011

Update: China’s innovation drive in “post-Shanzhai” era [Xinhua, March 11, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

The “Shanzhai” industry, which churns out electronic goods that imitate well-known brands, is declining even in its hotbed and birthplace in south China’s Shenzhen City.Signs that say “Shop to Let” adorned many electronic stores along Shenzhen’s Huaqiangbei Road. About one-third of Huaqiangbei’s estimated 3,000 sellers of “Shanzhai” cell phones have left the business, said Tang Ruijin, the secretary general of Shenzhen Mobile Communication Association.

The price cut of branded cell phones and the public’s growing intellectual property protection (IPR) awareness contributed to the decline of “Shanzhai.” But the heaviest blow came from China’s determination to enhance IPR protection and develop indigenous innovation, Tang said.

Sociologist Ai Jun noted that the “Shanzhai” phenomenon is a period that China and other developing countries must go through in fostering their companies’ innovative capacities. “It is a natural process to first imitate and then innovate.”

So it might quite well be the case that big name legacy businesses will need leaders like Stephen Elop to compete with the new, legalized (non-gray) “mountain bandits”, i.e. Shanzhai, if the bad-mouthing about Elop referred above is indeed true. If this is not true, then a very impressive leader, like Steve Elop is in the above video again, will be needed either.

You will understand this in all details when coming through the sections below:

  • Stir in the “old boys” camp: Nokia, Microsoft, Intel, and Apple
  • Earthquake like changes in the mobile phone market: numbers from IDC
  • Radical strategy shift/reorg at Nokia
  • White-box (Shanzhai) vendors
  • MediaTek as the catalyst of the white-board ecosystem
  • ZTE et al.

(If you don’t like such long readings you can finish with a quite literary type story of how Nokia’s Flirtations Put the Fear of Google Into Microsoft [WSJ, Feb 18, 2011]. The “only” thing you will miss will be the real understanding of the deal.)

Stir in the “old boys” camp: Nokia, Microsoft, Intel, and Apple

Nokia sees Windows phone prices dropping fast [Feb 18, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Prices of smartphones using Microsoft’s Windows Phone software platform will fall fast, Nokia’s chief executive Stephen Elop said on Friday.

Last week Nokia, the world’s largest phone maker by volume, said it would adopt Microsoft’s software across its smartphones, raising fears the firm would miss out during the transition on surging demand for cheaper smartphone models.

Elop said one of the key topics in the talks on doing a deal with Microsoft was convincing Nokia that it could reach “a very low price point.”

We have become convinced that we can do that very quickly,” Chief Executive Stephen Elop said in a meeting with Finnish business journalists.

Trying to better compete with Apple’s iPhone, Microsoft has so far had tight hardware requirements for phone models using its software — pushing up handset prices and limiting the potential market.

As part of the push to a wider market and lower prices, Microsoft plans to open its mobile platform to other chipset suppliers beyond Qualcomm.

Nokia’s shares dropped more than 20 percent after it announced the Microsoft deal, but industry executives have said the new alliance will be good for competition and innovation.

Elop said the final agreement between Nokia and Microsoft would be signed in the next few months.

“The conclusion of the agreement will happen, we think, quite quickly, measured in a couple of months, it may be a bit longer, it may be shorter,” he said.

ELOP SELLS MICROSOFT, BUYS NOKIA

Elop, who joined Nokia from Microsoft last September said he sold all his Microsoft shares on February 17 and has bought 150,000 shares in Nokia. The Canadian is the first non-Finn to head the firm.

Shares in Nokia were up 0.7 percent at 6.76 euros by 1038 GMT.

Now it is worth to watch a 7-minute highlights video of Microsoft’s (Steve Ballmer’s) keynote from the Mobile World Congress 2011 to understand the enhanced version of Windows Phone 7 which will be introduced quite probably in fall of this year with the new WP7 Nokia devices:

Especially follow when Joe Belfiore, Corporate Vice President, Windows Phone Program Management, is showing the three most important enhancements for WPF7: the effect of hardware accelleration from IE9 added to the WP7 (demoed vs. iPhone 4 using the well known FishIE page demo), multitasking demoed by a combined phone and gaming scenario, and the new user interface element to have a task-switching view from the Back button.

Stephen Elop has summarized the significance and the benefits of this new strategic partnership as follows (during Steve Ballmer’s keynote at the Mobile World Congress 2011 [Feb 14, 2011]): (emphasis is mine)

It’s truly a pleasure to address you here today at a moment that we think is pretty significant in how we see the evolution of the mobile industry evolve.

You’ve heard me talk about it in a number of forums, that the world is shifting from a battle of devices to a war of ecosystems. And with the announcement that we made jointly with Microsoft just a couple of days ago, it’s very clear the selection we’ve made as it relates to that war.

As you read all of the press and the analyst commentary, of which there’s been a little bit over the last couple of days, it is the case that there’s a common theme emerging that I want to focus on, and that is that Microsoft and Nokia together represent a natural partnership. People are getting it, and they’re getting it for a variety of reasons.

First of all, if you think about the device experience, Nokia brings iconic hardware, incredible industrial design, and we’re matching that up and bringing that together with a leading operating system platform for the future, with an amazing amount of capability that you saw demonstrated here today, and between the two of us we have the understanding of what it means to take it from where it is today, even more broadly down through the pricing continuum so that we have the opportunity to deliver an entire portfolio and range of devices the world over. So, that’s an incredible bit of symmetry and the complementary nature of the relationship, a very powerful element.

A second point of symmetry relates to the area of our global reach, our distribution, the power of our brand, the volumes that we bring, and what we can do to strength the Windows ecosystem, while at the same time getting the support from Microsoft to help us address some of our challenges, which, of course, relates to reentering the U.S. market in a compelling way where Windows Phone has already had a strong start, so there’s an opportunity there.

And, of course, the third point of symmetry relates to the services area that Steve referenced here a few moments ago. We bring mapping, location-based services, the capability to do local advertising, and a variety of other things, together with things like Bing search, Office for productivity, Xbox, and a variety of other things, and thereby form that third ecosystem, because again what our consumers are purchasing today is a combination of all of those things, a single user experience that is a combination of all of those pieces, and together we’ve been able to bring those together to create that third ecosystem.

But if you were to sum it all up, what we’re able to do through this relationship is to ensure that we deliver products that are more competitive, which, of course, is what it’s all about.

Now, it is our belief that this is good news for operators. It’s good news for operators because we’re in a situation where we can actually create that third ecosystem and create an entirely different dynamic than that which was appearing to be forming as it relates to the actions of those other ecosystems, and you understand what I mean in terms of the importance of that balance, because that balance also allows operators to deliver more choice to the ultimate consumer, which is important.

It is also the case that for operators Nokia has had a longstanding relationship with operators all over the world. We understand what it means to be the most friendly partner to operators, we know what we have to do, and this is an area where we will be contributing our strength and our knowledge, our engineering and other assets to allow the Windows Phone ecosystem to be unquestionably the most operator-friendly ecosystem that exists today, because that’s clearly part of it.

We also think this is very good news for developers. It’s good news for developers because we can bring a scale operation, a large number of devices and opportunities to reach customers all over the world through what Nokia will deliver to this partnership through our broad reach and distribution.

Microsoft has a very modern collection of tools to help developers move in that direction. Nokia contributes things like operator billing and other forms of monetization that are not available through any of the other ecosystems. So, we bring those pieces together.

And, of course, finally and most importantly, we think this is great for consumers: iconic hardware, stellar software, combined with unique services, the third ecosystem. We’re thrilled to have this opportunity.

So, there’s been a lot of news, a lot of things going on. Our focus today shifts to delivering those first devices, and changing the industry.

The upcoming new features of the WP7 are not limited to the ones demonstrated by Joe Belfiore in the previous video. Here is another benefit the combined Windows Phone 7, Xbox and Kinect experience [Feb 14, 2011]:

The technology shown in the video is real and is intended to demonstrate the types of experiences Microsoft will be bringing to market. This is just one example of what’s possible as the company explores new ways to interact with Microsoft technology.

How Microsoft was summarizing the benefits of that strategic partnership? The shortest but still essential presentation of that was given on Microsoft financial analyst briefing at the 2011 Mobile World Congress [Feb 14, 2011] by Andy Lees, President of Microsoft Mobile Communications Business (emphasis is mine):

The other thing that we announced at Mobile World Congress is the partnership with Nokia. Our ecosystem is very important for the success of the phone. Nokia sold about 100 million smart phones over the last 12 months, and they are putting Windows Phone as their primary smart phone platform going forward. They’ll still continue to sell Symbian during a transition period. So, it will carry on in parallel for a while, but nonetheless, it’s a strong commitment to the ecosystem.

And that’s going to have a big acceleration for us. That’s going to have benefits for Microsoft, and actually for the ecosystem – that includes operators, ISVs, developers, and even, in many respects, the other OEMs. When speaking with the other OEMs, they’re excited about the competition in many respects, because it will broaden the overall size of the market, and <it will broaden> the adoption of Windows Phone by users and, therefore, the breadth of the ecosystem that supports it.

It’s a very good arrangement for ourselves, and it’s also good for Nokia. Nokia does a wide variety of things, not just the handset; they innovate in lots of different ways. And they’re going to be able to bring those <innovations> to the Windows Phone ecosystem. For example, the agreement includes mapping. We will adopt Nokia’s core mapping technology, which really is second to none. Bing will be integrated across everything that Nokia does. Their location services will generate advertising revenue for Nokia, not only on their phones, but actually across where those same location services are used on other phones, and even on the PC and other devices.

It’s a multi-faceted agreement, and it includes royalty payments for our software. It includes joint marketing and, as I mentioned, significant revenue opportunities. Considering the size of the smart phone market is growing to being in excess of half a billion phones over the next few years as a run rate, and an install base that will very quickly reach over a billion smart phones, you can see how the opportunity for them not only to sell more devices through the differentiation that they provide and the collaboration that we do to enable that, but also to add-on through these individual services.

QUESTION: My question would be related to the Nokia licensing agreement. Do you see Nokia as a more important licensee to Windows Phone 7 than others? And are they going to have any special treatment when it comes to royalty fees? Thank you.

ANDY LEES: So, first of all, it’s a much broader agreement than being a licensee. It includes an element where they are a licensee but, as I described before, it incorporates a wide variety of things like mapping, location-based services, advertising, search, joint marketing, and joint development. Because of the footprint of Nokia, and the overall unit volume that they represent, the multi-faceted element of this agreement is unique.

Having said that, we do continue to support other OEMs. They’re excited about the impact that that’s going to have on the ecosystem. They also have the ability to differentiate and compete. So, yes, the agreement is very unique, because it’s multifaceted and very broad with Nokia, and that’s part of the reason why I think it’s going to be good for them. But also, we know that an important element is to have competition, and Nokia recognizes that, and it’s an important part for them that the ecosystem is healthy.

QUESTION: I was wondering if you could help us understand a little bit about the timeframe for the design cycle for a new Windows Phone?

ANDY LEES: It varies a lot by OEM. If you were to start completely from scratch, it takes a while, 18 months. But, you don’t often need to start from scratch. If you’re asking specifically with Nokia, Nokia has lots of components that they can use in order to get a much faster start. So, it depends on how far progressed you already are, and how much is transferable with that.

One of the things that we did in Windows Phone 7 is to design much more of the totality of the core system, which does improve overall quality, and the predictability of the experience, but it has a nice side effect of being a much faster operating system for people to come on stream with. So, that’s an advantage of Windows Phone versus other options.

QUESTION: Nokia said that Microsoft will transfer billions to kind of get this ecosystem going. I’m just wondering what your priorities might be in terms of jumpstarting the initiative, where those billions might be spent, and also if you now have feedback from carriers of what they might be saying about the combination?

ANDY LEES: So, in terms of the agreement, it’s a long-term multi-faceted agreement, as I’ve just said. It includes search revenue transfer, advertising revenue transfer, location-based services revenue transfer, royalty payments for software, and it includes joint marketing. There are lots of facets of the deal. We’re not going into the numbers for each one of those things. Given the size of the total market, there is very substantial opportunity both for Nokia and for ourselves in order to grow units, revenue, and margin. We’re not predicting that, obviously. So, we see it as a good opportunity for us.

And I think Nokia went through a very rigorous evaluation process. Certainly from the conversations we had with them, and being involved in the process in that way, they did an evaluation that included the technology, a strategic evaluation of long-term roadmap and differentiation that they can provide, assets that they have that they can apply, and then, of course, an economic return through our businesses. And they chose this. They could have chosen whatever one, so they must think it’s the best opportunity for them going forward having done that, and I would say it was a very, very rigorous evaluation done over actually a few months. And it was probably one of the most rigorous things I’ve been involved in in that way.

QUESTION: Just a quick one on sortre of skins and customization. I just wondered whether Nokia would be able to customize the devices that they offer with Windows Phone 7. And then related to that, whether there was an issue with Qt for Windows 7, or whether it wasn’t a problem, because I think Stephen Elop last night said that Qt wouldn’t be available for Win 7. Thank you.

ANDY LEES: So, the first question is about differentiation. Yes, we’ll enable differentiation. What we don’t want to do, though, is fragment the ecosystem. And fragment it for developers, or indeed for end users. So, we have a collaborative development process with OEMs, and in this case particularly with Nokia, to be able to listen to what it is they want to do and then make a joint decision. And what they know is fragmentation in the ecosystem is ultimately a significant problem. And so they don’t want that. And so having change for the sake of change, which is what does happen in other places, is sometimes a negative thing. So, yes, they can differentiate, yes they can add value, yes, they can enhance in that way. However, we want to make sure that we are consistent.

And then the second question was to do with Qt. Qt is a development part of Symbian. It is not a development part of Windows Phone. We will be helping developers with Nokia, who want to do that transition. But, they will be transitioning from Qt to Windows Phone. They will carry on development of Symbian for a number of ‑‑ quite a period of time. They have a huge install base and developers will want to go through and continue to address that.

So, they’ll continue to enhance and support Qt for quite some time. I think they’ve predicted that they will be selling, even from this day forward, about 150 million copies of Symbian over the next few years. So, it’s not that it’s a dramatic change over – it’s that there will be an evolution and we’ll help developers with that transition.

QUESTION: Can you summarize for us your message to the operators as Stephen Elop put it earlier today, the most operator-friendly ecosystem?

ANDY LEES: Yes, if you look at the choices that operators have in terms of fully fledged ecosystems, the conversations we’ve had with operators is that they have been ecstatic without exception, and I mean so much so that what they have said to us is that this is strategically important for us. They would like to have a balance of ecosystems. They want to bet on having a balance of ecosystems in their network and therefore, they will disproportionately work to help make sure this ecosystem is successful.

One of the things they are finding is that increasingly the other ecosystems appear more and more hostile, with the people that are working on those using it as a way to control revenue flow and to control relationships with customers. [Quite obvious reference to Apple and the way how AppleStore is set up, could be even a reference to Android ecosystem as well.]

That’s not our strategy and our strategy is to be a full-fledged ecosystem. We’re not trying to own the customer in the place of somewhere else, we’re not trying to stop other people from making revenue on the phone. An ecosystem is all about people working together and that means making money together and dealing with customers together. So, that really is our strategy. We are therefore very operator-friendly. So is Nokia. And that really helps us, I think, quite a lot in getting their support.

UPDATE 2-Intel says will find new MeeGo partners [Feb 17, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

Intel Corp (INTC.O) said its partner Nokia dropped the MeeGo operating system [not exactly true, see later] after Microsoft offered “incredible” amounts of money for the phonemaker to switch to Windows but it would find new partners for MeeGo.

Intel’s Chief Executive Paul Otellini said in a meeting with analysts in London, accessed by Reuters via conference call, that Nokia’s (NOK1V.HE) choice of Microsoft (MSFT.O) over Google’s (GOOG.O) Android platform was a financial decision. [ID:nLDE71A0DG]

Otellini said Nokia’s Chief Executive Stephen Elop received “incredible offers — money” from Google and Microsoft to switch.

“I wouldn’t have made the decision he made, I would probably have gone to Android if I were him,” he said. “MeeGo would have been the best strategy but he concluded he couldn’t afford it.

Microsoft was not immediately available for comment.

Google Chief Executive Eric Schmidt said at the Mobile World Congress in Barcelona on Wednesday that he had held extensive talks to try to woo Nokia. [ID:nLDE71F026]

Otellini said Nokia would find it hard to differentiate using the Windows platform: “It would have been less hard on Android, on MeeGo he could have done it.”

“We will find another partner. The carriers still want a third ecosystem and the carriers want an open ecosystem, and that’s the thing that drives our motivation,” he said.

MeeGo was created last year by the merger of Nokia and Intel’s Linux-based platforms Maemo and Moblin. [ID:nLDE61E0Z2]

Otellini said in Barcelona that open systems had the edge over closed systems: “Some closed models will certainly survive, because you can optimise the experience, but in general, if you harness the ability of all the engineers in the world and the developers in the world, open wins.”

Intel as the new champion of open systems? YES. Nokia’s decision is – however – representing the best interests of Nokia. There is certainly nothing left to Mr. Ottelini as represent his own company’s best interests which he does well, by championing open systems for example. Another proof is just that when President Obama Visited Intel’s Oregon Research and Manufacturing Site, Highlights Education, Jobs and Innovation [Feb 18, 2011] the simultaneous announcement was that Intel to Invest More than $5 Billion to Build New Factory in Arizona [Feb 18, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

The new Arizona factory, designated Fab 42, will be the most advanced, high-volume semiconductor manufacturing facility in the world. Construction of the new fab is expected to begin in the middle of this year and is expected to be completed in 2013.

“The investment positions our manufacturing network for future growth,” said Brian Krzanich, senior vice president and general manager, Manufacturing and Supply Chain. “This fab will begin operations on a process that will allow us to create transistors with a minimum feature size of 14 nanometers. For Intel, manufacturing serves as the underpinning for our business and allows us to provide customers and consumers with leading-edge products in high volume. The unmatched scope and scale of our investments in manufacturing help Intel maintain industry leadership and drives innovation.”

While more than three-fourths of Intel’s sales come from outside of the United States, Intel manufactures three-fourths of its microprocessors in the United States. The addition of this new fab will increase the company’s American manufacturing capability significantly.

Building the new fab on the leading-edge 14-nanometer process enables Intel to manufacture more powerful and efficient computer chips. The nanometer specification refers to the minimum dimensions of transistor technology. A nanometer is one-billionth of a meter or the size one ninety-thousandth the width of an average human hair.

“The products based on these leading-edge chips will give consumers unprecedented levels of performance and power efficiency across a range of computing devices from high-end servers to ultra-sleek portable devices,” said Krzanich.

Fab 42 will be built as a 300mm factory, which refers to the size of the wafers that contain the computer chips. The project will create thousands of construction and permanent manufacturing jobs at Intel’s Arizona site.

Considering that it was just last October as came the news Intel Announces Multi-Billion-Dollar Investment in Next-Generation Manufacturing in U.S. [Oct 19, 2010] (emphasis is mine):

  • Intel will spend $6-8 billion in manufacturing to support future technology advancements in Arizona and Oregon.
  • The investment supports the creation of 6,000-8,000 construction jobs and 800-1,000 permanent high-tech jobs, and also allows Intel to maintain its current manufacturing employment base at these U.S. sites.
  • The investment will fund a new development fab in Oregon, as well as upgrades to four existing fabs to manufacture the next-generation 22-nanometer (nm) process technology.
  • Intel’s next-generation, 22nm microprocessors will enable sleeker device designs, higher performance and longer battery life at lower costs.

Intel’s strategy – quite obviously – is to “outmanufacture” everybody else. See also my post: Intel’s industry position and prospects for years ahead [Dec 9, 2010 with updates till Jan 14, 2011]. In a longer term it is definitely the best representation of Intel’s own interests.

Parallel to that they are strengthening their software-related investments as well, see Intel Capital Investments to Help Expand the Mobile Ecosystem [Feb 14, 2011] (emphasis is mine):

MOBILE WORLD CONGRESS, Barcelona, Feb. 14, 2011 – Intel Capital, Intel Corporation’s global investment organization, today announced six new investments to drive continued innovation across the mobile hardware, software and applications ecosystems. The new deals total approximately $26 million and include open source mobile software solutions company Borqs; location-based mapping platform and tools provider CloudMade; QuantumFilm™-based image sensor vendor InVisage; open source online video platform Kaltura; online authentication provider SecureKey Technologies; and unified communications and collaboration service software provider VisionOSS Solutions.

The six companies each have developed innovative technologies to enhance the user experience across a continuum of devices, including handhelds, tablets and laptops, that run a variety of operating systems including MeeGo and Android*.

Borqs Ltd. (Borqs) (Beijing) is an Android software integrator for mobile devices. The company works with name-brand smart phone OEMs, semi-conductor companies, and mobile operators to enhance the Android system to meet their requirements. With expertise ranging from kernel, device-level drivers to top-level user interfaces, Borqs Android solution has been deployed in more than 30 Android mobile devices for W-CDMA networks and TD-SCDMA networks. Borqs Android solution is Google CTS compliant. The investment from Intel Capital, subject to the satisfaction of closing conditions, aligns with Intel’s port of choice strategy to support multiple operating systems across a variety of devices and will be used by the company for business development.

CloudMade (Menlo Park, Calif.) was founded in 2007 to enable developers to build location-enabled applications and services. The company provides application developers with a range of innovative tools and application programming interfaces to enable the creation of unique location-based applications across all major web and mobile platforms. Today there are more than 16,000 developers using CloudMade’s tools to create applications for mobile and Web consumers. The investment from Intel Capital will be used to further strengthen the platform and to work with developers to provide them with an unparalleled suite of tools designed for their specific needs. CloudMade will be certified under the Intel’s AppUp™ application store.

Kaltura (New York) provides a widely adopted open source online video platform. More than 100,000 media and entertainment companies, enterprises, small- and medium-size businesses, educational institutions, service providers, platform vendors and system integrators use Kaltura’s flexible platform to enhance their websites, Web services and Web platforms with advanced customized rich-media functionalities that are delivered through any connected device. Kaltura’s features and products enable the easy deployment of custom workflows involving video, photo and audio creation, ingestion, publishing, management, distribution, engagement, monetization and analysis. The investment will be used to enhance rich-media functionalities on tablets, mobile phones and other connected devices, with a special emphasis on supporting the MeeGo™ mobile operating system and Intel’s AppUp application store.

Software-wise Intel’s strategic bet is definitely the open-source as it was already shown in my earlier post Intel’s industry position and prospects for years ahead [Dec 9, 2010 with updates till Jan 14, 2011] by a single presentation excerpt of:

(where Nokia was already missing from the MeeGo design wins !) as well as by the another post of mine Intel Oak Trail to beat ARM with MeeGo specific prices [Nov 25, 2010]. Note that Android is high on Intel’s list as well since MeeGo is a quite new system. See Nokia, Intel release MeeGo 1.1; lacks support for tablets [Oct 29, 2010], For developers’ eyes only: MeeGo version 1.1 [Nokia’s own blog, Oct 28, 2010], MeeGo 1.1 Release [meego.com, Oct 28, 2010], MeeGo v1.1 for Netbooks (Google Chrome Browser) [meego.com], MeeGo v1.1 for Handset [meego.com] and MeeGo v1.1 for In-Vehicle Infotainment (IVI) [meego.com]. Nokia also had different plans for MeeGo from Intel back then platformwise as per Nokia Makes Qt its Sole App Development Framework [Oct 21, 2010], Nokia Focuses on Qt to Extend Reach for Developers, Make Mobile Experience Richer for Users [Oct 21, 2010] and Nokia further refines development strategy to unify environments for Symbian and MeeGo [Oct 21, 2010].

With the latest Nokia decision to select Windows Phone 7 as its primary operating system Nokia’s plans for MeeGo changed only in the sense that Qt has been dropped as the unified environment for developers but as per the Nokia outlines new strategy, introduces new leadership, operational structure [Feb 11, 2011]:

Under the new strategy, MeeGo becomes an open-source, mobile operating system project. MeeGo will place increased emphasis on longer-term market exploration of next-generation devices, platforms and user experiences. Nokia still plans to ship a MeeGo-related product later this year.

which is very painful for Intel as it practically should push MeeGo through the market alone while Nokia can pick the fruits of Intel’s effort practically free of charge when MeeGo becomes a factor on the market. Nokia’s biggest contribution to the MeeGo success will be just the advanced user experience as has been promised before, see my earlier post Nokia to enter design pattern competition for 2011 smartphones with MeeGo [Dec 9, 2010]. But that user experience wil be kept to Nokia, so Intel will not benefit from it elsewhere.

Whether Intel understands the upcoming threat to its business is still not clear from all that above.

Meanwhile Apple definitely needs to take the white-box vendors threat more seriously as indicated by two recent news below:

New York Times: Apple Is Not Making a Smaller iPhone [Feb 18, 2011]

The New York Times has poured cold water on a rumor that Apple is preparing to sell a smaller version of the iPhone.

The report conflicts with stories published earlier this week by Bloomberg and The Wall Street Journal, who both claim that Apple is making a smaller iPhone that relies heavily on cloud-based storage and media streaming.

Citing an anonymous source, NYT explained that Apple is working on methods to bring costs of the iPhone down, and a smaller iPhone wouldn’t necessarily be cheaper to produce, nor would it be easier to operate.

Two major publications say something is happening, and one major publication is saying it’s not. We’re inclined to believe NYT, however, because the explanation seems more rational. Reducing storage and size wouldn’t bring down costs much, and a different screen size would also cause fragmentation in the App Store.

Apples biggest plans to upset faster retail store progress in China [Shanzai.com, Feb 21, 2010]:

We’ve reported before that Apple was lagging on meeting its earlier commitments to open 15 or 25 retail stores in China this year but now it seems an effort to build its biggest store yet will slow things down further.

40,000 people/day apparently tromp through the few Apple retail outlets in China at the moment (I’m never sure but now I think there are 5 locations)… so bigger is probably a much welcome strategy for building an Apple shrine/store.

Since Apple revenue in China last year grew over 4x from the previous year, they’re probably needing to scout new locations that can handle higher retail traffic volumes.

Apple, which had all but neglected the China market for years, has recently stepped up efforts to expand outside the U.S. In its last earnings call, the company’s Chief Operating Officer Tim Cook said revenue from Greater China reached $2.6 billion, four times the company’s China revenue a year earlier.Source

Apparently Chinese Apple retail store traffic is also 4x larger than American retail traffic so I suppose they’ll also need to find 4x the geniuses to guide consumers through the buy and use process.

 

Earthquake like changes in the mobile phone market: numbers from IDC

According to CORRECTING and REPLACING Mobile Phone Market Grows 17.9% in Fourth Quarter, According to IDC [Jan 28] the phone market changed significantly in 2010:

Top Five Mobile Phone Vendors in 2010 by IDC

Considering the market changes in the 4th quarter 2010 the changes are even more significant:

Top Five Mobile Phone Vendors in Q4 2010 by IDC

IDC also released information about the smartphone part of the phone market. See Android Rises, Symbian^3 and Windows Phone 7 Launch as Worldwide Smartphone Shipments Increase 87.2% Year Over Year, According to IDC [Feb 7, 2011]. Here we can see even more troubling signs for four traditional phone vendors in the Top 5. Year-over-Year the situation is as follows:

Top Five Smartphone Vendors in 2010 by IDC

Here Research in Motion (the Blackberry vendor) is quite visiblibly in a trouble zone as its strong smartphone position is fast declining against such Top 5 challengers as Samsung and HTC. Even Apple should worry since it barely succeeded grow a little faster than the overall smartphone market but the upcoming challengers, Samsung and HTC grew by several times faster, 318.2% and 165.4% accordingly. This observation for all three Top 5 companies in trouble is even more proven by IDC’s 4th quarter 2010 numbers:

Top Five Smartphone Vendors in Q4 2010 by IDC

Here we can see that Nokia lost 27.5% of its quarterly market share in a year, Research in Motion (RIM) 27.1%, and Apple remained on the same quarterly market share as a year before which means that all the lost marketshare by Nokia and RIM, which is not less than 16% of the overall (10.6% + 5.4% subsequently) went to the other challengers. Samsung’s and HTC’s gains were “just” 10.3% of the overall (6.6% + 4% subsequently) which means that even vendors in the “others” category were able to pick 5.4% out of the Nokia’s and RIM’s 16% combined loss of marketshare. For Apple it is as much of a danger sign as the most obvious things for Nokia and RIM.

IDC’s additional verbatim assesment of the 4th quarter situation (from their press release indicated above, emphasis is mine):

Android continues to gain by leaps and bounds, helping to drive the smartphone market,” said Ramon Llamas, senior research analyst with IDC’s Mobile Phone Technology and Trends team. “It has become the cornerstone of multiple vendors’ smartphone strategies, and has quickly become a challenger to market leader Symbian. Although Symbian has the backing of market leader Nokia, Android has multiple vendors, including HTC, LG Electronics, Motorola, Samsung and a growing list of companies deploying Android on their devices.”

Adding to the competitive landscape is the entrance of two refreshed operating systems, Symbian^3 and Windows Phone 7 [wrong: WP7 is a completely new system, has nothing related to the previous Windows Mobile line]. “In their first quarter of commercial availability, both Symbian^3 and Windows Phone 7 ramped up quickly, just in time for the holidays,” added Llamas. “By the end of the quarter, Nokia had shipped five million Symbian^3 units while Windows Phone 7 vendors shipped more than 1.5 million units. Now, with the holiday quarter over, both platforms will need to sustain this initial growth in the quarters to come.”

Regarding Nokia IDC was even somewhat positive:

Nokia noted the positive progress of its new Symbian^3 smartphones during 4Q10: five million units combined from the N8, C7, and C601 worldwide, a strong showing given their recent introduction to the market. At the same time, Nokia’s volumes are largely comprised of older devices, while MeeGo-powered devices have yet to arrive on the market. In addition, Nokia continues to struggle in the North America market. The recent cancellation of the X7 smartphone at AT&T highlights Nokia’s challenges and a new device has yet to be revealed.

Regarding Apple and RIM IDC did not see any kind of problems worth to mention. Regarding the overal mobile phone market situation (as given in the first press release linked so far) their observations are (emphasis is mine):

It’s not just smartphone-focused suppliers that capitalized on the mobile phone market’s renewed growth last year. ZTE, a company that sells primarily lower-cost feature phones in emerging markets, moved into the number 4 position worldwide in 4Q10. It is the first quarter the Chinese handset maker finished among IDC’s Top 5 vendors.

“Change-up among the number four and five vendors could be a regular occurrence this year,” added Ramon Llamas, senior research analyst with IDC’s Mobile Devices Technology and Trends team. “Motorola, Research In Motion, and Sony Ericsson, all vendors with a tight focus on the fast-growing smartphone market who had ranked among the top five worldwide vendors during 2010 are well within striking distance to move back into the top five list.”

Regionally they were only indicating that (emphasis is mine):

Domestic brands in India like G-Five, Micromax, and Karbonn grew with aggressive advertising and branding activities for entry-level phones, while ZTE and Huawei worked closely with carriers to push low-cost Android smartphones in China. …

… In Western Europe, carrier smartphone promotions motivated more users to scrap their feature phones, resulting in strong smartphone sales. … In CEMA, quarterly volumes breached the 70 million unit threshold for the first time, marked by an influx of Chinese and unbranded handsets. Meanwhile, smartphones experienced brisk growth due to falling prices and more Android-powered devices.

The United States … [and] Canada, the focus was on smartphones. Android-powered devices from multiple players, along with incumbent vendors RIM and Apple, pushed shipment volumes to a new record level.

In Latin America, sustained user interest in smartphones drove the market, resulting in strong results for Nokia, RIM, and Samsung as well as relative newcomer Huawei. Smartphones, as well as QWERTY-enabled feature phones, helped boost social networking and messaging, two fast-growing trends in the market. Finally, Alcatel and ZTE once again thrived in the inexpensive entry-level device market.

The numbers as have been indicated by me on the above tables are however exceptionally worrying for Nokia as the leaked internal memo (Engadget, Feb 8) by their new CEO Stephen Elop has described to the employees (emphasis is mine):

In 2008, Apple’s market share in the $300+ price range was 25 percent; by 2010 it escalated to 61 percent. They are enjoying a tremendous growth trajectory with a 78 percent earnings growth year over year in Q4 2010. Apple demonstrated that if designed well, consumers would buy a high-priced phone with a great experience and developers would build applications. They changed the game, and today, Apple owns the high-end range.

And then, there is Android. In about two years, Android created a platform that attracts application developers, service providers and hardware manufacturers. Android came in at the high-end, they are now winning the mid-range, and quickly they are going downstream to phones under €100. Google has become a gravitational force, drawing much of the industry’s innovation to its core.

Let’s not forget about the low-end price range. In 2008, MediaTek supplied complete reference designs for phone chipsets, which enabled manufacturers in the Shenzhen region of China to produce phones at an unbelievable pace. By some accounts, this ecosystem now produces more than one third of the phones sold globally – taking share from us in emerging markets.

While competitors poured flames on our market share, what happened at Nokia? We fell behind, we missed big trends, and we lost time. At that time, we thought we were making the right decisions; but, with the benefit of hindsight, we now find ourselves years behind.

We thought MeeGo would be a platform for winning high-end smartphones. However, at this rate, by the end of 2011, we might have only one MeeGo product in the market.

At the midrange, we have Symbian. It has proven to be non-competitive in leading markets like North America. Additionally, Symbian is proving to be an increasingly difficult environment in which to develop to meet the continuously expanding consumer requirements, leading to slowness in product development and also creating a disadvantage when we seek to take advantage of new hardware platforms. …

At the lower-end price range, Chinese OEMs are cranking out a device much faster than, as one Nokia employee said only partially in jest, “the time that it takes us to polish a PowerPoint presentation.” They are fast, they are cheap, and they are challenging us.

And the truly perplexing aspect is that we’re not even fighting with the right weapons. We are still too often trying to approach each price range on a device-to-device basis.

The battle of devices has now become a war of ecosystems, where ecosystems include not only the hardware and software of the device, but developers, applications, ecommerce, advertising, search, social applications, location-based services, unified communications and many other things. Our competitors aren’t taking our market share with devices; they are taking our market share with an entire ecosystem. This means we’re going to have to decide how we either build, catalyse or join an ecosystem.

Note that Gartner’s numbers are diufferent, as descibed in Gartner’s 77 million shanzhai mystery [Nov 26, 2010]

Radical strategy shift/reorg at Nokia

As the result of Elop’s assesment on February 11 came the news that Nokia and Microsoft announce plans for a broad strategic partnership to build a new global ecosystem [Feb 11]. The line of thought behind this decision from Nokia’s part was clearly explained a couple of days later on the Mobile World Congress 2011 on the Stephen Elop’s Nokia Press Conference at MWC [Feb 14] as (emphasis is mine):

There were three possible options for Nokia’s future, he explained. It might pursue the internal route and rely on Symbian and MeeGo to see Nokia through to regaining its mobile crown through further and faster development. Second, the company could go to Google and become another licensee of the Android platform. Third, it could become a licensee of Microsoft’s Windows Phone.

Looking at the pace and performance of Symbian and MeeGo over recent years was enough to discount the first choice. Of course, he then talked to Google and Microsoft, the only two realistic external choices.

Both companies were keen. Nokia has a massive global footprint and retains an enormous market share. Nokia was, in Stephen’s words, “suited” by both companies.

So why choose Microsoft over Google? It’s all about how it affects the mobile ecosystem.

If Nokia had gone with Google, it would have been another Android licensee and handed Google massive share. The world of mobile phones would have become a “duopoly” – Google versus Apple.

Going with Microsoft might look counter-intuitive, given the lower market share and youth of that mobile operating system.

However the point, Stephen said, was exactly that. Microsoft has everything to gain by supporting Nokia’s venture in creating devices with its operating system. Windows Phone is a challenger in the mobile space, not one of the current incumbents.

Here’s the way the deal works: Nokia pays Microsoft royalties, it gives Microsoft unprecedented reach, it also gives them access to services such as Maps. Nokia’s hardware expertise creates devices that truly let the Microsoft’s new OS shine.

In return, Nokia gets a substantial reduction in its operating expenses; it gains a range of services to enrich its smartphone offering. There’s a new revenue stream for Nokia in the form of mobile advertising. It gets marketing support with a value of billions of dollars.

The real point is that there’s a co-dependency between Nokia and Microsoft – both partners need the other to fully succeed. That’s part of what makes it the right choice.

The other part of this is about new ecosystems. There are two flourishing apps and services ecosystems currently, Apple’s and Google’s. The combination of Nokia and Microsoft creates a third choice: that’s good news for consumers and good news for the whole of the mobile industry. More choice and more competition drives everything forward.

That means a complete overhaul of Nokia businesses which is best described in the Nokia provides financial targets and forecasts linked to new strategy [Feb 11] as (emphasis is mine):

Due to the initiation of Nokia’s strategic transformation on February 11, 2011, the full-year prospects for its Devices & Services business are subject to significant uncertainties, and therefore Nokia believes it is not appropriate to provide annual targets for 2011 at the present time. …

Nokia expects 2011 and 2012 to be transition years, as the company invests to build the planned winning ecosystem with Microsoft. After the transition, Nokia targets longer-term:
– Devices & Services net sales to grow faster than the market.
– Devices & Services non-IFRS* operating margin to be 10% or more.

During this two years transition there will be the following essential setup as per the Nokia outlines new strategy, introduces new leadership, operational structure [Feb 11]:

With Nokia’s planned move to Windows Phone as its primary smartphone platform, Symbian becomes a franchise platform, leveraging previous investments to harvest additional value. This strategy recognizes the opportunity to retain and transition the installed base of 200 million Symbian owners. Nokia expects to sell approximately 150 million more Symbian devices in the years to come.

Under the new strategy, MeeGo becomes an open-source, mobile operating system project. MeeGo will place increased emphasis on longer-term market exploration of next-generation devices, platforms and user experiences. Nokia still plans to ship a MeeGo-related product later this year.

In feature phones, Nokia unveiled a renewed strategy to leverage its innovation and strength in growth markets to connect the next billion people to their first Internet and application experience.

As of April 1, Nokia will have a new company structure, which features two distinct business units: Smart Devices and Mobile Phones. They will focus on Nokia’s key business areas: high-end smartphones and mass-market mobile phones.  Each unit will have profit-and-loss responsibility and end-to-end accountability for the full consumer experience, including product development, product management and product marketing.

Smart Devices will be responsible for building Nokia’s leadership in smartphones and will be led by Jo Harlow [she is a 49 years old American marketing executive who joined Nokia in 2003 as VP of North America Mobile Phones Marketing, then responsible for the same just globally as a SVP, then a few device specific roles like Symbian smartphones and finally appointed to her smartphones releated role in July 2010, before the arrival of Elop]. The following sub-units now in Mobile Solutions will move under Smart Devices:
– Symbian Smartphones
– MeeGo Computers
– Strategic Business Operations

To support the planned new partnership with Microsoft, Smart Devices will be responsible for creating a winning Windows Phone portfolio.

Mobile Phones will drive Nokia’s “web for the next billion” strategy [i.e. the feature phones as mentioned above]. Mobile Phones will leverage its innovation and strength in growth markets to connect the next billion people and bring them affordable access to the Internet and applications. The Mobile Phones unit will be led by Mary McDowell [she is a 46 years old American computer industry executive who joined Nokia in 2004 as an executive VP and GM of Enterprise Solutions, then leading the Corporate Development unit from 2008 until assuming her current role in July 2010, before the arrival of Elop].

Services and Developer Experience will be responsible for Nokia’s global services portfolio [i.e. location, messaging, entertainment and context-based services], developer offering, developer relations and integration of partner service offerings. Tero Ojanpera will lead the Services and Developer Experience unit in an acting capacity. [46 years old Tero Ojanpera has been with Nokia along his full carrier which started in research. He is said to be an oustanding radio engineer back then. In 2003-2004, he headed the Nokia Research Center, and was appointed chief strategy officer a year later. From 2006, Tero served as chief technology officer, responsible for corporate and technology strategy, strategic alliances and partnerships, research and intellectual property rights. He has been a member of the Nokia Leadership Team since 2005, and was appointed to his current position in 2009.]

NAVTEQ, an integral part of Nokia’s location and advertising business, will be headed by Larry Kaplan, and continue as a separate reporting entity.

Design, responsible for Nokia product and user experience design, will be led by Marko Ahtisaari. [Although not a member of the Leadership Team he is an equally important person on the new operational structure. Marko Ahtisaari re-joined Nokia in September 2009 to head the Design team within the new Solutions Unit and then becoming SVP Design and User Experience. Before he was the CEO and co-founder of Dopplr, the online social atlas for smart travel acquired simultaneously by Nokia. In 2006-2008, he was the Head of Brand & Design at Blyk, the free mobile service for young people. Previously, he worked at Nokia as Director of Design Strategy and held management positions in corporate strategy and venturing since 2002. In 1999-2001, he built and led the mobile practice at digital services company Satama.]

[as noted by ArcticStartup [Sept 29, 2009]: “Last time he stayed almost two years with the Finnish mobile phone giant pulling the Design unit from individual separate pieces into a well functioning shop before leaving in August 2006 to Blyk as a Head of Brand & Design.”]

Note that the above structure essentially means the dissolution of the previous Mobile Solutions unit with dropping the mobile computers focus for the next two years (just retained with MeeGo for longer term) as well as the focus on the “world-class suite of internet services under the Ovi brand” which is now moved into a joint services and developers unit responsibility. The previous structure was as follows:

Structure

July 1, 2010

Our organizational structure is designed to position us for a world where the mobile device, the Internet and the computer are fusing together.

Mobile Solutions is responsible for developing and managing our portfolio of smartphones and mobile computers. The team is also busy developing a world-class suite of internet services under the Ovi brand, with a strong focus on maps and navigation, music, messaging and media. Mobile Phones is responsible for developing and managing our portfolio of affordable mobile phones, as well as a range of services that people can access with them. Markets manages our supply chains, sales channels, brand and marketing activities, and is responsible for delivering our mobile solutions and mobile phones to the market.

Nokia Siemens Networks, jointly owned by Nokia and Siemens, provides wireless and fixed network infrastructure, communications and networks service platforms, as well as professional services to operators and service providers.

NAVTEQ is a leading provider of comprehensive digital map data and related location-based content and services for automotive navigation systems, mobile navigation devices, Internet-based mapping applications, and government and business solutions.

White-box (Shanzhai) vendors

While Nokia and Microsoft are talking about the need to have a third smartphone ecosystem (in addition to Apple’s and Google/Android’s) the fact is that within the Google/Android camp there is an absolutely threatening ecosystem in itself which is generally called the China-based white-box vendors. The Special Report: China’s white-box handset market (Jul 26) from Digitimes Research (Taiwan) describing this as follows (emphasis is mine):

In China, there is a specific form of business operation that has come to be called the white-box industry mostly targeting the vast low-income segment of the market. The white-box supply chain is a production system centered in southern China, with product designs relying on core component suppliers and with a supply chain working on a division of labor, high flexibility and a minimal amount of assets.China's white-box handset market

In more details this kind of model is described in Digitimes Research analyzes China white-box handset market in new report [Aug 10] (emphasis is mine):

While the mainstream business model for manufacturing and distributing mobile handsets remains leveraging the OBM/ODM/OEM/EMS model, a whole new paradigm has developed within China’s domestic market, according to a new report from Digitimes Research.

The local China-based industry called “Shanzhai,” but translated as “white box,” is based on small-scale or underground factories whose products are seldom sold through regular sales channels, but the scale of the market now rivals that of global top-10 brands or major Chinese brands in the domestic China market, Digitimes Research pointed out. The “white-box” industry currently accounts for more than 100 million handset shipments, and some players in the market, such as K-Touch (Beijing Tianyu Communication Equipment) and Gionee have made the leap to become recognized brands.

While accounting for about one-third of domestic handset shipments, the white-box industry in China has been working under the acquiescence, and even active encouragement in some cases, of the government and is proclaimed by its proponents as representing the success of China’s homegrown innovation and enterprise. The Digitimes Research special report examines the difference between the traditional ODM supply chain and the virtual organization used by white-box players, and highlights the advantages of the white-box business model.

Link: China’s white-box handset market

Next we should clearly understand What drove the shanzhai success? [Shanzai.com, Nov 13, 2009]:

Shanzhai players have gained a strong foothold in the local market in the last two years [i.e. in 2008 and 2009]. Although they started off with copied brands, nearly one third of them are now [i.e. Nov’09] becoming more and more innovative in their products.

… Five years back, none of us had even heard of shanzhai. Copy or fake products existed only in the grey market.

… why are we instantly attracted to shanzhai products?

Price is surely one major factor. While you get a shanzhaid version of an Apple iPhone in China for around USD 70, the real iPhone will cost you 5 to 7 times more. The shanzhai have given a new ray of hope to the lower middle classes to flaunt the features of branded phones.

… While established brands are cautious about trying something new, the shanzhai design their products according to customer demand. Netbooks with CD drives and dual SIM phones with TV streaming are common examples of shanzhai designing customized products for identified consumers.

The shanzhai option is also often the first way of getting a new product … er well, a version of a new model anyway, something Kiran [from shanzai.com] pointed out, “Since they are acutely aware of the need to cater to local needs, they have the inherent capability to produce a slew of new devices with the latest technology every one to two months. This innovative, flexible and cheap market strategy poses a huge challenge to legal branded manufacturers. For the branded manufactures, the gestation period of a new product is much longer than the shanzhai counterparts. If a new product is designed it takes approximately 6 months to release into the market as it passes through different safety and regulatory measures. By the time it enters the market, it is already out of date due to the early availability of its clone products devised by the shanzhai bandits.”

The shanzhai are also rebelling against established brands by promoting open source platforms, which cost less and offer similar features of other platforms. … The actual manufacturing cost of a phone is only 20% of the retail price of a phone; the rest is spent in designing, marketing, tax, regulatory checks, safety tests and post sales services. Shanzhai products save the funds spent in TV advertising and other marketing activities.

While price, specs and rebellion against established brands has contributed to the success of the shanzhai business model, another major factor responsible for the sudden boom of the shanzhai is the economic downturn of 2007-09. Although the impact of the financial crisis is less evident in countries like China and India, it has paralyzed foreign investments to a large extent. The recession has actually affected the spending power of people, so a person thinks twice even before making a small investment like buying a new phone. So when offered similar features at a much lower price, many people go for the cheaper option where they once might have stuck loyally with a big brand.

Shanzhai distribution channels work quite effectively and actually quite speedily too. In Shenzhen, a small group of workers have their own factories with R&D, software development and hardware manufacturing facilities. Go to any shop in Shenzhen in the morning and tell them the features you want in your mobile phone and collect your phone in the evening! Shanzhai prefers its marketing through its local channels; Chinese people also prefer their local brands over international products. If we take a look at tech building companies in countries like India and Brazil, the shanzhai lead there too. They export the hardware parts to save export duties, and then the completed products can be assembled easily in these countries.

[Another factor – in fact a major “catalyst type” force – is mentioned in the article as “the emergence of local silicon players like MediaTek” which – quite naturally – will be discussed in the next section separately: see MediaTek as the catalyst of the white-board ecosystem below.]

The attached diagramm (to the first news item above) of mainland China’s home market growth is clearly showing that there is essentially no forecasted growth for 2011 so there is no other way for the white-box vendors as enter the international market even more aggressively than before. Digitimes even reported that White-box handset makers gearing up smartphone and 3G handset production, MediaTek to benefit [Dec 3, 2010] also indicating the Chineses government increased support for that (emphasis is mine):

White-box handset makers in China are gearing up their production of in-house designed smartphones and 3G handsets, a trend which will benefit Taiwan-based IC design house MediaTek. China’s white-box handset industry in 2010, has begun to place more emphasis on upgrading specifications and added value to enter the high-end segment, and has allocated more resources on development of intellectual property.

Even the China government has voiced its support for the white-box industry. Yang Xueshan, Deputy Minister of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT), recently said that the government will support the white-box business model as long as there is no infringement of IP.

Yang pointed out that from imitation to innovation is a process white-box handset makers have to go through, citing China-based telecom equipment maker Huawei Technologies as a success story. Huawei’s foray into the handset sector began with low-cost products and the company now has research and development capability, he said.

Supporting the white-box business model, given that no patents are infringed, is a good way to protect intellectual property rights as well as provide the most cost-effective products to consumers, Yang added.

Two months later came out the news that Shipments of sub-US$150 Android handsets to reach 20-25 million units in 2011, says Digitimes Research [Jan 28] (emphasis is mine):

Shipments of entry-level Android handsets with a price tag of below US$150 are likely to reach 20-25 million units in 2011 which could affect Nokia’s performance, according to an estimate by Digitimes Research.

Shipments of sub-US$150 Android phones totaled only 2.5-3 million units in 2010, mostly shipped by China-based Huawei Technologies and ZTE. However, the number of sub-US$150 Android phones is likely to increase by 8-10 fold in 2011 resulting a substantial increase in shipments, Digitimes Research said.

Google’s efforts to push Android phones to emerging markets, strong demand from markets in China, India, South America, Southeast Asia, Africa, and Russia, and a shift of telecom carriers in mature markets from feature phones to smartphones all work to stir up shipments of Android phones.

In addition to Huawei, ZTE, white-box handset makers in China and Taiwan-based ODMs, Samsung Electronics, LG Electronics and Motorola are also likely to step up their presence in the entry-level Android segment, Digitimes Research said.

The increasing popularity of low-cost Android phones is expected to have a major impact on Symbian-based smartphones as Nokia is projecting merely a 10% sales growth rate for its smartphones, far below the 50% growth projected for the segment, Digitimes Research noted.

Two weeks later even more threating news were coming stating that China-based white-box vendors to offer below US$100 Android smartphones for emerging markets [Feb 9] (emphasis is mine):

China-based vendors are poised to offer Android smartphones priced at below US$100 for sale in China and other emerging markets including India, Indonesia and Brazil [so called BRIC] in 2011, according to Taiwan-based handset and component makers.

Such low-price Android smartphones are equipped with basic functions including dual-mode or dual-SIM, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, FM radio, trackball and G-sensors, with other functions such as mobile TV and GPS available for additional choice, the sources noted.

The low price is based on non-customized turnkey solutions featuring the integration of chips, operating systems, software and user interfaces, the sources pointed out. Taiwan-based IC design houses MediaTek and Infomax Communication have offered such solutions at less than US$100 and US$80-90 respectively, while China-based Leadcore Technology and Fuzhou Rockchip Electronics have done so at US$80-105 and US$90-105 respectively, the sources indicated. Qualcomm, ST-Ericsson and Broadcom have also offered such solutions, but mostly for 3G and priced higher at US$100-120, the sources noted.

In an additional news it was indicated that FOB price of turnkey solutions for Android smartphones now under US$120, says Digitimes Research [Feb 9] (emphasis is mine):

FOB prices of turnkey chip solutions for Android-based smartphones are now under US$120, according to Digitimes Research.

Taiwan-based MediaTek and Infomax Communications are offering Android chip solutions at below US$100 and around US$80-90, respectively. China’s Leadcore Technology and Rockchip Electronics are quoting at US$80-90 and US$80-105, respectively. Even international players such as Qualcomm, ST-Ericsson and Broadcom have joined in the battle with solutions priced between US$100-120.

International chip providers are outsourcing their solution designs to handset designers and manufacturers. Qualcomm is working with Gsmart [Taiwan] and Thundersoft, [HQ in Beijing, branch in Tokyo, support centre in Seoul and Taipei], Marvell has partnered with Zoom Technologies [HQ in Beijing, mainly EMS for OEMs + ODM + own brand sales via Hong Kong, ownership via Delaware-BVI chain of holdings], Broadcom with Yuhua [rather Yuhua TelTech, an ODM in Shanghai, with ~$40M international ODM sales] and ST-Ericsson with Beijing Xuntong Antian (transliterated).

More background information:
Cheap chips off the old block [China Daily, Oct 31, 2008]
Decoding Shan Zhai Ji (Bandit cell phone) – the opposite side of brand chasing [Nov 17, 2008]
The phenomenon of Shan Zhai products and culture [Noc 19, 2008]
‘Shanzhai’: Faking it for money or fun? [China Daily, Dec 9, 2008]
MIIT: GSM Association Issues IMEI Numbers To Chinese Mobile Phones [Dec 25, 2008]
Copycat “Shanzhai” culture takes on life of its own [Xinhua, Dec 30, 2008]
Chinese Mobile Phones Lacking IMEI Numbers Face Death In India [April 7, 2009]
Mountain village handsets storm market [China Economic Net, July 19, 2009]
Experience the shanzhai market: video [Oct 6, 2009]

China’s ‘Bandit’ Cell Phones – The High-Tech Golden Egg with ‘Taiwan Inside’ [Oct 6, 2009]
India Starts To Block Chinese-made “Shanzai” Mobile Phones Without IMEI [Dec 3, 2009]
Chinese Shanzhai Mobile Manufacturers Will Move Production To India [Feb 23, 2010]
Egypt Will Ban Chinese Shanzai Mobile Phones [June 28, 2010]
Shanzhai grew by 43.6% in 2010, production cycle also cut by 25% [Shanzai.com, Feb 3, 2011]

MediaTek as the catalyst of the white-board ecosystem

Update: MediaTek to Launch Ultra Cheap Handset Chip Against Spreadtrum Communications [March 21. 2011.] (emphasis is mine)

MedaiTek Inc. has recently announced plans to introduce an ultra low cost multimedia system-on-chip for mobile handsets in a bid to rival a competing solution Spreadtrum Communications Inc. of mainland China will roll out in April.

According to MediaTek, the upcoming handset solution, codenamed as MT6252, supports serial flash memory and is cost efficient for handset makers as it uses lesser passive devices and smaller printed circuit board than existing solutions. Also, the MediaTek solution supports four-SIM, four-standby mobile phones, convincing the mainland`s home-grown handset makers including Gionee Communications Equipment, Ragentek Communication Technology Co., Ltd. and Leatek Technologies International Co., Ltd. to support it.

MT6252 is also designed to replace MediaTek MT6251, a provisional low cost solution to 2.5G mobile phone. Industry executives pointed out that the SOC-based MT6252 is crucial to whether or not MediaTek can dominate the mainland`s market for 2G chips.

The mainland`s market for low-end handset chips had been controlled by Infineon Technologies AG of Germany with its ULC2/3 solutions until the end of last year, when Intel phased out of the low-end business after acquiring Infineon`s handset chip asset.

The low-priced solution Spreadtrum will launch in April is named SC6610, which incorporates embedded SRAM into it.

Here it is worth to start with a historical detour of Shanzhai.  Quoting from MediaTek rides high in bandit territory [May 16, 2010] article (emphasis is mine):

MediaTek, which originally focused on making chips for DVD players [see: MediaTek Announces the MT1389S-DVD-Player single chip. To enable the best digital media experience [March 26, 2007]], switched to designing mobile-phone chips after recognizing that cheap locally made phones from China’s Ningbo Bird and DBTel of Taiwan could not match the functionality of Nokia and Motorola, which 10 years ago dominated the China mobile handset market.

MediaTek’s response was to create “complete solutions” for mobile phones – the so-called “system-on-a chip”. It integrated the handset’s motherboard with other major components and the software for practically any desired feature onto a single circuit board. Most important, the products were extremely cheap. According to industry insiders, a set of such systems sells for as little as 100 yuan (US$12.50) to 200 yuan.

Practically all that is then required to produce a mobile handset is the addition of a battery and a casing to hold MediaTek’s “semi-product”. The combination of innovative Taiwan technology and mainland China’s low-cost mass manufacturing makes such handsets available at less than a third of the price of branded rivals.

“MediaTek revolutionized how cell-phone handsets are made in China,” said Zhang, formerly a general manager of Motorola’s Mobile Software Solutions Group for Asia-Pacific and now president of Yostar.net. “It makes it possible for toy factories to manufacture mobile phones.”

Many of these phones are imitations of major branded products, with similar (or the exact) functionality and style. But a lot of innovative handsets are also produced – mobile phones with seven speakers, for students to reproduce dance floor or boom-box music environments; handsets with four bright LED lights to serve as a cell phone and a powerful flashlight. For senior citizens, devices have big displays, big keys and a loud sound. For people who work outside in the fields, there are handsets with longer battery life. There are handsets with two sim-card slots for people traveling between different cities – allowing use of, for example, both a Hong Kong number and a Beijing number. Some are even equipped with a reader to check whether cash is counterfeit. Others look like a pack of cigarettes, or have a built-in laser pointer, a global positioning system, or a TV signal receiver.

The adaptability of small manufacturers also means that whatever is the latest trend – a new iPhone design, for example – can be almost immediately matched by a bandit version.

Then what happened is that after purchasing Analog Devices’ cellular radio and baseband shipset operations [Sept 10, 2007], completed next January [Jan 11, 2008], and the company report that its approach to providing a total solution for customers resulted in a total shipment of mobile solution chipsets over 150 million in volume in 2007 [June 8, 2008] followed an even more effective step of introducing its first multimedia-rich GSM/GPRS single-chip [Feb 12, 2009] (emphasis is mine):

MediaTek, Inc., the leading fabless semiconductors company for wireless communications and digital multimedia solutions, today announced that its first GSM/GPRS single chip, the MT6253, has been adopted in mobile phones on the GSM/GPRS network. Integrating all essential electronic components, including DBB, ABB, power management unit and RF transceiver onto a single chip, the MT6253 can further reduce the materials costs of a complete mobile phone. Equipped with strong peripheral supports including camera, high speed USB and Class D audio AMP, MediaTek’s MT6253 is the most highly integrated chip in the market for mobile communication.

“Bringing together advanced multimedia technology, efficient manufacturing, system-level design tools and real-time support, MediaTek’s MT6253 sets a new standard for cellular SoCs ”, said JiChang Hsu, Executive Vice President of MediaTek. “To better address the needs of emerging market, where handset manufacturers care cost-performance ratio more than ultra low cost, MT6253 provides perceptual peripheral support to bring down costs and reduce space requirements greatly.”

In addition to MT6253, MediaTek also brings its multimedia expertise to its smart phone solutions. Supporting LCD resolution up to WVGA, MediaTek’s first smart phone solution – MT6516 is the first solution for smart phones in the market which is able to process MPEG-2 transport stream decoding without any co-processor. MediaTek’s MT6516 features multiple video codec to enable MDTV applications, including DVB-T, CMMB and DVB-H, all of which can be easily implemented without multimedia co-processor.

This was followed by the advanced single-chip all-in-one GPS solution, MT3329 [May 25, 2009], by three second generation IEEE 802.16e WiMAX chips, the MT7110 Series [June 1, 2009] which was found by an external benchmark to outperform its peer products [July 28, 2010] and thus laying a foundation towards IMT-Advanced (4G) via the WirelessMAN-Advanced route (see my earlier post: IMT-Advanced (4G) for the next-generations of interactive mobile services, China is triumphant [Oct 24, 2010]), as well as both types of LTE Advanced. It is said to be possible to base all these advanced protocols on the same chipset construction. Thus MediaTek has already all the foundations to continue its leadership as the Mobile Internet is going to be faster and faster every year, as well as well more and more accessible to everybody in this decade.

Then came the news that MediaTek to Obtain WCDMA License from Qualcomm [Oct 15, 2009] (emphasis is mine):

Taiwanese wireless semiconductor manufacturer MediaTek has announced that it will soon receive a license to produce Qualcomm’s WCDMA chipset.

Once the license agreement is finalized, MediaTek’s first WCDMA 3G chipset, the MT6268, is aiming for release late this year, with hopes of becoming a major earner for the Taiwanese manufacturer next year. Qualcomm will receive a 6% licensing fee on every 3G chipset produced by MediaTek [the arrangement obtained later was different, see below].

MediaTek says that its license agreement discussion with Qualcomm has entered its final stages. The broad framework and provisions are already agreed upon by both sides, with only minor technical issues still under discussion.

Because Qualcomm still holds the patent on WCDMA technology, any manufacturer that has a product involving WCDMA technology or wishes to produce WCDMA chips must first obtain a license from Qualcomm.

Although MediaTek has yet to officially obtain a license from Qualcomm, its MT6268 3G chipset has already entered small-scale test production by Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC). The test production, which mainly utilizes a 65nm manufacturing process, has so far met with success, and full production can begin immediately upon receipt of the license agreement.

The agreement has been reached as per MediaTek and Qualcomm Enter Into Patent Arrangement [Nov 20, 2009]:

MediaTek’s customers do not receive rights to any of Qualcomm’s patents and such customers will need to obtain a separate license from Qualcomm in order to receive rights to any of Qualcomm’s patents. Qualcomm’s customers do not receive rights to any of MediaTek’s patents and such customers will need to obtain a separate license from MediaTek in order to receive rights to any of MediaTek\’s patents. The remainder of the terms of the arrangement are confidential.

This allowed MediaTek reaching out to 3G market with Multimedia Phone Solution MT6268 [Dec 10, 2010] as far as in India:

Grant Kuo, MD, MediaTek [India] said, “With MT6268 multimedia solution, MediaTek has started reaching out to 3G market. The 3G strategic layout of MediaTek will be significant for the industrialization and the future moment of the 3G market in India.”

With high level of integration, MT6268 which supports 3G is targeted for the feature-rich multimedia market. MT6268 offers key features such as support for Video Calling, 5Mpixel camera, High GPRS speed, integrated BT, Dual SIM and full html browser. In addition to it, MT6268 is intended to address the need of embedded devices for low power with its patented power saving technology. These chipset solutions are intended to revolutionalize the market and take the industry to the next level of mass market adoption.

On this year’s Mobile World Congress – quite naturally – MediaTek announced the MT6573 platform for mainstream 3G smartphones [Feb 11] (emphasis is mine):

The MT6573 platform incorporates a highly-integrated, core chipset, a full range of connectivity solutions and supports the latest versions of the popular AndroidTM operating system. The MT6573 platform supports a quad-band [i.e.: all 4 GSM bands, the 850 and 1900 MHz bands – used in Americas – and 900/1800, used elsewhere], 3G/HSPA modem with mobile broadband rates of 7.2Mbps in the downlink and 5.76 Mbps uplink, as well as quad-band EDGE. The integrated applications processing system combines a 650 MHz dedicated ARM®11subsystem for the Android operating system; support for advanced 3D graphics; multi-format video capture and playback up to FWVGA 30fps; high-resolution camera support to 8MP and a high-end FWVGA, touch-screen display. The platform chipset is completed with a full range of connectivity solutions for Bluetooth, WiFi, GPS, FM radio and Mobile TV from MediaTek.

The core chipset of the MT6573 integrates the modem, applications, multimedia subsystem and all necessary power management functions into a single SOC. Combined with a single-chip, multi-mode, multi-band transceiver, it enables extremely small footprints that allow for smaller, more innovative industrial designs and form-factors. Additionally, the integrated 3D graphics capability brings gaming and user interface capabilities that were previously available only to high-end smartphones. Finally, the platform provides advanced camera and multimedia features that include smile and face detection, panorama and burst shot, as well as high-resolution video capture and playback. The platform can be delivered as a full system solution consisting of hardware reference design and fully-tested, compliant software suite that can improve design efficiency and speed time to market for customers in the rapidly changing smartphone market.

… The MT6573 platform is currently sampling to lead customers and will be in mass-production by mid 2011.

Back to the MediaTek rides high in bandit territory [May 16, 2010] article (emphasis is mine):

Big-name Chinese phone-makers such as TCL, Lenovo and Konka are now using MediaTek chips for their products, followed more recently by foreign brands like Motorola and Sharp for their low-end products.

The local Chinese phone-makers made huge losses in 2005-06 due to the rise of shanzhai ji,” said Knock of JPMorgan, to the extent that the top 20 local Chinese brands have used MediaTek chips for their phones. “The mobile phone companies have outsourced their R&D [research and development] to MediaTek and now focus on marketing and manufacturing only.”

In 2008-09, US giant Motorola restructured its global operation, significantly cutting back its R&D department. “That is when Motorola started to use MediaTek chips,” said Knock, “In this way, Motorola only needs to keep a research team for cutting-edge technology, leaving MediaTek to work on the more mature or mainstream technology research.”

MediaTek has now captured about 30-40% of the branded handset market in China, estimates Knock. Moreover, demand for affordable phones in places such as India and Latin America has made it one of the top five global suppliers of all handset chips. Last year, only about half of the 360 million phone mobile chips made by MediaTek were shipped to China, with the remainder going to the rest of the world.

Now MediaTek Aims to become the Best Mobile Chipset Partner of Indian Mobile Manufacturers [Jan 27] according to MediaTek India (emphasis is mine):

We do believe that our latest single chipset solution- MT6253, and a customized Android platform for the India market that features many extremely popular applications will help sustain our leadership in the Indian market and the introduction of some of our new 3G solutions will help penetrate new segments”, says Mr. Grant Kuo, MD MediaTek India.

According to a recent Gartner survey, major handset manufacturers view India as a very attractive investment because it is projected to have the most rapid growth of mobile users worldwide: 660 million mobile users in India by end of 2010. This number is expected to cross the one billion mark by 2014 according to global consultancy firm PwC. Rural India is expected to drive this growth in mobile adoption including 3G handsets. PwC also predicts the 3G subscriber base to grow to around 107 million by 2015 out of which 24% will be rural subscribers.

At the forefront of this growth in rural India will be low cost mobile handsets. According to the Voice&Data100 Indian Telecom Survey, low cost Indian brands like Micromax, Spice and Karbonn strengthened their presence in the market in 2009-10, at the cost of well established MNC’s.

“India is a high potential market for our company. The consumers in semi urban and rural areas, who have been the traditional users of low cost handsets, now demand high end features at affordable rates. MediaTek has a proven track record worldwide and aims to leverage this to become the preferred chipset provider to indigenous Indian handset makers, thereby bringing high end applications within the reach of the Indian masses. We are planning to step up our marketing initiatives in India to create awareness about our products and enhance our brand value in the Indian market”, adds Mr. Arun Gupta, Business Development Director MediaTek India.

MediaTek’s technology and product innovation has also received a lot of recognition and awards from media and institutions around the world. In 2010, MediaTek is ranked top 10 among Asia’s 200 most-admired companies by “The Wall Street Journal” and ranked No. 12 among Global Top 100 High-Tech Companies by “Bloomberg Business Week. In addition, its highly integrated mobile single chip MT6253 has been honored with the EDN innovation award. In 2010 MediaTek also had five publications in the distinguished International Solid State Circuits Conference – highest record in the Taiwan semiconductor industry. MediaTek is also honored with the “Excellence in Corporate Social Responsibility Top 50” award every year since 2007 by Taiwan’s most prestigious Common Wealth Magazine.

And for this local manufacturers penetration strategy MediaTek has all the prerequisites via the earlier Shanzhai’s route.

Meanwhile International handset vendors align with Taiwan and China makers to take on local competition in emerging markets [June 24, 2010] (emphasis is mine) and by doing this they are essentially following Motorola’s route:

International handset brand vendors will likely step up cooperation with manufacturers in Taiwan and China to compete more effectively with local vendors in emerging markets that are sourcing white-box models and selling under their own brands.

India’s Micromax, Indonesia’s Nexian and i-Mobile of Thailand are some of the domestic brand vendors that have taken down global giants at home with current market share rankings at third, second and fourth, respectively, in their countries.

Their business models are sourcing handsets from white-box manufacturers to target the entry-level segment as well as niche opportunities that were neglected by larger international vendors, according to sources from Taiwan-based handset makers.

The low-end strategy is certainly effective since consumers in emerging regions are typically more price sensitive. For niche markets, Micromax introduced phones with long standby time of 30 days and models with dual-card, dual-band and dual-standby functionalities. Nexian heavily promoted devices with dual-card and dual-standby features and QWERTY keypads. i-Mobile launched dual-card and dual-standby phones and models with analog-TV features.

Besides entry-level products, local vendors have rolled out smartphones and begun to expand to markets overseas, the sources said.

Most of the local vendors are also well-known distributors with strong ties within domestic sales channels and are responsible for their own after-sale services, the sources pointed out. This solves two major issues white-box critics often bring up – low brand recognition and poor service. Combined with protectionism policies and consumer preferences for home-made brands, the local players still have plenty of room for growth.

Recently, several brand vendors ranked in the top-five globally have contacted manufacturers in Taiwan and China-based handset designers to outsource new models that are comparable in both features and price to those sold by local vendors, said the sources.

Taiwan handset manufacturers have previously produced for local players in emerging markets but gradually gave up orders to white-box makers, since those clients never provided long-term order commitment and often shopped around between seven to eight contract manufactures, the sources noted.

And just now came the news that MediaTek reportedly to secure new orders from Nokia and Samsung for 2011 [Feb 17] (emphasis is mine):

IC design house MediaTek will likely attract new orders for entry-level and mid-range handsets from Nokia and Samsung Electronics in 2011, in addition to its existing ones from Motorola and LG Electronics (LGE), according to market sources.

New contracts, as well as continued-strong demand from China’s white-box handset market, may assist MediaTek to fulfill its handset-chip shipment goal of 550 million units for 2011, the sources said.

Having grown its market share in China’s white-box handset market with 2.5G solutions, MediaTek finds it hard to gain a further larger presence in the white-box handset market. As a newcomer to the 3G and smartphone chip segment, MediaTek is facing strong competition from international chipset companies. Meanwhile, price cuts initiated by local China-based rivals have squeezed its 2.5G market share.

MediaTek now stands a chance of breaking into the supply chains of more brand-name handset companies in 2011, the sources pointed out. MediaTek is likely to grab orders mainly for entry-level and mid-range devices from four out of the global top-five handset vendors, the sources indicated. The orders could boost MediaTek’s handset-IC shipments to 600 million units in 2011, the sources said.

In addition, the sources pointed out that MediaTek is preparing the launch of its next-generation 2.5G single-chip solution, which will be built using 40nm process technology with more features integrated in the compact all-in-one package.

MediaTek's MT6253 - MT6516 - MT6268

Note that in 4Q10 at least one mainland China rival started to use heavily MediaTek’s major foundry – albeit at 65nm not the 40nm MediaTek is aiming for – as reported by TSMC to get 60% more orders from Spreadtrum in 4Q10 [Oct 15, 2010]. In fact MediaTek had two make two pricecuts in the second half of 2010 and smartphone chipsets MT6516 and MT6268 now down to under US$10 [Dec 3, 2010] (that price is without the WCDMA license which should be additionally paid to Qualcomm, see above). There is more information about that came in MediaTek to take on MStar with 40nm single-chip 2.5G solutions [Feb 17]:

MediaTek will take on rival MStar Semiconductor in the 2.5G handset chipset segment with single-chip solutions built using 40nm process technology soon, according to industry sources.

MediaTek aims to take back the service privilege in the 2.5G chipset sector with advanced manufacturing processes after MStar managed to boost its share in the segment in the China market from the original 5-10% to almost 30% in the second half of 2010, the sources noted.

MediaTek’s next-generation 40nm parts will integrate baseband, RF, Bluetooth, power amplifier and power management ICs into an all-in-one package, said the sources. In comparison, MStar’s 40nm chips, which are still in development, will come with only baseband and RF chips.

Having cut its chip prices drastically in the past few months to stop MStar from further denting its share in the 2.5G segment, MediaTek’s strategy to launch parts made with advanced technology will also force MStar to channel its newly earned profits into a technology race, the sources asserted.

Note: MStar is a Taiwan-based competitor of MediaTek as per MediaTek to see challenges in China market [Sept 9, 2009]

In this way the white-board ecosystem will expand not only outside mainlad China but also to the international brand vendors, and MediaTek will likely remain the major catalyst of that peculiar ecosystem for the years to come.

ZTE et al.

@ MWC: ZTE Goes For The High End With The Skate [Feb 14, 2011]:

ZTE, the Chinese handset and wireless equipment maker, epitomises a certain kind of new entrant in the mobile industry: very determined, very cheap, and very much on the rise. At an overheated stand crowded with competitors, partners and non-partisan observers checking out ZTE’s newest devices — led by the Skate Android-based smartphone—I retreated to a quiet, air-conditioned room with Zhang Xiaohong, ZTE’s VP for handsets, to talk cannibalization, me-too Android competitors and more.

North America is our fastest-growing market. ZTE’s home market of China, where it ships devices with the three major operators China Unicom, China Mobile and China Telecom, is the company’s single largest market. But North America, shays Zhang is growing the fastest. Shipments in that region went up four-fold in the last year, with ZTE signing distribution deals with the U.S.‘s four major operators (selling both handsets and data cards for mobile broadband). Europe also grew—by a rate of 100 percent, with notable increases also in Japan, Australia, Russia and Latin America.

ZTE has already made a crucial shift in the last year to exporting more devices than it sells domestically. Zhang says the current rate is 35:65. If you take IDC’s recent number that indicates that ZTE shipped 60 million units in 2010, that works out to 21 million in China and another 39 million everywhere else.

Is it all about the cheapest price? No, she says. ZTE has disrupted the market with devices like the Blade (which sold for under $200), but it looks like it is now trying to leverage that market share to expand into the more premium segment against higher-end competitors like HTC and Apple:

“We will continue to focus on low-cost solutions for developing and developed markets, especially developing markets” she says. “But it’s also about new devices like the Skate.” No prices have yet been revealed for the Skate, which features a 4.3-inch screen and runs using Android 2.3—but the device, when I tried it out, seemed a little slow and jerky in its graphics. The specs say it runs on a 800MHz processor, compared to some of the newer devices from other Android OEMs built on 1GHz chips. The device is set to debut in May 2011.

Who is your biggest competitor? No straight answer on this one. Zhang says ZTE splits their competitors into two segments: “established” companies like Nokia (NYSE: NOK) and Samsung and “new ones” like HTC and Apple (NSDQ: AAPL). “ZTE can produce devices that compete with both,” she says.

What makes you different from other Android device makers? Ultimately a lot of these devices start looking more or less the same as each other, I say.

We are good at customisation, according to different cultures and customs. We can differentiate.” ZTE says that it can and has developed devices for specific operators, making them unique in the marketplace. It also looks like ZTE is looking to take customisation to the software level, too: the company launched a new app store this week, to deliver services that complement those in the Android Market.

One other key area, says Zhang, is that, unlike a lot of the other Android OEMs, ZTE also sells network equipment: this means that ZTE can sell “total solutions”—at very competitive prices. She says that ZTE has such agreements with 28 of the top 30 operators worldwide.

What do you think of the Nokia/Microsoft (NSDQ: MSFT) deal, and do you have any plans for MeeGo? For now, Nokia’s choice to work on Windows Mobile phones “means the future does not look good for MeeGo,” she says. “Last week’s news may have been the last straw or it, and we have no plans to develop on it for now. But whether going with Microsoft will give Nokia advantages over the long term remains to be seen.”

http://www.shanzai.com/ remark on that article is that ZTE is still singing tried and true Shanzhai tune: “We are good at customisation” [Feb 11, 2011]

ZTE is a Shanzhai success story. Starting out small and then big in China, ZTE is now doing well in North America and is expected to increase market share there even more this year. When their VP was asked this week, why they have been so successful, their Shanzhai their Shanzhai roots showed through.

According to IDC, ZTE shipped 60 million products in 2010. Their exports were mainly to North America and also to Japan, Australia and Latin America.

Now what we have seen, time and time again, is that the successful Shanzhai make handsets that fulfill a local (rather than generalized global) market need. Sometimes that can lead to quirky products, like exchangeable solar batteries, cigarette lighters, or more practical factors like dual SIM support, etc. It turns out that even in “mainstream” North America, catering to the local audience is the key.

Zhang Xiaohong, ZTE’s VP for handsets at the Mobile World Congress said that ZTE’s success is because “We are good at customisation, according to different cultures and customs. We can differentiate”.

It’s ironic that the Shanzhai are often seen as strangers to differentiation because of the high profile of clone models, when actually it’s the Shanzhai’s adaptability that keeps their business strong.

But ZTE and Huawei are not alone. Here is another example, G’Five so far known only in India but expanding rapidly both in India and into the other parts of the world:

India Mobile Handset shipments grow 6.7%, to 101 million units in 12 Months ending June 2009 [IDC India, Oct 9, 2009]

Market intelligence firm, IDC’s India Quarterly Mobile Handsets Tracker, 2Q 2009, September 2009 release issued today states that in terms of units shipped Nokia had the largest share of 56.8%, followed by Samsung with a 7.7% share while LG stood third with a 5.4% share in the 12-month period ended June 2009.

New Vendors Make a Mark
A number of new vendors entered the India mobile handsets market in the last 12 to 18 months to carve a niche for themselves by offering feature-rich (dual SIM card, full QWERTY keyboard) and application-rich (IM enabled) mobile handsets at attractive price points. They also introduced entry-level models for the ‘price sensitive’ Indian consumer.

Figure 1: India Quarterly Mobile Handsets Market: New Vendor Shipments Growth

Source: IDC’s India Quarterly Mobile Handsets Tracker, 2Q 2009, September 2009 releasee

This development shows that even in a crowded market there is room for vendors to enter with the right product-feature-price mix.

IDC’s India quarterly mobile handsets tracker 2Q 2010 [Sept 28, 2010] (some emphasis is mine):

According to Mr. Anirban Banerjee, Associate Vice President-Research, IDC India, “In the recent quarters several new players successfully launched their own devices at significantly lower Average Selling Values (ASVs) in the price sensitive India market. Such handsets found ready acceptance amongst first time buyers, especially from small towns and villages.”

This influx of new brands led to a spurt in overall market and saw ‘emerging vendors’ corner as much as 33.2% of total India mobile handset shipments in 2Q 2010. The Finnish handset maker Nokia retained its No.1 spot with a market share of 36.3% in terms of units shipped. The Korean electronic giant Samsung retained the No. 2 position, while Chinese brand G’Five emerged as the No. 3 player.

According to IDC’s India Quarterly Mobile Handsets Tracker, 2Q 2010, September 2010 release, the number of emerging vendors in India’s burgeoning mobile handsets market grew to 35 in 2Q 2010 and they together garnered 33.2% of total shipments for the first time during the April-June 2010 quarter. This represented a manifold increase from five (5) new vendors representing a 0.9% combined share of units shipped in the January-March 2008 quarter.

During the last 6 months (January-June 2010) the top five mobile handset vendors in India were Nokia, Samsung, G’Five, Micromax and Spice.

Figure 1: India Mobile Handsets Market: New Vendor Contribution to Shipments, Q1 2008 to Q2 2010

Source: IDC India, 2010

July-September 2010 mobile phone shipments (sales) log 3.6% quarter-on-quarter growth to
cross 40 million units: ‘Emerging Vendors’ capture 41.2% combined share [IDC India, Dec 29, 2010] (emphasis is mine):

… the Finnish handset maker Nokia had the largest share of 31.5%* in terms of units shipped during 3Q 2010.
The Chinese brand G’Five emerged as No. 2 player in terms of unit shipments market share and Korean handset manufacturer Samsung stood at No. 3 in 3Q 2010.

The India mobile handsets market continued to grow in 3Q 2010 as well to record a quarter-on-quarter (3Q 2010 over 2Q 2010) growth of 3.6%* to touch 40.08 million units in the quarter, according to IDC India. The year is expected to end with total mobile handset sales of 155.9 million units.

The number of emerging vendors in India’s burgeoning mobile handsets market grew to 68 and they together garnered 41.2%* of total shipments (sales) for the first time during the July-Sep 2010 quarter.

Smartphone prices continued to drop through the year and as competition increased, devices were made available by vendors at successively lower price points. So, while 80%* of total India smartphone sales were below the ASV (Average Sales Value) of Rs. 18,000 in 2Q 2010, this proportion increased to 90%* in 3Q 2010.

Top G’Five mobile phones in India [Jan 13, 2011] (emphasis is mine)

Which are the top two cell phone brands today in India in terms of shipment volumes? Nokia and Samsung, many of us would like to think, right? Or maybe Sony…or LG…or Micromax which has been advertising quite a bit.

Not quite, folks. A recent report from leading market intelligence firm IDC India reaffirms the Finnish telecom giant’s status as the leading cell-phone player in the country, with Nokia accounting for 31.5% of the domestic cell-phone market during the July-September period last year. But, surprisingly, a little known Chinese brand called G’Five has made it to the second spot by capturing a 10.6% market share–with Samsung coming in third at 8.2%!

Sounds shocking, right? How can a Chinese player, without any big-ticket advertising campaign or any celebrity as its brand ambassador, manage to create such a big impact in the cut-throat Indian cell phone industry–without any fanfare? Well, the answer lies in G’Five’s strategy of rolling out a bevy of feature-rich phones at competitive prices (in the Rs.1,400-Rs.7,000 range), targeted exclusively at urban first-time buyers and those in semi-urban and rural areas looking to upgrade from basic phones.

So if you are looking to buy a G’Five mobile phone, here is a list of eight affordable (costing not more than Rs.5,000) models from around 26 G’Five phones currently available in India (in the order of ascending prices)– with each of them having their own USPs.

G’Five D10 Price: Rs.1,820 [US$40.4] … G’Five X5 Price: Rs.1,899 [US$42.1] … G’Five N92 Price: Rs.2,249 [US$49.9] … G’Five i310 Price: Rs. 2,400 [US$53.2] … G’Five M33 Price: Rs.2,499 [US$55.4] … G’Five L600 Price: Rs 2,700 [US$59.9] … G’Five X33+ Price: Rs.3,786 [US$83.9] … G’Five V60 Price: Rs. 4,490 [US$99.6] …

And these phones are not crap as you can even see from their pictures (for features info it is worth to go into the article).

G'Five D10 - i310 - V60

Note that to target the upper part of this range Social networking is Nokia’s latest mobile strategy [Feb 17, 2010] (which the above phones do not have):

The company’s latest launch on Nokia X2-01 mobile, at Rs 4,459 [US$99.2] is one such product. “QWERTY is one of the fastest growing mobile phone category in the world due to the rise in messaging and social networking. The Nokia X2-01 makes it easy to set up chat and email direct from the mobile phone,” said Nokia India General Manager-South T S Sridhar. “This means superfast access to your favourite Ovi Mail, Ovi Chat or other popular accounts.”

As young users want to stay connected with friends on the move, instant messaging is rapidly on the rise. With messaging devices like Nokia X2- 01, we are empowering the youth, he said. The handset also provides live updates from social networks such as Facebook, Orkut and Twitter directly from home screen. The Nokia X2-01 is Series 40 2G phone with VGA camera and FM radio. It has one click access the music player and has 3.5mm AV connector ideal for headphones or speakers. It also has Bluetooth and can support up to an 8GB micro SD memory card and has a standby battery time of up to 20 days, he claimed. For affordable access to internet, Nokia has also tied up with country’s largest mobile service provider Airtel which allows 100 mb of free data download per month for 12 months to its subscribers on this phone. Under this scheme one can access Face Book, and OVI Chat and Ovi Mail free of charges.

Gfive Mobile Phones (by Devika Rajpali)

The company of GFive is from China. The investors of the company are a syndicate named Zerone group that of the most esteemed OEM factories that boost of producing around 100 million mobile phones. The GFive mobile phones are the hottest running brand in indisputable imei china mobiles. The company has now established itself completely in the field of tech support, repairing and software installation. You will find the GFive mobile phone to be very stylish with large number of mobile phones to offer to its consumers. The company claims to have experience, confidence and data along with the in-depth insight of their Chinese mobile phones.

The KingTech Telecom (Shenzhen) Co Ltd. is behind the brand with KingTech Telecom (HK) Limited behind the export activities. As far as India is concerned the arrangement will be developed into a stronger local representation as Victor Infotech ties up with King Tech Telecom [Nov 11, 2010] (emphasis is mine):

Victor Infotech Ltd has tied up with King Tech Telecom Ltd (a Hong Kong-based telecom company) to form a joint venture company — Asian Telecom Ltd. The majority stake of 51% in the new company will be held by King Tech Telecom Ltd and the balance 49% equity will be held by Victor Infotech Ltd.

Asian Telecom Ltd., the new joint venture company, will come into being with immediate effect to launch the G’Five brand of mobile phones in the Indian market. The company plans to take the G’Five brand of mobiles to new heights in India and achieve 20% of the market share in the next two years.

As part of the collaboration, Kingtech Telecom shall manufacture the mobile phones and Victor Infotech will be responsible for distribution and marketing of the phone in India. Initially Kingtech Telecom will manufacture the Indian specific mobile phones in Hong Kong [rather in Shenzen] and gradually the same shall be manufactured in India.

The Indian mobile phone market is growing very fast. The company expects the sales of the mobile phones to grow 5 times in the next two years and plans to take advantage of this growth to gain the maximum market share. To achieve this, the company shall introduce many variations in its mobile phones, which shall be specific to the needs of the Indian consumer.

Meanwhile for other parts of the world a new sales and marketing operation has been set up: GLX mobile – G’FIVE Mobile’s Brother Company [Dec 14, 2010] (emphasis is mine)

A new member of Zerone Group called GLX mobile has been founded. With its full name as GLX International Limited, GLX mobile is dedicated in global distribution of GLX mobile phone.

Since G’FIVE is a member of Zerone Group, G’FIVE and GLX are brother companies. The new-founded GLX focuses on international markets, especially emerging markets. GLX mobile covers the whole range of mobile phone user market, from low-end to high-end with stylish and unique handsets.

GLX is aiming to create golden life for worldwide consumers with all ranges of mobile phones.

And the GLX company’s website indicates that it has taken over (almost all) the rest of the existing G’Five business network:

GLX Mobile initial business network